Anda di halaman 1dari 267

CADWorx

Spec Editor User's Guide

Version 2016 (16.0)

October 2015
DICAS-PE-200013E

Copyright
Copyright 2012-2015 Intergraph Corporation. All Rights Reserved. Intergraph is part of Hexagon.
Including software, file formats, and audiovisual displays; may be used pursuant to applicable software license agreement; contains
confidential and proprietary information of Intergraph and/or third parties which is protected by copyright law, trade secret law, and
international treaty, and may not be provided or otherwise made available without proper authorization from Intergraph Corporation.

U.S. Government Restricted Rights Legend


Use, duplication, or disclosure by the government is subject to restrictions as set forth below. For civilian agencies: This was
developed at private expense and is "restricted computer software" submitted with restricted rights in accordance with
subparagraphs (a) through (d) of the Commercial Computer Software - Restricted Rights clause at 52.227-19 of the Federal
Acquisition Regulations ("FAR") and its successors, and is unpublished and all rights are reserved under the copyright laws of the
United States. For units of the Department of Defense ("DoD"): This is "commercial computer software" as defined at DFARS
252.227-7014 and the rights of the Government are as specified at DFARS 227.7202-3.
Unpublished - rights reserved under the copyright laws of the United States.
Intergraph Corporation
305 Intergraph Way
Madison, AL 35758

Documentation
Documentation shall mean, whether in electronic or printed form, User's Guides, Installation Guides, Reference Guides,
Administrator's Guides, Customization Guides, Programmer's Guides, Configuration Guides and Help Guides delivered with a
particular software product.

Other Documentation
Other Documentation shall mean, whether in electronic or printed form and delivered with software or on Intergraph Smart Support,
SharePoint, or box.net, any documentation related to work processes, workflows, and best practices that is provided by Intergraph
as guidance for using a software product.

Terms of Use
a.

Use of a software product and Documentation is subject to the End User License Agreement ("EULA") delivered with the
software product unless the Licensee has a valid signed license for this software product with Intergraph Corporation. If the
Licensee has a valid signed license for this software product with Intergraph Corporation, the valid signed license shall take
precedence and govern the use of this software product and Documentation. Subject to the terms contained within the
applicable license agreement, Intergraph Corporation gives Licensee permission to print a reasonable number of copies of the
Documentation as defined in the applicable license agreement and delivered with the software product for Licensee's internal,
non-commercial use. The Documentation may not be printed for resale or redistribution.

b.

For use of Documentation or Other Documentation where end user does not receive a EULA or does not have a valid license
agreement with Intergraph, Intergraph grants the Licensee a non-exclusive license to use the Documentation or Other
Documentation for Licensees internal non-commercial use. Intergraph Corporation gives Licensee permission to print a
reasonable number of copies of Other Documentation for Licensees internal, non-commercial use. The Other Documentation
may not be printed for resale or redistribution. This license contained in this subsection b) may be terminated at any time and
for any reason by Intergraph Corporation by giving written notice to Licensee.

Disclaimer of Warranties
Except for any express warranties as may be stated in the EULA or separate license or separate terms and conditions, Intergraph
Corporation disclaims any and all express or implied warranties including, but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness for a particular purpose and nothing stated in, or implied by, this document or its contents shall be considered or deemed
a modification or amendment of such disclaimer. Intergraph believes the information in this publication is accurate as of its
publication date.
The information and the software discussed in this document are subject to change without notice and are subject to applicable
technical product descriptions. Intergraph Corporation is not responsible for any error that may appear in this document.
The software, Documentation and Other Documentation discussed in this document are furnished under a license and may be used
or copied only in accordance with the terms of this license. THE USER OF THE SOFTWARE IS EXPECTED TO MAKE THE FINAL
EVALUATION AS TO THE USEFULNESS OF THE SOFTWARE IN HIS OWN ENVIRONMENT.
Intergraph is not responsible for the accuracy of delivered data including, but not limited to, catalog, reference and symbol data.
Users should verify for themselves that the data is accurate and suitable for their project work.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

Limitation of Damages
IN NO EVENT WILL INTERGRAPH CORPORATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF USE OR PRODUCTION, LOSS OF
REVENUE OR PROFIT, LOSS OF DATA, OR CLAIMS OF THIRD PARTIES, EVEN IF INTERGRAPH CORPORATION HAS BEEN
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL INTERGRAPH CORPORATIONS LIABILITY EXCEED THE AMOUNT THAT
INTERGRAPH CORPORATION HAS BEEN PAID BY LICENSEE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AT THE TIME THE CLAIM IS
MADE. EXCEPT WHERE PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NO CLAIM, REGARDLESS OF FORM, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT BY LICENSEE MORE THAN TWO (2)
YEARS AFTER THE EVENT GIVING RISE TO THE CAUSE OF ACTION HAS OCCURRED.
IF UNDER THE LAW RULED APPLICABLE ANY PART OF THIS SECTION IS INVALID, THEN INTERGRAPH LIMITS ITS
LIABILITY TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT ALLOWED BY SAID LAW.

Export Controls
Intergraph Corporations software products and any third-party Software Products obtained from Intergraph Corporation, its
subsidiaries, or distributors (including any Documentation, Other Documentation or technical data related to these products) are
subject to the export control laws and regulations of the United States. Diversion contrary to U.S. law is prohibited. These Software
Products, and the direct product thereof, must not be exported or re-exported, directly or indirectly (including via remote access)
under the following circumstances:
a.

To Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, or Syria, or any national of these countries.

b.

To any person or entity listed on any U.S. government denial list, including but not limited to, the U.S. Department of Commerce
Denied Persons, Entities, and Unverified Lists, http://www.bis.doc.gov/complianceandenforcement/liststocheck.htm, the U.S.
Department of Treasury Specially Designated Nationals List, http://www.treas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/, and the U.S.
Department of State Debarred List, http://www.pmddtc.state.gov/compliance/debar.html.

c.

To any entity when Licensee knows, or has reason to know, the end use of the Software Product is related to the design,
development, production, or use of missiles, chemical, biological, or nuclear weapons, or other un-safeguarded or sensitive
nuclear uses.

d.

To any entity when Licensee knows, or has reason to know, that an illegal reshipment will take place.

Any questions regarding export or re-export of these Software Products should be addressed to Intergraph Corporations Export
Compliance Department, Huntsville, Alabama 35894, USA.

Trademarks
Intergraph, the Intergraph logo, CADWorx, and CAESAR II are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intergraph Corporation or its
subsidiaries in the United States, and other countries. Microsoft, and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
Oracle, JD Edwards, PeopleSoft, and Retek are registered trademarks of Oracle Corporation, and/or its affiliates. AutoCAD,
ObjectARX, and RealDWG are trademarks of Autodesk. HOOPS is a trademark of Tech Soft 3D, L.L.C. Other brands, and product
names are trademarks of their respective owners.
CADWorx Design Review contains Autodesk RealDWG by Autodesk, Inc., copyright Autodesk, Inc. All rights reserved.
Autodesk, Inc., 111 McInnis Parkway, San Rafael, California 94903 ("Autodesk") is a third-party beneficiary to this Agreement to the
extent that the Software Product contains RealDWG, and to the extent that the provisions herein relate to Licensees use of the
Software Product containing RealDWG. Such provisions are made expressly for the benefit of Autodesk, and are enforceable by
Autodesk in addition to Intergraph.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

Contents
Intergraph CADWorx Catalog and Specification Editor .......................................................................... 7
What's New in Spec Editor.................................................................................................................... 10
Keywords .............................................................................................................................................. 11
Quick Access Toolbar ........................................................................................................................... 14
Status Bar ............................................................................................................................................. 15
Help ....................................................................................................................................................... 15
File............................................................................................................................................................... 16
Upgrade Previous Version Project and Catalog Files........................................................................... 17
New Catalog.......................................................................................................................................... 17
New Project ........................................................................................................................................... 18
New Pipe Support Libraries .................................................................................................................. 20
Open ..................................................................................................................................................... 21
Save ...................................................................................................................................................... 21
Save As ................................................................................................................................................. 21
Save As Pipe Support Libraries ............................................................................................................ 22
Recent Files .......................................................................................................................................... 22
About ..................................................................................................................................................... 22
Exit Spec Editor..................................................................................................................................... 22
Home Catalog Tab ..................................................................................................................................... 23
Clipboard Panel..................................................................................................................................... 23
Paste............................................................................................................................................... 23
Copy ............................................................................................................................................... 24
Cut .................................................................................................................................................. 25
Other Editing Features .......................................................................................................................... 25
Undo ............................................................................................................................................... 25
Remove Row .................................................................................................................................. 25
Add Table Panel.................................................................................................................................... 25
Edit Table Features ........................................................................................................................ 26
Size Table ....................................................................................................................................... 30
Bolt Diameter Table ........................................................................................................................ 32
Bolt Length Table ........................................................................................................................... 35
Material Table ................................................................................................................................. 38
Schedule Table ............................................................................................................................... 40
Thickness Table ............................................................................................................................. 42
End Type Table .............................................................................................................................. 43
Category Table ............................................................................................................................... 46
Data Table ...................................................................................................................................... 46
IndexCode Table ............................................................................................................................ 51
DBCode Table ................................................................................................................................ 52
End Prep Table ............................................................................................................................... 54
Legacy Catalog Data Panel .................................................................................................................. 56
Import By Spec ............................................................................................................................... 57

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

Contents
Import From Data File..................................................................................................................... 58
Import Pipe Support Legacy From Assembly File .......................................................................... 61
Import Pipe Support Legacy From Data File .................................................................................. 62
Transfer Data Panel .............................................................................................................................. 65
Catalog Data ................................................................................................................................... 65
Project Data .................................................................................................................................... 66
Support Data .................................................................................................................................. 68
Export Data Panel ................................................................................................................................. 69
Export Table To Text Excel ............................................................................................................ 69
View Catalog Tab ....................................................................................................................................... 70
Display Panel ........................................................................................................................................ 70
Catalog Data ................................................................................................................................... 70
Base Catalog Data ......................................................................................................................... 72
Properties ....................................................................................................................................... 72
Component Tables ......................................................................................................................... 75
EndType Tables ............................................................................................................................. 75
Component Types .......................................................................................................................... 75
Home Project Tab ...................................................................................................................................... 77
Specification Panel ............................................................................................................................... 77
Add Specification ............................................................................................................................ 77
New and Edit Component Pane ..................................................................................................... 80
Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes ............................................................ 86
Add single new component to a spec............................................................................................. 89
Add Multi Component Pane ........................................................................................................... 91
Add multiple new components to a spec ........................................................................................ 93
Edit Project Specs features ................................................................................................................... 94
Import AutoPLANT Specification Data ........................................................................................... 95
Import AutoCAD Plant 3D Specification Data ................................................................................ 98
Import Specification From SPRD File........................................................................................... 103
Pipe Support Panel ............................................................................................................................. 105
Add Pipe Support Library ............................................................................................................. 105
Import Legacy Pipe Support Library ............................................................................................. 107
Catalog Panel...................................................................................................................................... 108
Update From Catalog ................................................................................................................... 108
Review Table Links ...................................................................................................................... 109
Legacy Specification Panel ................................................................................................................. 111
Import Legacy Specification ......................................................................................................... 111
Export/Import Data Panel .................................................................................................................... 112
Export to Excel ............................................................................................................................. 112
Export to Text ............................................................................................................................... 122
Import Update From Excel ........................................................................................................... 123
Editing Panel ....................................................................................................................................... 124
Find and Replace ......................................................................................................................... 125
View Project Tab ...................................................................................................................................... 127
Display Panel ...................................................................................................................................... 127
Project Specs ............................................................................................................................... 127

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

Contents
Project Catalog Data .................................................................................................................... 127
Pipe Support Library ..................................................................................................................... 128
Properties ..................................................................................................................................... 138
Pipe Support Library File Home Tab ..................................................................................................... 155
Pipe Support Library File View Tab ....................................................................................................... 156
Display Panel ...................................................................................................................................... 156
Properties ..................................................................................................................................... 156
Property Descriptions ............................................................................................................................. 162
Project Properties................................................................................................................................ 162
Specification Properties ................................................................................................................ 163
Pipe Support Libraries Properties ....................................................................................................... 166
Pipe Support Library Properties ................................................................................................... 167
Catalog Properties .............................................................................................................................. 170
Size Tables Properties ................................................................................................................. 171
Material Tables Properties ........................................................................................................... 173
Schedule Tables Properties ......................................................................................................... 174
Thickness Tables Properties ........................................................................................................ 175
EndType Tables Properties .......................................................................................................... 176
Data Tables Properties ................................................................................................................. 179
IndexCode Tables Properties ....................................................................................................... 236
DBCode Tables Properties ........................................................................................................... 236
End Prep Tables Properties ......................................................................................................... 237
Update History ......................................................................................................................................... 239
Glossary ................................................................................................................................................... 244
Index ......................................................................................................................................................... 262

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

SECTION 1

Intergraph CADWorx Catalog and


Specification Editor
The CADWorx Catalog and Specification Editor views, edits, and creates specifications and
catalog data loaded with CADWorx. The Specification Editor also imports legacy data, and
specs from all versions of CADWorx.
Your project administrator needs to review and update the catalog (.cat) and project
(.prj) file in the Specification Editor before modeling begins.
Catalog File
Contains all the size, bolt diameters, bolt lengths, materials, schedules, thickness, end
types, categories, component data, index codes, database codes, and end prep data for all
the components in CADWorx. This is a .cat file, located in [Product Folder]\Plant\Spec, and
can only be accessed through the Specification Editor. The catalog file works in conjunction
with the project (.prj) file to allow CADWorx to build models.
The areas highlighted in red are referenced throughout this manual. Windows such as the
Catalog Data window are referenced by the window name. Please take a moment to get
familiar with the interface.

The View tab is explained in View Catalog Tab (on page 70).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

Intergraph CADWorx Catalog and Specification Editor


Project File
Contains the specifications for CADWorx. This is a .prj file, located in [Product
Folder]\Plant\Spec, and can only be accessed through the Specification Editor. These
specifications can be updated by changing the base catalog attached to the project. You can
also update the individual components using the Edit Component dialog box. CADWorx
uses the project file for specifications and sizes when creating a model.
The areas highlighted in red are referenced throughout this manual. Windows such as the
Project Specs window are referenced by the window name. Please take a moment to get
familiar with the interface. The Component tab is the default tab when, you open the Main Spec
List View.

The View tab is explained in View Project Tab (on page 127).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

Intergraph CADWorx Catalog and Specification Editor


Pipe Support Libraries File
Contains a separate pipe support libraries file for CADWorx. This is a .psl file, located in the
[Product Folder]\Plant\Spec folder, and can only be accessed through the Specification
Editor. CADWorx Spec Editor can use the pipe support libraries file in the Pipe Support
Libraries Path to include that libraries file in CADWorx for building pipe support assemblies
or to insert pipe supports. This allows you to have more than one set of libraries attached to
your specification. You can also build assemblies to add to these pipe support libraries files
in CADWorx.
The areas highlighted in red are referenced throughout this manual. Windows such as the Pipe
Support Library are referenced by the window name. Please take a moment to get familiar with
the interface.

The View tab is explained in Pipe Support Library File View Tab (on page 156).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

What's New in Spec Editor


Version 2016 (16.0)
The following changes have been for this release. For information on releases before 2016, see
Update History (on page 239).

Items added and updated with CADWorx Specification Editor 2016:


Software Enhancements

Improved the specification-level material assignment. You can set a material for each size of
each component. You can define a material assignment setup at the all component level
based on sizes, at the component group level based on sizes, and at the component type
level based on sizes. The software still includes the previous material assignment options.
For more information, see Material Assignment Setup (on page 144), Set material
assignment for all components (on page 149), Set material assignment for all components
based on size (on page 150), Set material assignment for a specific component (on page
151), Set material assignment for a specific component with a specific end type (on page
152), Export a material assignment setup (on page 153), Import a material assignment
setup (on page 153), Display the material assigned to the component in CADWorx Plant (on
page 153) and Material Table (on page 38).

You can assign any Material Assignment Setup applicable to a component in the Material
list in the New and Edit Component pane. You can also add a new material assignment
setup with the Add Material Setup option in the Material list of the New and Edit
Component pane. For more information, see New and Edit Component Pane (on page 80).

You can now change the default OTAP SKEY using the specification or project level Default
OTAP SKEY property. For more information, see Project Properties (on page 162), and
Specification Properties (on page 163).

You can save the project files to a previous version. You can then open them in CADWorx
Spec Editor or CADWorx Plant for versions 2016, 2015, or 2014. For more information, see
Save As (on page 21).

You can upgrade your projects and catalogs to the current version of the Specification
Editor. This upgrade also adds the new features such as the Default OTAP SKEY to the
upgraded specification. For more information, see Upgrade Previous Version Project and
Catalog Files (on page 17).

You can only use the Pipe Set Back (PSB) parameter to set the gap between the pipe and
the socket weld flange. For more information, see Flanges (on page 190).

Improved the Excel export. You can create your own export template or use one of the
provided default templates to export your specifications. These export improvements enable
you to import specifications from Excel back into the Specification Editor. For more
information, see Export/Import Data Panel (on page 112), Export to Excel (on page 112),
Cell Name Reference - Specification Properties (on page 113), Cell Name Reference Component Properties (on page 116), Export multiple specifications or an entire project to
Excel (on page 122), and Export a single specification to Excel (on page 122).

You can import specifications exported to Excel back into the Specification Editor. You must
import an exported specification back into the same specification. For more information, see
Import Update From Excel (on page 123), and Import data from Excel to a specification (on
page 124).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

10

Intergraph CADWorx Catalog and Specification Editor

Enhancement of pipe supports. You can create new pipe support libraries, save your pipe
support data as a separate libraries file, create new assemblies, and edit the parts of those
assemblies. You can edit the pipe support parts connection points and set description
formats for pipe supports. For more information, see Pipe Support Library File Home Tab
(on page 155), Pipe Support Library File View Tab (on page 156), Pipe Support Panel (on
page 105), and Pipe Support Library (on page 128).

You can transfer data from a pipe support libraries file to the pipe support data in a project
or to another pipe support libraries file. For more information, see Support Data (on page
68).

User Guide Revisions

Updated information on the SUBDIRECTORY for PipeSupport, Topworks, and User Shapes
topics. For more information, see PipeSupport (on page 206), Topworks (on page 224), and
User Shapes (on page 228).

Due to the enhancements of the Excel export, the text export became a separate topic and
the development team created a new icon. For more information, see Export to Text (on
page 122).

Added a Glossary of common terms.

Keywords
Keywords can be used in specification descriptions that allow information to be automatically
inserted during placement of a component. Keywords can be used anywhere within the Tag,
Short Description, and Long Description fields. Keywords can also be used in the Index Code
data file.
Keywords are:

MAIN

RED

SPEC

MAINTHK

REDTHK

LENGTH

BORE

MAINACT

REDACT

TAG

MAINDEC

REDDEC

MAINACTDEC

REDACTDEC

PIPETHK

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

11

Intergraph CADWorx Catalog and Specification Editor

PIPETHKRED

LINENUM

SPECINFONOMINALRATING

SPECINFOTEMPERATURE

SPECINFOPRESSURE

SPECINFOPIPINGMATERIAL

SPECINFOGASKETMATERIAL

SPECINFOSTUDMATERIAL

SPECINFOBOLTMATERIAL

CWDBCODE

The keywords {BORE}, {PIPETHK} and {PIPETHKRED} are calculated from the pipe data file in
the specification instead of the component's data file. For example, for a 4"x1" reducer,
{PIPETHK} would get the values from the 4" pipe data file as listed in the specification.
{PIPETHKRED} would get values from the 1" pipe data file. A 4"x1" reducer with {MAINTHK} or
{REDTHK} would get the keyword values from the reducer data file as listed in the specification.
Olet data files do not have any thickness values listed. Olet {MAINTHK} or {REDTHK} values
are always read from the appropriate pipe data file.
The {BORE} keyword is a calculation of the inside diameter of the main pipe size. It is calculated
using the following formula: {BORE} = [ (Pipe Outside Diameter of Main Size) - (2*Pipe Wall
Thickness of Main Size) ].
Some ways in which keywords can be used are below:

PIPE, {MAIN} {MAINTHK}" API-5L GR.B DSAW, PSL2

FLANGE, {MAIN} ANSI 150 RFWN {BORE}" BORE ASTM A105, ASME B16.5

NIPPLE, PIPE {MAIN} x {LENGTH} XS ASTM A106 GR.B

WELDOLET, {MAIN} {MAINTHK}" x {RED} {REDTHK}" ASTM A105, ASME B31.8

VALVE, PLUG {MAIN} ANSI 150 WE API 6D TWT {PIPETHK}" API-5L GR.B PIPE REG
PAT LO

GASKET, INSULATING KIT {MAIN} ANSI 600, RF, B={BORE}, PIKOTEK VCS WITH ZINC
PLATED WASHERS, GRE INSULATING WASHERS AND SLEEVES

BOLT, STUD {MAIN} x {LENGTH} ALLOY STEEL ASTM A193 CL 2A GR B7 W/2 HEX
NUTS ASTM A194 CL 2B GR 2H (FOR {MAINDEC}" 150# FLG.)

User Defined Keywords:


User defined keywords are now associated with user defined columns inside Spec Editor and
can be created in catalog tables and projects by Custom Data in Properties.

Keyword Formatting:
The numeric values are formatted based on the SystemMeasure. The tables below explain the
different formatting for each of the keywords. The AlphaSizeControl is read from the current
configuration file.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

12

Intergraph CADWorx Catalog and Specification Editor


Keyword

SystemMeasure - English/Inch

MAIN, RED

AlphaSizeControl

MAINACT, REDACT

AlphaSizeControl

MAINDEC, REDDEC Always 3 decimal places


MAINACTDEC,
REDACTDEC

Always 3 decimal places

MAINTHK, REDTHK

Always 3 decimal places

BORE, PIPETHK,
PIPETHKRED

Always 3 decimal places

LENGTH

Based on DIMLUNIT,
DIMDEC, DIMLFAC

SPEC

Specification filename without


extension

Keyword

SystemMeasure - Metric/Inch

MAIN, RED

AlphaSizeControl

MAINACT, REDACT

LUPREC and DIMZIN control


number of decimals

MAINDEC, REDDEC Always 3 decimal places


MAINACTDEC,
REDACTDEC

Always 1 decimal places

MAINTHK, REDTHK

Always 1 decimal places

BORE, PIPETHK,
PIPETHKRED

Always 1 decimal places

LENGTH

Based on DIMLUNIT,
DIMDEC, DIMLFAC

SPEC

Specification filename without


extension

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

13

Intergraph CADWorx Catalog and Specification Editor


Keyword

SystemMeasure Metric/Metric

MAIN, RED

AlphaSizeControl

MAINACT, REDACT

AlphaSizeControl

MAINDEC, REDDEC Always 1 decimal places


MAINACTDEC,
REDACTDEC

Always 1 decimal places

MAINTHK, REDTHK

Always 1 decimal places

BORE, PIPETHK,
PIPETHKRED

Always 1 decimal places

LENGTH

Based on DIMLUNIT,
DIMDEC, DIMLFAC

SPEC

Specification filename without


extension

Quick Access Toolbar


The Quick Access toolbar is located in the upper left-hand corner next to File

Main tools available


Open
Opens the Open File dialog box and allows you to select a file to open.
Save
Saves the project or catalog that you are currently working in.
Undo
Undoes the work you previously did in case you made a mistake.
Redo
Redoes the work you just did in case you changed your mind and wanted the information
back.
About
Displays the About box, which displays information about your copy of the software,
including version number and the copyright, legal, and licensing notices.
Customize Quick Access Toolbar
Enables you to add other features to the Quick Access Toolbar.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

14

Intergraph CADWorx Catalog and Specification Editor


Customize Quick Access Toolbar features
New Catalog
Starts a new catalog.
New Project
Starts a new project.
More Commands
Allows you to add commands in the Spec Editor to the Quick Access toolbar with the
Customize dialog box.
Show Below the Ribbon
Moves the Quick Access toolbar below the ribbon.
Minimize the Ribbon
Minimizes the ribbon.

Status Bar
Located at the bottom of the Spec Editor, displaying the word Ready as well as whether the
caps lock (CAP), number lock (NUM), or scroll lock (SCRL) is on. When an item is selected, the
bar's Ready status changes to the amount of items selected, such as 13 items selected. When
an item is selected in the Main Table List View, the item with its value is displayed in the status
bar next to CAP. There is no command for this bar.

Help
Click the question mark in the upper right corner of the Spec Editor to open the help file.
Help - Displays the help file.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

15

SECTION 2

File
The File
menu commands are used to create, save, and open catalogs and projects in the
specification editor.
New Catalog - Creates a new catalog. For more information, see New Catalog (on page
17).
New Project - Creates a new project. For more information, see New Project (on page
18).
New Pipe Support Libraries - Creates a new pipe support library enabling you to design
specific pipe supports. For more information, see New Pipe Support Libraries (on page
20).
Open - Opens previously created projects or catalogs. For more information, see Open
(on page 21).
Save - Saves current project or catalog. For more information, see Save (on page 21).

Save As - Saves current project or catalog with a new name. For more information, see
Save As (on page 21).
Save As Pipe Support Libraries - Saves the pipe support data into a separate libraries
file. You can rename the file, and select where the file saves. For more information, see
Save As Pipe Support Libraries (on page 22).
Recent Files - Opens recently opened files. For more information, see Recent Files (on
page 22).
About - Displays information about the Spec Editor. For more information, see About (on
page 22).
Exit Spec Editor - Exits the Spec Editor. For more information, see Exit Spec Editor (on
page 22).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

16

File

Upgrade Previous Version Project and Catalog Files


In CADWorx 2016, you can upgrade CADWorx 2014 and CADWorx 2015 project and catalog
files. When you open a previous version catalog or project file, the software prompts you with
the Open Catalog or Open Project upgrades message box. These boxes enable you to
upgrade to the current version of the CADWorx Specification Editor.
Upgrade
Upgrades the selected file and makes it incompatible with older versions of the Specification
Editor and CADWorx Plant. This upgrade places the new features into the original file. For
example, the Material Assignment Setup transfer to the new Material Assignment Setup, but
you can now assign them by component and size.
Save backup & Upgrade
Saves a backup of the original file and upgrades the selected file to the current CADWorx
Specification Editor version. You can continue to use the original file by removing the .bak
from the file extension.

New Catalog
CADWorx Spec Editor File: New Catalog
Creates a new catalog with a specific layout for sizes, thicknesses, materials, schedules, end
types, and components for a customer.
Name
Specifies the name of the new catalog.
Type
Specifies the type of catalog. The following catalog options are available:

Company Catalog
Builds a catalog for a specific company.

Global Catalog
Builds a catalog for an entire industry. This catalog is the base catalog. Global
catalogs are used when an entire industry, such as the oil industry, has all the same
information.

Industry Catalog
Builds a catalog for a specific industry.

Base Catalog
Specifies the catalog that this new catalog pulls its information from.
Description
Specifies the description of the catalog.
Location
Specifies the folder where this catalog is saved.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

17

File
Units
Specifies the units of measure that are to be used in this catalog. The following unit options
are available:

English/Inch
Uses the imperial system with nominal inch input.

Metric/Inch
Uses the metric system with nominal inch input.

Metric/Metric

Uses the metric system with metric input.

1. Click File > New Catalog

The New Catalog dialog box displays.


2. Type the name of the catalog in the Name box.
3. Select a catalog type from the Type list: Company Catalog, Global Catalog, or Industry
Catalog.
4. For a company or industry catalog, click the Base Catalog ellipsis, select the necessary
base catalog, and then click OK. For global catalogs, skip to step 5. Global Catalogs are the
base catalog.
5. Type a description of the catalog in the Description box.
6. Define the location to save the new catalog. Click the Location ellipsis, select the necessary
base catalog, and then click OK.
7. Select a unit type from the Units list: English/Inch, Metric/Inch, or Metric/Metric.
The base catalog you select must use the same units you specify in the Units list.
8. Click OK to create the new catalog.
The catalog list is created and displays under Catalog Data on the left side of the spec
editor, in the Main List View.

New Project
CADWorx Spec Editor File: New Project
Creates a new project enabling you to design specifications for companies or customers.
Name
Specifies the name of the project.
Default Catalog
Specifies a default catalog to attach to the project.
DBCode Table
Specifies the database code table for the project. This database code comes from the
DBCode Tables in the Default Catalog.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

18

File
BOM type
Specifies the Bill of Material (BOM) type for the project. There are four material types:
Fabrication, Erection, Offshore, and Miscellaneous.
Long Desc Format Setup
Specifies the appearance of the long description attached to the components.
Short Desc Format Setup
Specifies the appearance of the short description format attached to the components.
Tag Format Setup
Specifies the appearance of the tag format attached to the components.
Part Number Format Setup
Specifies the appearance of the part number attached to the components.
For more on the <Description Type> Format Setups, see Description Format Dialog Boxes
(on page 139).
Layer Manager
Specifies the layers for the project. For more information, see Layer Manager Dialog Box
(on page 142).
Description
Specifies the description of the project.
Location
Specifies the folder location where the project saves.
1. Click File > New Project
.
The New Project dialog box displays.
2. Type the name of the project in the Name box.
3. Click the Default Catalog ellipsis, select the necessary catalog, and then click Open.
4. Select the database code table, when applicable, from the DBCode Table list.
5. Select the Bill of Material type from the BOM type list.
6. Click Long Desc Format, edit the long description format, and then click OK.
7. Click Part Number Format, edit the part number format, and then click OK.
8. Click Short Desc Format, edit the short description format, and then click OK.
9. Click Tag Format, edit the tag format, and then click OK.
10. Click Layer Manager, add the layers you need, and then click OK. For more information,
see Layer Manager Dialog Box (on page 142).
11. Type a description of the project in the Description box.
12. Click the Location ellipsis to browse, select a location to save the new project, and then
click OK.
13. Click OK to create the project.
The project creates and displays under Project Specs on the left side of the Spec Editor in
the Main List View.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

19

File

New Pipe Support Libraries


CADWorx Spec Editor File: New Pipe Support Libraries
Creates a new pipe support libraries file enabling you to design specific pipe supports.
Name
Specifies the name of the pipe support libraries file.
Default Catalog
Specifies a default catalog to attach to the pipe support libraries file.
BOM type
Specifies the Bill of Material (BOM) type for the pipe support libraries file. There are four
material types: Fabrication, Erection, Offshore, and Miscellaneous.
Long Desc Format Setup
Specifies the appearance of the long description attached to the pipe support assemblies
and components.
Short Desc Format Setup
Specifies the appearance of the short description format attached to the pipe support
assemblies and components.
Tag Format Setup
Specifies the appearance of the tag format attached to the pipe support assemblies and
components.
Part Number Format Setup
Specifies the appearance of the part number attached to the pipe support assemblies and
components.
Description
Specifies the description of the pipe support libraries file.
Location
Specifies the folder location where CADWorx Spec Editor saves the pipe support libraries
file.
1. Click File > New Pipe Support Libraries
.
The New Pipe Support Libraries dialog box displays.
2. Type the name of the pipe support libraries file in the Name box.
3. Click the Default Catalog ellipsis, select the necessary catalog, and then click Open.
4. Select the Bill of Material type from the BOM type list.
5. Click Long Desc Format, edit the long description format, and then click OK.
6. Click Part Number Format, edit the part number format, and then click OK.
7. Click Short Desc Format, edit the short description format, and then click OK.
8. Click Tag Format, edit the tag format, and then click OK.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

20

File
9. Type a description of the pipe support libraries file in the Description box.
10. Click the Location ellipsis to browse, select a location to save the new project, and then
click OK.
11. Click OK to create the project.
The pipe support libraries file creates and displays under Pipe Support Library on the left
side of the Spec Editor in the Main List View.

Open
CADWorx Spec Editor File: Open
Opens an existing project or catalog.
1. Click File > Open

2. Select the project or catalog to open, and then click Open.


If prompted to update the project from the base catalog, select Yes or No. Selecting
Yes updates the project from the base catalog. Selecting No does not update the project
from the base catalog. This prompt only happens when you have made a change to the
base catalog.
The project or catalog opens for editing.

Save
CADWorx Spec Editor File: Save
Saves the catalog or project changes. This command is only available if you make changes to a
product or catalog.

Click File > Save


.
The project or catalog is saved with the defined file name and location.

Save As
CADWorx Spec Editor File: Save As
Saves the catalog or project, but gives you the option to rename the file, and select where the
file saves. You can save a previous version of the file for use in a previous version of the
CADWorx Specification Editor and CADWorx Plant.
If you save in a previous version, the Required Changes To Continue message
displays describing modifications required with the previous version.
Show Details
Displays the data changes required by the software to save the project as a different
version. For example, Save As needs to remove the Default OTAP SKEY from the
Specification and Project properties for the project to save.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

21

File

Save As Pipe Support Libraries


CADWorx Spec Editor File: Save As Pipe Support Libraries
Saves the pipe support data into a separate libraries file. You can rename the file, and select
where the file saves.

Recent Files
CADWorx Spec Editor File: Recent Files
Provides a list of previously opened files. This command enables you to reopen files you have
previously worked with.

Click File, and then select a Recent Files from the list.
The selected file opens.

About
CADWorx Spec Editor File: About
Displays the version and copyright date for the CADWorx Spec Editor.

Exit Spec Editor


CADWorx Spec Editor File: Exit Spec Editor
Exits the software.

Click File, and then click Exit Spec Editor.


If prompted to Save File, select Yes, No, or Cancel.
The Spec Editor closes.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

22

SECTION 3

Home Catalog Tab


Gives you access to the features in an open catalog.
Clipboard - Enables you to edit the fields within the Spec Editor. For more information, see
Clipboard Panel (on page 23).
Add Table - Enables you to add tables to a catalog. For more information, see Add Table Panel
(on page 25).
Legacy Catalog Data - Enables you to import legacy data. For more information, see Legacy
Catalog Data Panel (on page 56).
Transfer Data - Enables you to transfer project, catalog, and pipe support data. For more
information, see Transfer Data Panel (on page 65).
Export Data Panel - Enables you to export data to either a text document or an Excel document.
For more information, see Export Data Panel (on page 69).
Exit Spec Editor - Closes the Intergraph CADWorx Catalog and Specification Editor.

Clipboard Panel
CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Clipboard
Paste - Pastes text from the clipboard into the project or catalog. For more information,
see Paste (on page 23).
Copy - Copies highlighted text from the project or catalog text areas to the clipboard. For
more information, see Copy (on page 24).
Cut - Cuts highlighted text from the project or catalog text areas and places it on the
clipboard. For more information, see Cut (on page 25).

Paste
CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Clipboard > Paste
Keyboard: CTRL+V
Pastes text into the project or catalog after using Cut (on page 25) or Copy (on page 24).
Right-click the row where you want the text, and then select Paste. Alternatively, click the
Home tab, and then click Paste

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

on the Clipboard panel.

23

Home Catalog Tab

Copy
CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Clipboard > Copy
Keyboard: CTRL+C
Copies highlighted text from the project or catalog. Use Paste (on page 23) to place copied text
when required.

Highlight the text to be copied, right-click it, and then select Copy. Alternatively, click the
Home tab, and then click Copy
on the Clipboard panel.

Right click Copy in Catalog Data


Copies a selected table to Catalog Data.

Select a table to copy, right click it, and then select Copy.
The table pastes below the previous table.
This only works on the tables themselves and not on the table folders.

Right click Copy in Project Specs


Copies a selected specification to Project Specs.

Select a specification to copy, right click it, and then select Copy.
The specification pastes at the end of the list of specifications.

Right click Copy in the component list


Copies selected components from the components list in the Main Spec List View. For more
information on Main Spec List View, see Intergraph CADWorx Catalog and Specification Editor
(on page 7).

Select a group of components to copy, right click, and then select Copy.
The software pastes the components at the end of the list for that component.

Copy information from Branch Table to another branch table


Copies a selected range of rows and columns from one branch table and enables you to paste it
to another branch table.
1. Select the range of rows and columns you want to copy, and then click Copy
Clipboard panel.

on the

2. Open the specification within the same project or a different project, and then select the
Branch tab.
3. Select the rows and columns where you want to paste the information, and then click Paste
on the Clipboard panel. Alternatively, you can use CTRL-V on the keyboard to paste
the information in the branch table.
The branch table information pastes in the rows and columns selected.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

24

Home Catalog Tab

Cut
CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Clipboard > Cut
Keyboard: CTRL+X
Cuts highlighted text from the project or catalog. Use Paste (on page 23) to place cut text.

Highlight the text to be cut, right-click it, and then select Cut. Alternatively, click the Home
tab, and then click Cut
on the Clipboard panel.

Other Editing Features


These features can be used throughout the Spec Editor, but are not located on the Clipboard
panel.

Undo
Undoes a change in the project or catalog.

Right-click the row in properties, and then select Undo. Undo is only available by rightclicking when in the Properties window, otherwise you must use the keyboard control.
Spec Editor supports Undo using CTRL+Z. Undo is not available on the Clipboard

panel.

Remove Row
Removes rows from the table.

Right-click the row to be removed, and then select Remove Row.

Remove Row is only available by right-clicking on a row and is unavailable on the


Clipboard panel.

Add Table Panel


CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Add Table
Enables you to create the information for a catalog. All options are disabled until you start a new
catalog or open an existing catalog.
The first row of each table must be filled out for the program to function properly.
Size Table - Adds a new size table file to the Size Tables folder in Catalog Data. For
more information, see Size Table (on page 30).
Bolt Diameter Table - Adds a bolt diameter table to the Size Tables folder in Catalog
Data. For more information, see Bolt Diameter Table (on page 32).
Bolt Length Table - Adds a bolt length table to the Size Tables folder in Catalog Data.
For more information, see Bolt Length Table (on page 35).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

25

Home Catalog Tab


Material Table - Adds a new material table file to the Material Tables folder in Catalog
Data. For more information, see Material Table (on page 38).
Schedule Table - Adds a new schedule table file to the Schedule Tables folder in
Catalog Data. For more information, see Schedule Table (on page 40).
Thickness Table - Adds a new thickness table file to the Thickness Tables folder in
Catalog Data. For more information, see Thickness Table (on page 42).
End Type Table - Adds a new endtype table file to the End Type Tables folder in
Catalog Data. For more information, see End Type Table (on page 43).
Category Table - Adds a new category to the Data Tables folder in Catalog Data. For
more information, see Category Table (on page 46).
Data Table - Adds a data table file to a Data Tables selected category in Catalog
Data. For more information, see Data Table (on page 46).
IndexCode Table - Adds an index code table to the IndexCode Tables folder in
Catalog Data. For more information, see IndexCode Table (on page 51).
DBCode Table - Adds a database codes table to the DBCodes Tables folder in
Catalog Data. For more information, see DBCode Table (on page 52).
End Prep Table - Adds an end prep table to the Miscellaneous folder in Catalog Data.
For more information, see End Prep Table (on page 54).

Edit Table Features


Right-click Menu
Add Bolt Diameter Table
Adds a bolt diameter table to the Size Tables folder. This option enables you to assign part
numbers to each bolt diameter. For more information, see Bolt Diameter Table (on page 32).
Add Bolt Length Table
Adds a bolt length table to the Size Tables folder. This option enables you to assign part
numbers to each bolt length. For more information, see Bolt Length Table (on page 35).
Add Custom Data To All Tables
Adds a custom data field to all tables in the selected tables folder. With this option, this can
be done more than once in the New Field dialog box with the OK & New option. For more
information, see New Field Dialog Box (on page 72).
Import CADWorx Legacy Catalog From Spec File
Imports legacy data from a specification. For more information, see Import By Spec (on
page 57).
Import CADWorx Legacy Catalog From Data File
Imports legacy data from a data file. For more information, see Import From Data File (on
page 58).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

26

Home Catalog Tab


Import Pipe Support Legacy From Assembly File
Imports legacy data for pipe supports from an assembly file. For more information, see
Import Pipe Support Legacy From Assembly File (on page 61).
Import Pipe Support Legacy From Data File
Imports legacy data for pipe supports from a data file. For more information, see Import Pipe
Support Legacy From Data File (on page 62).
Import AutoPLANT Catalog Data
Imports data from AutoPLANT for use in CADWorx. For more information, see Import
AutoPLANT Catalog Data (on page 28).
Import AutoCAD Plant 3D Catalog Data\
Imports data from AutoCAD Plant 3D for use in CADWorx. For more information, see Import
AutoCAD Plant 3D Catalog Data (on page 29).
Remove All Tables
Removes all of the tables from the selected table type folder.
Open
Displays the selected component in the Main Table List View.
Copy
See Copy (on page 24).
Remove
Removes the selected component from the table list.
Rename
Renames the selected component. Select the component to be renamed, and then enter a
new name.
Expand
Expands the selected list.
Collapse
Collapses the selected list.
Expand All
Expands all the table lists.
Collapse All
Collapses all the table lists.
Properties
Displays the Properties view.
Export Table To Text Excel
Exports data to a text document or Excel document. For more information, see Export Table
To Text Excel (on page 69).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

27

Home Catalog Tab


Add to base catalog
Adds the selected table file to the base catalog.
Commit to Base Catalog
Commits the changes to the table in the base catalog.
Update from Base Catalog
Updates the selected table with changes made to the base catalog.
Review Table Links
Enables you to check and change the details of the catalog from the base catalog. For more
information, see Review Table Links Dialog Box (on page 109).

Import AutoPLANT Catalog Data


Right-click on the catalog in the Main List View and select Import AutoPLANT Catalog
Data.
Imports data from an AutoPLANT catalog.
Import
Imports the AutoPLANT data.

AutoPLANT Data
File Path
Specifies the location of the AutoPLANT data.
Tables
Specifies the AutoPLANT Data tables.

CADWorx Components
Program Code
Displays the program code associated with the AutoPLANT data.
Short Description
Displays a short description associated with the AutoPLANT data.
Size
Displays the size associated with the component for the AutoPLANT data. Double-clicking
the Size box displays a drop down that allows you to select or clear sizes.
Schedule
Displays the schedule for the program code for the AutoPLANT component. Double-clicking
the Schedule box displays a drop down that allows you to select or clear schedule data.
Rating
Displays the rating of the program code for the AutoPLANT component. Double-clicking the
Rating box displays a drop down that allows you to select or clear rating data.
Select / deselect all
Selects and clears all check boxes in the CADWorx Components box.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

28

Home Catalog Tab


1. Right-click on the catalog in the Main List View and select Import AutoPLANT Catalog
Data.
The Import AutoPLANT Catalog Data dialog box displays.
2. Click the File Path ellipsis under AutoPLANT Data.
The Open dialog box displays.
3. Select the AutoPLANT data for import, and then click Open.
4. Select a table from the Tables list.
5. Select a Program Code by clicking the check box.

You can use the Select / deselect all check box to select all the program codes under
CADWorx Components.

You can also change the Size, Schedule, or Rating by double-clicking the boxes under
each heading.

6. Click Import.
7. Click OK.
You can view a log file of the details for the conversion by clicking View Log File.
Imports the AutoPLANT data.

Import AutoCAD Plant 3D Catalog Data


Right-click the catalog in the Main List View, and select Import AutoCAD Plant 3D Catalog
Data
Imports data from an AutoCAD Plant 3D catalog.
Import
Imports the AutoCAD Plant 3D data.

AutoCAD Plant 3D Data


Plant 3D List Files

Displays the Open dialog box and enables you to select one or more AutoCAD Plant 3D
catalogs.
Source Unit
Specifies the source unit being used for the import. If there are no components related to the
Source Unit in the catalog you select, then the CADWorx Components box remains
empty.
Usershape Block Unit
Specifies the units for the user shape block from the Plant 3D data.
Catalog List
Specifies the catalog you selected from the Open dialog box.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

29

Home Catalog Tab


CADWorx Components
Component Type
Displays a list of the components in the AutoCAD Plant 3D data.
Long Description
Displays a long description associated with the AutoCAD Plant 3D data.
Select / deselect all
Selects and clears all check boxes in the CADWorx Components box.
Folder location box
Specifies the folder location of the AutoCAD Plant 3D catalog.

Right-click Menu
Check group
Enables you to check a component group under Component Type without expanding the
group.
Uncheck group
Enables you to clear a component group under Component Type without expanding the
group.
Expand All
Enables you to expand all the groups without having to select the plus sign.
Collapse All
Enables you to collapse all the groups without having to select the plus sign.
1. Right-click the catalog in the Main List View, and then select Import AutoCAD Plant 3D
Catalog Data.
The Import AutoCAD Plant 3D Catalog Data dialog box displays.
2. Click the Plant 3D List Files ellipsis under AutoCAD Plant 3D Data.
The Open dialog box displays.
3. Select the AutoCAD Plant 3D data for import, and then click Open.
4. Click the plus sign to expand the Component Type, and then click the check box for the
component you want to add.
You can use the Select / deselect all check box to select all the groups under
CADWorx Components.
5. Click Import.
6. Click OK.
You can view a log file of the details for the conversion by clicking View Log File.
CADWorx imports the AutoCAD Plant 3D catalog.

Size Table
CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Add Table > Size Table
Adds a new size table file to the Size Tables folder in Catalog Data. The size table records the
nominal size and outside diameter (OD) data for all the components used with CADWorx. You
can use this command to create different size tables for use in CADWorx.
Name
Specifies the table name. There are no restrictions to what you can name the table.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

30

Home Catalog Tab


Description
Specifies the description of the table. There are no restrictions to how you can describe the
table.
Default Part Number
Specifies the default part number for the table. This can be changed.
Current Units
Specifies the unit of measure for the size table. This cannot be changed.

Size Table Fields


NOM
Specifies the nominal size of the component.
OD
Specifies the outside diameter and the actual size of the component.
Description
Specifies the size description of the component.
PTN
Specifies the part number of the size.
For all right-click and editing features, see Edit table features (on page 26).

What do you want to do?

Add a new size table (on page 31)


Add Standard Size (on page 32)
Add New Size (on page 32)
Edit size table (on page 32)

Add a new size table


1. Click the Home tab, and then click Size Table

on the Add Table panel. Alternatively,

right-click Size Tables in Catalog Data, and then select Add Size Table
The New Size Table dialog box displays.

2. Type the name of the table in the Name box.


3. Type the description of the table in the Description box.
4. Change or accept the Default Part Number.
The Current Units box should already contain the units currently associated with the
open catalog. You should not be able to change the contents of this box.
5. Click OK.
The table displays in the Main Table List View with the name you typed at the top left. The
table is also added to Catalog Data under the Size Tables folder.
6. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

31

Home Catalog Tab


Add Standard Size
1. Right-click in the Main Table List View, and then click Add Standard Size. For mainsize
instead of standard size, see Add MAINSIZE (on page 45).
The Select size from template dialog box displays.
You cannot add standard sizes if all standards are already included in the selected
table.
2. Select the sizes that you need to add, and then click OK.
Use the Select / deselect all check box to select or clear all values.
The values selected are displayed in the Main Table List View.
3. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

Add New Size


1. Right-click the Main Table List View, and then click Add New Size.
The software displays an empty box with the properties to enter.
For more information on the details of these properties, see Size Table (on page 30).
2. Type the necessary information in each box, pressing the TAB key to navigate to the next
box.
3. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

Edit size table


1. Double-click a table file under Size Tables in Catalog Data.
The table displays to the right of the Catalog Data in the Main Table List View.
2. Select a row or box to edit.
3. Enter the changes, or right-click the table, and use Remove Row, Cut, Copy, or Paste to
edit the information.
The change displays.
4. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

See Also
Remove Row (on page 25)
Cut (on page 25)
Copy (on page 24)
Paste (on page 23)

Bolt Diameter Table


CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Add Table > Bolt Diameter Table
Adds a bolt diameter table to the Size Tables folder in Catalog Data. The bolt diameter table
records the diameter of all the bolts used with CADWorx and enables you to assign part
numbers to each individual diameter.
Name
Specifies the table name. There are no restrictions on the name.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

32

Home Catalog Tab


Description
Specifies the description of the table. There are no restrictions on the description.
Default Part Number
Specifies the default part number for the table. You can edit this box.
Current Units
Specifies the unit of measure for the size table. You cannot edit this box. The software
automatically specifies the units based on the units you specified when creating the catalog.

Bolt Diameter Table Fields


Diameter
Specifies the diameter of the bolt.
Description
Specifies the description of the bolt diameter.
PTN
Specifies the part number of the diameter.
For all right-click and editing features, see Edit table features (on page 26).

What do you want to do?

Add a new bolt diameter table (on page 33)


Add Standard Diameter (on page 34)
Add New Diameter (on page 34)
Edit bolt diameter table (on page 34)
Display the bolt diameter part number in CADWorx Plant (on page 35)

Add a new bolt diameter table


1. Click the Home tab, and then click Bolt Diameter Table
on the Add Table panel.
Alternatively, right-click Size Tables in Catalog Data, and then select Add Bolt Diameter
Table
.
The New Bolt Diameter Table dialog box displays.
2. Type the name of the table in the Name box.
3. Type the description of the table in the Description box.
4. Change or accept the Default Part Number.
The Current Units box should already contain the units currently associated with the
open catalog. You should not be able to change the contents of this box.
5. Click OK.
The table displays in the Main Table List View with the name you typed at the top left. The
table is also added to Catalog Data under the Size Tables folder.
6. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

33

Home Catalog Tab


Add Standard Diameter
1. Right-click in the Main Table List View, and then click Add Standard Diameter.
The Select size from template dialog box displays.
You cannot add standard diameters if all standards are already included in the
selected table.
2. Select the diameters that you need to add, and then click OK.
Use the Select / deselect all check box to select or clear all values.
The values selected are displayed in the Main Table List View.
3. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

Add New Diameter


1. Right-click the Main Table List View, and then click Add New Diameter.
The software displays an empty row with the properties to enter.
For more information on the details of these properties, see Bolt Diameter Table (on page
32).
2. Type the necessary information in each box, pressing the TAB key to navigate to the next
box.
3. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

Edit bolt diameter table


1. Double-click a bolt diameter file in Size Tables under in Catalog Data.
The table displays to the right of the Catalog Data in the Main Table List View.
2. Select a row or box to edit.
3. Enter the changes, or right-click the table, and use Remove Row, Cut, Copy, or Paste to
edit the information.
The change displays.
4. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

See Also
Remove Row (on page 25)
Cut (on page 25)
Copy (on page 24)
Paste (on page 23)

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

34

Home Catalog Tab

Display the bolt diameter part number in CADWorx Plant


1. Create a bolt diameter table in the catalog.
Make sure you have added values in the PTN column, or the software displays no
values in the Code box in CADWorx Plant. For more information, see Bolt Diameter Table
(on page 32).
2. Click File > Save.
3. Open a project corresponding to the catalog.
4. Click Yes to update the project from the base catalog.
5. Double-click the specification.
6. In the Properties pane, select the bolt diameter table name from the Bolt Diameter Table
Name list.
7. In the Main Spec List View, under Gaskets/Bolts/Welds, select the bolt component.
8. In the Edit component pane, select a Description ellipsis.
You can add the BOLT_DIAMETER_PTN schema to any of the description fields.
However, this schema is only available on the bolt component.
A description format dialog box displays.
9. Click the Component Tables list, and then select Size Tables.
10. Select the BOLT_DIAMETER_PTN schema in the Table Fields box.
11. Click Move right

to move the schema to the [Description] Format box.

12. Click OK.


13. Click File > Save.
14. Open a drawing in plant.
15. Set the specification with the bolt diameter part number schema.
16. Draw a flange set or a flange and valve set with bolts.
17. Double-click the bolts.
The Component Edit dialog box displays with the bolt diameter part number in the Code
box.
18. Check the value in the Code box to ensure it matches the value in the PTN column of the
bolt diameter table.

Bolt Length Table


CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Add Table > Bolt Length Table
Adds a bolt length table to the Size Tables folder in Catalog Data. The bolt length table records
the length of each bolt used with CADWorx and enables you to assign part numbers to each
individual length.
Name
Specifies the table name. There are no restrictions on the name.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

35

Home Catalog Tab


Description
Specifies the description of the table. There are no restrictions on the description.
Default Part Number
Specifies the default part number for the table. You can edit this box.
Current Units
Specifies the unit of measure for the size table. You cannot edit this box. The software
automatically specifies the units based on the units you specified when creating the catalog.

Bolt Length Table Fields


Length
Specifies the length of the bolt.
Description
Specifies the description of the bolt length.
PTN
Specifies the part number of the length.
For all right-click and editing features, see Edit table features (on page 26).

What do you want to do?

Add a new bolt length table (on page 36)

Add Standard Length (on page 37)

Add New Length (on page 37)

Edit bolt length table (on page 37)

Display the bolt length part number in CADWorx Plant (on page 37)

Add a new bolt length table


1. Click the Home tab, and then click Bolt Length Table
on the Add Table panel.
Alternatively, right-click Size Tables in Catalog Data, and then select Add Bolt Length
Table

The New Bolt Length Table dialog box displays.


2. Type the name of the table in the Name box.
3. Type the description of the table in the Description box.
4. Change or accept the Default Part Number.
The Current Units box should already contain the units currently associated with the
open catalog. You should not be able to change the contents of this box.
5. Click OK.
The table displays in the Main Table List View with the name you typed at the top left. The
table is also added to Catalog Data under the Size Tables folder.
6. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

36

Home Catalog Tab


Add Standard Length
1. Right-click in the Main Table List View, and then click Add Standard Length.
The Select size from template dialog box displays.
You cannot add standard lengths if all standards are already included in the selected
table.
2. Select the lengths that you need to add, and then click OK.
Use the Select / deselect all check box to select or clear all values.
The values selected are displayed in the Main Table List View.
3. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

Add New Length


1. Right-click the Main Table List View, and then click Add New Length.
The software displays an empty row with the properties to enter.
For more information on the details of these properties, see Bolt Length Table (on page 35).
2. Type the necessary information in each box, pressing the TAB key to navigate to the next
box.
3. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

Edit bolt length table


1. Double-click a bolt length table file under Size Tables in Catalog Data.
The table displays to the right of the Catalog Data in the Main Table List View.
2. Select a row or box to edit.
3. Enter the changes, or right-click the table, and use Remove Row, Cut, Copy, or Paste to
edit the information.
The change displays.
4. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

See Also
Remove Row (on page 25)
Cut (on page 25)
Copy (on page 24)
Paste (on page 23)

Display the bolt length part number in CADWorx Plant


1. Create a bolt length table in the catalog.
Make sure you have added values in the PTN column, or the software displays no
values in the Code box in CADWorx Plant. For more information, see Bolt Length Table (on
page 35).
2. Click File > Save.
3. Open a project corresponding to the catalog.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

37

Home Catalog Tab


4. Click Yes to update the project from the base catalog.
5. Double-click the specification.
6. In the Properties pane, select the bolt length table name from the Bolt Length Table Name
list.
7. In the Main Spec List View, under Gaskets/Bolts/Welds, select the bolt component.
8. In the Edit component pane, select a Description ellipsis.
You can add the BOLT_LENGTH_PTN schema to any of the description fields.
However, this schema is only available on the bolt component.
A description format dialog box displays.
9. Click the Component Tables list, and then select Size Tables.
10. Select the BOLT_LENGTH_PTN schema in the Table Fields box.
11. Click Move right

to move the schema to the [Description] Format box.

12. Click OK.


13. Click File > Save.
14. Open a drawing in plant.
15. Set the specification with the bolt length part number schema.
16. Draw a flange set or a flange and valve set with bolts.
17. Double-click the bolts.
The Component Edit dialog box displays with the bolt length part number in the Code box.
18. Check the value in the Code box to ensure it matches the value in the PTN column of the
bolt length table.

Material Table
CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Add Table > Material Table

Adds a new material table file to the Material Tables folder in Catalog Data. The material table
records the specs data for all the components used with CADWorx. You can use this command
to create different material tables for use in CADWorx.
Name
Specifies the table name. There are no restrictions to what you can name the table.
Description
Specifies the description of the table. There are no description restrictions.

Material Table Fields


Spec
Specifies the material, for example the material Spec can be based on the American
Society for Testing and Material. This lists material such as ASTM A53, a carbon steel alloy.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

38

Home Catalog Tab


Grade
Specifies the material grade, for example the Grade can be based on the American Society
for Testing and Material.
Composition
Specifies the material composition.
Comptypes
Specifies the applicable component types.
When you set component types in the material table, that material becomes available
for selection on the component in the Material Assignment Setup (on page 144).
Density
Specifies the material density.
PTN
Specifies the part number of the material.
For all right-click and editing features, see Edit table features (on page 26).

What do you want to do?

Add a new material table (on page 39)

Insert Row (on page 39)

Edit material table (on page 40)

Add a new material table


1. Click the Home tab, and then click Material Table
on the Add Table panel.
Alternatively, right-click Material Tables in Catalog Data, and then select Add Material
Table

The New Material Table dialog box displays.


2. Type the name of the table in the Name box.
3. Type the description of the table in the Description box.
4. Click OK.
The new material table displays in the Main Table List View with the name you typed at the
top left, and is also added to Catalog Data under the Material Tables folder.
5. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

Insert Row
1. Right-click the Main Table List View, and then click Insert Row.
An empty row displays with the fields to enter.
2. Type the information in each box. Press TAB to navigate to the next box.
3. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

39

Home Catalog Tab

Edit material table


1. Double-click a material table file under Material Tables in Catalog Data.
The table displays to the right of the Catalog Data in the Main Table List View.
2. Select a row or box to edit.
3. Enter the changes, or right-click the table, and use Remove Row, Cut, Copy, or Paste to
edit the information.
The change displays.
4. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

See Also
Remove Row (on page 25)
Cut (on page 25)
Copy (on page 24)
Paste (on page 23)

Schedule Table
CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Add Table > Schedule Table
Adds a new schedule table file to the Schedule Tables folder in Catalog Data. The schedule
table records the schedule data for all components used with CADWorx. You can use this
command to create different schedule tables for use in CADWorx.
Name
Specifies the table name. There are no restrictions to what you can name the table.
Default Part Number
Specifies the default part number for the table. This can be changed.
Description
Specifies the description of the table. There are no description restrictions.

Schedule Table Fields


SCH
Specifies the schedule for the component.
SCHENCWT
The schedule used with enhanced weight calculation.
PTN
Specifies the part number for the component.
For all right-click and editing features, see Edit table features (on page 26).

What do you want to do?

Add a new schedule table (on page 41)

Add Schedule (on page 41)

Edit schedule table (on page 41)

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

40

Home Catalog Tab

Add a new schedule table


1. Click the Home tab, and then click Schedule Table
on the Add Table panel.
Alternatively, right-click Schedule Tables in Catalog Data, and then select Add Schedule
Table

The New Schedule Table dialog box displays.


2. Type the name of the table in the Name box.
3. Change or accept the Default Part Number.
4. Type the description of the table in the Description box.
5. Click OK.
The new schedule table displays in the Main Table List View with the name you typed in at
the top left. The new schedule is also added to Catalog Data under the Schedule Tables
folder.
6. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

Add Schedule
Adds a schedule to the Schedule Table file in the Main Table List View.
Standard Items
Specifies the types of schedules you can add.
Selected Items
Specifies the types of schedules you have added.
1. Right-click the Main Table List View, and then click Add Schedule.
The Add Schedule Items dialog box displays.
2. Select a schedule item from the Standard Items list, and then click the Add arrow
add the item to the Selected Items list.

to

You can select multiple items by holding the SHIFT or CTRL key down, and then
selecting multiple items. Also, you can add new items by clicking New
or delete an
added item by clicking Delete
. To move an item up and down in the list, simply select it,
and use the Up
and Down arrows to the side.
3. When all the items are added, click OK.
The schedule items are added to the list.
4. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

Edit schedule table


1. Double-click a schedule table file under Schedule Tables in Catalog Data.
The table displays to the right of the Catalog Data in the Main Table List View.
2. Select a row or box to edit.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

41

Home Catalog Tab


3. Enter the changes, or right-click the table, and use Remove Row, Cut, Copy, or Paste to
edit the information.
The change displays.
4. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

See Also
Remove Row (on page 25)
Cut (on page 25)
Copy (on page 24)
Paste (on page 23)

Thickness Table
CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Add Table > Thickness Table
Adds a new thickness table file to the Thickness Tables folder in Catalog Data. The thickness
table records the thickness data for all the components used with CADWorx. You can use this
command to create different thickness tables for use in CADWorx.
Name
Specifies the table name. There are no restrictions to what you can name the table.
Size Table
Specifies the size table attached to the thickness table.
Schedule Table
Specifies the schedule table attached to the thickness table.
Description
Specifies the description of the table. There are no description restrictions.

Thickness Table Fields


NOM
Specifies the nominal size of the component supplied by the size table.
Other numbers
The other numbers in the thickness table are pulled from the schedule table and represent
the schedule of the thickness.
For all right-click and editing features, see Edit table features (on page 26).

What do you want to do?

Add a new thickness table (on page 43)

Edit thickness table (on page 43)

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

42

Home Catalog Tab

Add a new thickness table


1. Click the Home tab, and then click Thickness Table
on the Add Table panel.
Alternatively, right-click Thickness Tables in Catalog Data, and then select Add
Thickness Table

The Thickness Table dialog box displays.


2. Type the name of the table in the Name box.
3. Select the size table from the Size Table list.
4. Select the schedule table from the Schedule Table list.
5. Type the description of the table in the Description box.
The new thickness table displays in the Main Table List View with the name you typed in at
the top left. The thickness table is also added to Catalog Data under the Thickness Tables
folder.
6. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.
The new table brings in all the nominal sizes from the size table, and the schedule
numbers from the schedule table, emphasizing the thickness of each component according to its
schedule.

Edit thickness table


1. Double-click a thickness table file under Thickness Tables in Catalog Data.
The table displays to the right of the Catalog Data in the Main Table List View.
2. Select a row or box to edit.
3. Enter the changes, or right-click the table, and use Remove Row, Cut, Copy, or Paste to
edit the information.
The change displays.
4. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.
Thickness table rows can be removed by removing the associated nominal size inside
the associated size table.

See Also
Cut (on page 25)
Copy (on page 24)
Paste (on page 23)

End Type Table


CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Add Table > End Type Table
Adds a new endtype table file to the EndType Tables folder in Catalog Data. The endtype table
records end types data for all the components used with CADWorx. You can use this command
to create different endtype tables for use in CADWorx.
Name
Specifies the table name. There are no restrictions to what you can name the table.
Type
Specifies the end type applied to the table.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

43

Home Catalog Tab


Size Table
Specifies the size table attached to the end type table.
Part Number
Specifies the part number assigned to the table.
Description
Specifies the description of the table. There are no description restrictions.

EndType Table Fields


MAINSIZE
Specifies the main size of the component.
OAL
Specifies the overall length.
FACELEN
Specifies the face length.
CFD
Specifies the connection face diameter.
FFD
Specifies the face diameter.
CHD
Specifies the connection hub diameter.
FHD
Specifies the face hub diameter.
PENGLEN
Specifies the pipe engagement length.
CPENGD
Specifies the connection pipe engagement diameter.
FPENGD
Specifies the face pipe engagement diameter.
For all right-click and editing features, see Edit table features (on page 26).
For more information, see EndType Tables folder (on page 71).

What do you want to do?

Add a new endtype table (on page 45)

Add MAINSIZE (on page 45)

Add New MAINSIZE (on page 45)

Edit endtype table (on page 45)

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

44

Home Catalog Tab

Add a new endtype table


1. Click the Home tab, and then click End Type Table
on the Add Table panel.
Alternatively, right-click EndType Tables in Catalog Data, and then select Add EndType
Table

The New EndType Table dialog box displays.


2. Type the name of the new table in the Name box.
3. Select the end type from the Type list.
4. Select the size table from the Size Table list.
Clicking the Size Table ellipsis enables you to select the main size(s) for this
endtype table. Alternatively, use Add MAINSIZE in the Main Table List View.
5. Type a part number in the Part Number box.
6. Type the description of the table in the Description box.
7. Click OK.
The new endtype table displays in the Main Table List View with the name you typed in at
the top left. The endtype table is also added to Catalog Data under the EndType Tables
folder.
8. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

Add MAINSIZE
1. Right-click the Main Table List View, and then click Add MAINSIZE.
The Select size dialog box displays.
2. Select the sizes to add, and then click OK.
Use the Select / deselect all check box to select or deselect all sizes.
The sizes selected display in the Main Table List View.
3. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

Add New MAINSIZE


1. Right-click the Main Table List View, and then click Add New MAINSIZE.
An empty box displays.
2. Type the information in the applicable columns, using the TAB key to navigate to the next
box.
3. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

Edit endtype table


1. Double-click an end type table file under EndType Tables in Catalog Data.
The table displays to the right of the Catalog Data in the Main Table List View.
2. Select a row or box to edit.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

45

Home Catalog Tab


3. Enter the changes, or right-click the table, and use Remove Row, Cut, Copy, or Paste to
edit the information.
The change displays.
4. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.
For more information, see EndType Tables (on page 75).

See Also
Remove Row (on page 25)
Cut (on page 25)
Copy (on page 24)
Paste (on page 23)

Category Table
CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Add Table > Category Table
Adds a new category to the Data Tables folder in Catalog Data. For more information, see Data
Tables folder (on page 71).
Category
Specifies the component category to be added.
Description
Specifies the description of the category. There are no description restrictions.
When adding a category, the data tables folder must be either empty or missing a
category. You cannot add multiple categories of the same component type.
1. Click the Home tab, and then click Category Table

2.
3.
4.
5.

in the Add Table panel.

Alternatively, right-click Data Tables in Catalog Data, and then select Add Category
The Add Category dialog box displays.
Click the Category list, and then select a category to add.
Type a description of the category in the Description box.
Click OK.
The new category is added to the Data Tables folder in Catalog Data.
Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

Data Table
CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Add Table > Data Table
Adds a data table to a Data Tables specific selected category in Catalog Data. This option is
only available when categories have been previously created, and a particular category must be
selected. For more information, see Data Tables folder (on page 71).
Name
Specifies the table name. There are no restrictions to what you can name the table.
Type
Specifies the component type applied to the table. For more information, see Data Tables
Properties (on page 179).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

46

Home Catalog Tab


Size Table
Specifies the size table attached to the data table.
Default EndType
Specifies the end type for the table.

Start
Specifies the end type for the start point of the component.

End
Specifies the end type for the end point of the component.

Left
Specifies the end type for the left branch of the component.

Right
Specifies the end type for the right branch of the component.

Part Number
Specifies the part number assigned to the table.
Description
Specifies the description of the table. There are no description restrictions.
For all right-click and editing features, see Edit table features (on page 26).
For descriptions of each column and category, see Data Tables Properties (on page
179).

What do you want to do?

Add a new data table (on page 47)

Add new user shape (on page 48)

Add new topworks table (on page 49)

Edit data table features (on page 50)

Add a new data table


1. Click the (+) sign on the Data Tables folder in Catalog Data.
The Data Tables folder expands, displaying the categories.
2. Select a category.
3. Click the Home tab, and then click Data Table
on the Add Tables panel.
Alternatively, right-click a category in Data Tables in Catalog Data, and then select Add
Data Table

The New Data Table dialog box displays.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

47

Home Catalog Tab


4. Type the name of the new data table in the Name box. The default can be entered for you if
you skip to step 5.
5. Click the Type list, and then select the type.
The contents of the list depend on the category you chose at the beginning of these
steps.
6. Click the Size Table list, and then select a size table. Next, click the Size Table ellipsis,
select the sizes to add from the Select Size list, and then click OK.
Use the Select / deselect all check box to select or clear all sizes.
7. To apply the same end type on all ends, click the Apply same end-type on all ends checkbox.
8. Click the Start list, and then select a start end type for the component. Click the End, Left,
and Right lists, and then select the necessary end types.
9. Type the part number in the Part Number box.
10. Enter a description of the table in the Description box.
11. Click OK.
The new data table appears in the Main Table List View with the name in the upper left
corner and is also displayed in Catalog Data under the category selected from the Select a
category step.
12. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

See Also
Add MAINSIZE (on page 45)
Add New MAINSIZE (on page 45)
Component Tables (on page 75)

Add new user shape


Adds a user shape to the specification.
If Spec Editor is already displayed skip to step 2.
1. Click Start Spec Editor
desktop.

on the spec view palette. Alternatively, click Spec Editor on the

The Specification Editor software opens.


2. Click File > Open.
The Open File dialog box displays.
3. Select a catalog, and then click Open.
The Catalog Data window displays.
4. Click the (+) sign on the Data Tables folder.
The Data Tables list displays.
5. Right-click User Shapes, and select Add Data Table

The New Usershape Table displays.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

48

Home Catalog Tab


6. Type the name of the table in the Name box.
7. Select a user type in the Type list.
8. Select a size table in the Size Table list.
You can select and clear multiple sizes by clicking the Size Table ellipsis.
9. Select the Reducing Component check box if you want this to be a reducing component.
10. Type the user shape folder name in the Usershape Folder box.
11. Type the part number in the Part Number box.
12. Type the description of the user shape in the Description box.
13. Click OK.
The user shape file appears under the User Shape category in the Data Tables folder, and
also to the right of Catalog Data, in the Main Table List View.
14. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.
You can now enter information for the specifics of the user shape that you have added to
this specification catalog. For more information, see Add a new data table in CADWorx Spec
Editor User's Guide.

See Also
Add MAINSIZE (on page 45)
Add New MAINSIZE (on page 45)

Add new topworks table


1. Click the (+) sign on the Data Tables folder in Catalog Data.
The Data Tables file expands displaying the categories.
2. Select Topworks.
3. Click the Home tab, and then click Data Table

on the Add Table panel. Alternatively,

right-click Topworks in Catalog Data, and then select Add Data Table

The New Topworks Table dialog box displays.


4. Type the name of the new topworks table in the Name box.
5. Click the Type list, and then select the type.
6. Click the Size Table list, and then select a size table. Next, click the Size Table ellipsis,
select the sizes to add from the Select Size list, and then click OK.
7. Enter a description of the table in the Description box.
8. Click OK.
The new topworks table appears in the Main Table List View with the name of the table in
the upper left corner, and in the Catalog Data under the category you selected in the Data
Tables folder.
9. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

See Also
Add MAINSIZE (on page 45)
Add New MAINSIZE (on page 45)

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

49

Home Catalog Tab

Edit data table features


Right-click Menu
Add User Part Number Column
Automatically adds the User Part Number Column which can be used to assign
component record-level part numbers (PTN)s to component data.
Add Custom Data To All Tables
Displays the New Field dialog box enabling you to create a new field for all the components
in the Data Tables. For more information, see New Field Dialog Box (on page 72).
Remove All Tables
Removes all the data tables from the catalog.
All data tables must be removed, before the endtype tables can be removed.
Open
Displays the selected component in the Main Table List View.
Copy
See Copy (on page 24).
Remove
Removes the selected component from the data table list.
Rename
Renames the selected component. Select the component to be renamed, and then enter a
new name.
Expand
Expands the data table list.
Collapse
Collapses the data table list.
Expand All
Expands all the table lists.
Collapse All
Collapses all the table lists.
Properties
Displays the Properties view.
Add to base catalog
Adds the selected table file to the base catalog.
Commit to Base Catalog
Commits the changes to the category to the base catalog.
Update from Base Catalog
Updates the selected category with changes made to the base catalog.
You are now provided the ability to move the component tables under the Data Tables
folder. To change the order of the components, click the component and then drag it to the new
location in the list.
For more information on data tables, see Data Tables Properties (on page 179).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

50

Home Catalog Tab


Right-click Menu Main Table List View
Add MAINSIZE
Adds a main size. For more information, see Add MAINSIZE (on page 45).
Add New MAINSIZE
Adds a new main size. For more information, see Add New MAINSIZE (on page 45).
Remove Row
See Remove Row (on page 25).
Cut
See Cut (on page 25).
Copy
See Copy (on page 24).
Paste
See Paste (on page 23).
Show Required
Displays the required information.
Show Enhancement
Displays the enhancements.
Show User
Displays the user information.

IndexCode Table
CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Add Table > IndexCode Table
Enables you to add an IndexCode table that can then be associated with a DBCodes table. The
IndexCode Tables folder contains the INDEXCODE, DESCRIPTION, and COMPTYPE of each
component in the catalog.
Name
Specifies the name of the index code table.
Description
Specifies the description of the index code table.
For all right-click and editing features, see Edit table features (on page 26).
For information on the properties, see IndexCode Tables Properties (on page 236).

Add Index Code Table


1. Click the Home tab, and then click IndexCode Table
on the Add Table panel.
Alternatively, right-click the IndexCode Tables folder in Catalog Data, and then select Add
Index Code Table.
The New Index Code Table dialog box displays.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

51

Home Catalog Tab


2. Type the name of the index code in the Name box.
3. Type a description of the index code in the Description box.
4. Click OK.
The index code displays under the IndexCode Tables folder in Catalog Data.

Add Data to the IndexCode


1. Right-click the Main Table List View, and then click Insert Row.
An empty row displays with the fields to enter.
2. Type the information in each box. Press TAB to navigate to the next box.
3. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.
The IndexCode cannot be removed when it is associated with a DBCode.

DBCode Table
CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Add Table > DBCode Table
Adds a database code table to Catalog Data. The DBCode Tables folder contains the
database code table and the INDEXCODE, DESCRIPTION, MAINSIZE, REDSIZE, and PTN for
all the components in the catalog. For more information, see DBCode Tables folder (on page
71).
Name
Specifies the table name. There are no restrictions on the name.
IndexCode Table
Specifies the index code table associated with the DBCode Table.
Description
Specifies the description of the table. There are no restrictions on description.

Insert Multiple Rows Dialog Box

Enables you to insert multiple rows for a DBCode Table.


IndexCode
Specifies the required index code associated with the database code table.
Size Selection
Specifies the sizes selected for the database code table.
Select / deselect all
Selects or clears all sizes in the Size Selection list.
For all right-click and editing features, see Edit table features (on page 26).
For information on the properties, see DBCode Tables Properties (on page 236).

What do you want to do?

Import DBCode Table From File (on page 53)

Add DBCode Table (on page 53)

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

52

Home Catalog Tab

Import DBCode Table From File


CADWorx Spec Editor DBCode Tables folder: Right-click the DBCode Tables folder in
Catalog Data, and then select Import DBCode Table From File.
Imports a database codes file and the index code for use in CADWorx. The database codes file
is placed in the DBCode Tables folder, and the index code is placed in the IndexCode Tables
folder. The DBCode Tables folder contains the database code table and the INDEXCODE,
DESCRIPTION, MAINSIZE, REDSIZE, and PTN for all the components in the catalog. The
IndexCode Tables folder contains the INDEXCODE, DESCRIPTION, and COMPTYPE of each
component in the catalog.
DataBaseCodes File
Specifies the database codes file to import. The database codes file is located in the Spec
folder of the legacy versions.
Import
Imports the database codes file.
1. Right-click the DBCode Tables folder in Catalog Data, and then select Import DBCode
Table From File.
The Import DBCode From File dialog box displays.
2. Click the DataBaseCodes File ellipsis.
The Open dialog box displays.
3. Navigate to and open the database codes file.
The DataBaseCodes File box populates.
4. Click Import.
The database codes file and the index code imports and displays under the DBCodes
Tables folder and IndexCode Tables folder, respectively, in Catalog Data.

See Also
DBCode Table (on page 52)
IndexCode Table (on page 51)
IndexCode Tables Properties (on page 236)
DBCode Tables Properties (on page 236)

Add DBCode Table


1. Click the Home tab, and then click DBCode Table
on the Add Tables panel.
Alternatively, right-click the DBCode Tables folder in Catalog Data, and then select Add
DBCode Table.
You first must create an IndexCode before you can add the DBCodes table. An
index code table is required to complete the process.
The New DBCode Table dialog box displays.
2. Type the name of the new database code table in the Name box.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

53

Home Catalog Tab


3. Click the IndexCode Table list, and then select the index code.
4. Enter a description of the table in the Description box.
5. Click OK.
The new database code table appears in the Main Table List View with the name in the
upper left corner. The DBCodes Table also displays in Catalog Data.
6. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

Insert Row
1. Right-click the Main Table List View, and then click Insert Row.
An empty row displays with the fields to enter.
2. Type the information in each box. Press TAB to navigate to the next box.
3. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

Insert Multiple Rows


1. Right-click the Main Table List View, and then click Insert Multiple Rows.
The Insert Multiple Rows dialog box displays.
2. Select the IndexCode from the list.
3. Select the necessary sizes from the Size Selection list.
You can use the Select / deselect all check box to select or clear all sizes.
4. Click OK.
5. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

End Prep Table


CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Add Table > End Prep Table
Adds an end preparation table to the Miscellaneous folder in Catalog Data. The end
preparation table records the end preparation data for all the components used with CADWorx,
and enables you to use the end preparation table in the description formation dialog boxes. You
can also use this command to create different end prep tables for use in CADWorx. For more
information, see Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes (on page 86) and
Description Format Dialog Boxes (on page 139).
Name
Specifies the table name. There are no restrictions on the name.
Description
Specifies the description of the table. There are no restrictions on description.
Default Part Number
Specifies the default part number for the table. You can use the part number of the end
preparation in the description format dialog box. Select End Prep table from the
Component Tables list, and then click the right
arrow to move the item to the Format
box. For more information, see Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes (on
page 86) and Description Format Dialog Boxes (on page 139). You can edit this number.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

54

Home Catalog Tab


End Prep Table Fields
Name
Specifies the name of the end preparation. The name is the actual information that displays
in CADWorx for the end preparation of a component. The end preparation data works in
conjunction with the PipeDescriptionCat variable. For more information, see
PipeDescriptionCat in the CADWorx Plant Users Guide.
Description
Specifies the description of the component. The description accurately depicts the meaning
of the three-letter Name. You can edit the description.
PTN
Specifies the part number of the end preparation. Select END_PREP_PTN in the description
format dialog boxes to show part numbers for end preparation in your model. For more
information, see Description Format Dialog Boxes (on page 139) and Long, Short, Tag, and
Part Number Format Dialog Boxes (on page 86).
For all right-click and editing features, see Edit table features (on page 26).
For more information, see Miscellaneous folder (on page 72).

What do you want to do?

Add a new end prep table (on page 55)

Add Standard EndPrep (on page 56)

Edit end prep table (on page 56)

Add a new end prep table


1. Click the Home tab, and then click End Prep Table
on the Add Table panel.
Alternatively, right-click Miscellaneous in Catalog Data, and then select Add End Prep
Table

The New End Prep Table dialog box displays.


2. Type the name of the table in the Name box.
3. Type the description of the table in the Description box.
4. Change or accept the Default Part Number.
5. Click OK.
The new end prep table displays in the Main Table List View with the name that you typed at
the top left, and also displays in Catalog Data under the Miscellaneous folder.
6. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

55

Home Catalog Tab

Add Standard EndPrep


1. Right-click the Main Table List View, and then click Add Standard EndPrep.
The Select end prep from template dialog box displays.
2. Select the end prep items to add, and then click OK.
Use the Select / deselect all check box to select or clear all sizes.
The end preps selected display in the Main Table List View.
3. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

Edit end prep table


1. Double-click an end prep table file under Miscellaneous in Catalog Data.
The table displays to the right of the Catalog Data in the Main Table List View.
2. Select a row or box to edit.
3. Enter the changes, or right-click the table, and use Remove Row, Cut, Copy, or Paste to
edit the information.
The change displays.
4. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

See Also
Remove Row (on page 25)
Cut (on page 25)
Copy (on page 24)
Paste (on page 23)

Legacy Catalog Data Panel


CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Legacy Catalog Data
Imports legacy data to the Spec Editor.
Import By Spec - Imports legacy data from a specification. For more information, see
Import By Spec (on page 57).
Import From Data File - Imports legacy data from a file. For more information, see
Import From Data File (on page 58).
Pipe Support Import Assembly - Imports legacy pipe support data from an assembly
file. For more information, see Import Pipe Support Legacy From Assembly File (on page
61).
Pipe Support Import Data - Imports legacy pipe support data from a data file. For more
information, see Import Pipe Support Legacy From Data File (on page 62).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

56

Home Catalog Tab

Import By Spec
CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Legacy Catalog Data > Import By Spec
Imports legacy data from a specification.
Specification File
Specifies the specification file for import.
Library Folder
Specifies the location for the legacy components folder for import. This must be located in
the legacy CADWorx folders.
Topworks Folder
Specifies the location for the topworks folder for import. This must be located in the legacy
CADWorx folders.
DatabaseCodes File
Specifies the legacy database code DAT file for the import.
Upon import of the DAT file the DBCode Table, and the IndexCode Table, are
created accordingly. For more information on DBCode Tables and IndexCode Tables, see
IndexCode Table (on page 51) and DBCode Table (on page 52).
Size Table
Specifies the size table for the import. You must first create a size table before importing the
legacy data.
Data Files
Specifies the imported information.

Path
Specifies the path for the legacy data.

Status
Specifies the status of the selected data. If Status is Missing, then the incorrect
Library Folder was selected.

Import
Imports the legacy data.
View Log File
Displays the log file for the legacy import.
1. Click the Home tab, and then click Import By Spec
panel.

on the Legacy Catalog Data

The Import CADWorx Legacy Catalog From Spec File dialog box displays.
2. Under Source, click the Specification File ellipsis.
The Open dialog box displays.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

57

Home Catalog Tab


3. Select a legacy file to import, and then click Open.
The Data Files box fills with the legacy data.
4. Click the Library Folder ellipsis.
The Browse For Folder dialog box displays.
5. Select the legacy folder that contains the data file, and then click OK.
6. Click the Topworks Folder ellipsis.
The Browse For Folder dialog box displays.
7. Select the legacy folder that contains the topworks data file for the spec, and then click OK.
8. Click the DatabaseCodes File ellipsis.
The Open dialog box displays.
9. Select the legacy database code DAT file for the import, and then click Open.
The DatabaseCodes File box fills with the DAT file. See the note above the instructions for
more information.
10. Click the Size Table list, and then select a size table.
11. Select the data files you want to import from the Data Files box, and then click OK.
Alternatively, select the Select / deselect all check box to select all legacy data in the Data
Files dialog box.
12. Click Import.
One of the following two responses displays: No files were converted, or [Number]
files converted. If no files were converted, make sure the data to import is correct.
13. Click OK on either message you receive.
14. When finished with the import, click Close.
15. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

For detailed information about the contents that were or were not converted, click View Log
File.

You can double-click any of the data files in the Data Files dialog box to view its information
in Notepad.

Import From Data File


CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Legacy Catalog Data > Import From Data File
Imports legacy data from a file.
Add Files
Imports legacy data using chosen files.
Add Folder
Imports legacy data using chosen folders.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

58

Home Catalog Tab


Delete
Deletes a selected source from the Source Files box.
Source Files
Specifies the selected files or folders for import.
Converted Files
Specifies the files converted after import.
Size Table
Specifies the size table for validation of import.
By Column Count
Specifies all the data file types for each source in the Source Files box. This option is only
available in the Import CADWorx Legacy Catalog From Data File dialog box.
By Column Name
Specifies the data files for the source file you have selected. This option is only available in
the Import CADWorx Legacy Catalog From Data File dialog box.
Select Data File Type
Specifies the component type for the specification import.
Import
Imports the legacy data.
View Log File
Displays the log file for the legacy import.
There are two options for importing data from the data files. Depending on which kind of data
you want to import, use Add Files or Add Folder.

Import using Add Files


1. Click the Home tab, and then click Import From Data File
panel.

on the Legacy Data

The Import CADWorx Legacy Catalog From Data File dialog box displays.
2. Click Add Files

The Open dialog box displays.


3. Select a legacy file to import, and then click Open.
The file displays in the Source Files box.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

59

Home Catalog Tab


4. Select a source file, and then under Validation, select a size table from the Size Table list.
The data file type displays in the Select Data File Type box.
Selecting By Column Name or By Column Count determines how information is
displayed in the Select Data File Type box. Selecting By Column Count displays all the
data file types for each source in the Source Files box. Alternatively, selecting By Column
Name only displays the data files for the source file you have selected. Some selections in
Source Files do not have data file information.
5. Select a data file type from the Select Data File Type box.
Only one data file type can be selected at a time. The data file type needs to be set
for each source file listed in the Source Files box.
6. Click Import.
The converted file displays in the Converted Files box.
These steps can be repeated without needing to close the dialog box.
7. Click Close when finished.
8. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

To see information about the data conversion, click View Log File.

You can double-click any of the data files in the Source Files dialog box to view its
information in Notepad.

Import using Add Folders


1. Click the Home tab, and then click Import From Data File
Data panel.

on the Legacy Catalog

The Import Legacy Data From File dialog box displays.


2. Click Add Folder

The Browse For Folder dialog box displays.


3. Select a legacy folder to import, and then click Open.
The entire folder displays in the Source Files box.
4. Select a source file, and then under Validation, select a size table from the Size Table list.
The data file type displays in the Select Data File Type box.
Selecting By Column Name or By Column Count determines how information is
displayed in the Select Data File Type box. Selecting By Column Count displays all the
data file types for each source in the Source File box. Alternatively, selecting By Column
Name only displays the data files for the source file you have selected. Some selections in
Source Files do not have data file information. If you need to delete a file from Source
Files simply select the file, and then click Delete
. The file no longer displays in source
files.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

60

Home Catalog Tab


5. Select a data file type from the Select Data File Type box.
Only one data file type can be selected at a time. The data file type needs to be set
for each source file listed in the source files box.
6. Click Import.
The converted file displays in the Converted Files box.
These steps can be repeated without having to close the dialog box.
7. Click Close when finished.
8. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

To see why something was not converted, or what, where, and when it was converted, click
View Log File.

You can double-click any of the data files in the Source Files dialog box to view its
information in Notepad.

Import Pipe Support Legacy From Assembly File


CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Legacy Catalog Data > Pipe Support Import Assembly

Catalog Data: Right-click the catalog > Import Pipe Support Legacy From Assembly File
Imports legacy pipe support data from an assembly file. For more information, see PipeSupport
(on page 206).
Assembly File
Specifies the assembly file for import.
Library Folder
Specifies the location for the legacy components folder for import. This must be located in
the legacy CADWorx folders.
Size Table
Specifies the size table for the import. You must first create a size table before importing the
legacy data.
Data Files
Specifies the imported information.

Path
Specifies the path for the legacy data.

Status
Specifies the status of the selected data. If Status is Missing, then the incorrect
Library Folder was selected.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

61

Home Catalog Tab


Import
Imports the legacy data.
View Log File
Displays the log file for the legacy import.
1. Click the Home tab, and then click Pipe Support Import Assembly
on the Legacy
Catalog Data panel. Alternatively, click in Catalog Data, right-click the catalog, and then
select Import Pipe Support Legacy From Assembly File.
The Import Pipe Support Legacy From Assembly File dialog box displays.
2. Under Source, click the Assembly File ellipsis.
The Open dialog box displays.
3. Select a legacy file to import, and then click Open.
The Data Files box fills with the legacy data.
4. Click the Library Folder ellipsis.
The Browse For Folder dialog box displays.
5. Select the legacy folder that contains the data file, and then click OK.
6. Click the Size Table list, and then select a size table.
7. Select the data files you want to import from the Data Files box, and then click OK.
Alternatively, select the Select / deselect all check box to select all legacy data in the Data
Files dialog box.
8. Click Import.
One of the following two responses displays: No files were converted, or [Number]
files converted. If no files were converted, make sure the data to import is correct.
9. Click OK on either message you receive.
10. When finished with the import, click Close.
11. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

For detailed information about the contents that were or were not converted, click View Log
File.

You can double-click any of the data files in the Data Files dialog box to view its information
in Notepad.

Import Pipe Support Legacy From Data File


CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Legacy Catalog Data > Pipe Support Import Data
Catalog Data: Right-click the catalog > Import Pipe Support Legacy From Data File
Imports legacy pipe support data from a data file.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

62

Home Catalog Tab


Add Files
Imports legacy data using chosen files.
Add Folder
Imports legacy data using chosen folders.
Delete
Deletes a selected source from the Source Files box.
Source Files
Specifies the selected files or folders for import.
Converted Files
Specifies the files converted after import.
Size Table
Specifies the size table for validation of import.
Select Data File Type
Specifies the component type for the specification import.
Import
Imports the legacy data.
View Log File
Displays the log file for the legacy import.
There are two options for importing data from the data files. Depending on which kind of data
you want to import, use Add Files or Add Folder.

Import using Add Files


1. Click the Home tab, and then click Pipe Support Import Data
on the Legacy
Catalog Data panel. Alternatively, click in Catalog Data, right-click the catalog, and then
select Import Pipe Support Legacy From Data File.
The Import Pipe Support Legacy From Data File dialog box displays.
2. Click Add Files

The Open dialog box displays.


3. Select a legacy file to import, and then click Open.
The file displays in the Source Files box.
4. Select a source file, and then under Validation, select a size table from the Size Table list.
The data file type displays in the Select Data File Type box.
5. Select a data file type from the Select Data File Type box.
Only one data file type can be selected at a time. The data file type needs to be set
for each source file listed in the Source Files box.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

63

Home Catalog Tab


6. Click Import.
The converted file displays in the Converted Files box.
These steps can be repeated without needing to close the dialog box.
7. Click Close when finished.
8. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

To see information about the data conversion, click View Log File.

You can double-click any of the data files in the Source Files dialog box to view its
information in Notepad.

Import using Add Folders


1. Click the Home tab, and then click Pipe Support Import File
on the Legacy Catalog
Data panel. Alternatively, click in Catalog Data, right-click the catalog, and then select
Import Pipe Support Legacy From Data File.
The Import Pipe Support Legacy From Data File dialog box displays.
2. Click Add Folder

The Browse For Folder dialog box displays.


3. Select a legacy folder to import, and then click Open.
The entire folder displays in the Source Files box.
4. Select a source file, and then under Validation, select a size table from the Size Table list.
The data file type displays in the Select Data File Type box.
5. Select a data file type from the Select Data File Type box.
Only one data file type can be selected at a time. The data file type needs to be set
for each source file listed in the source files box.
6. Click Import.
The converted file displays in the Converted Files box.
These steps can be repeated without having to close the dialog box.
7. Click Close when finished.
8. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.

To see why something was not converted, or what, where, and when it was converted, click
View Log File.

You can double-click any of the data files in the Source Files dialog box to view its
information in Notepad.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

64

Home Catalog Tab

Transfer Data Panel


CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Transfer Data
Enables you to transfer data from one catalog to another catalog, or from one project to another
project.
Catalog Data - Copies data from one catalog to another catalog. For example, the source
catalog data can be copied to the target catalog. For more information, see Catalog Data
(on page 65).
Project Data - Copies data from a project containing pipe support libraries or a separate
pipe support libraries file to another project. For more information, see Project Data (on
page 66).
Support Data - Copies data from one pipe support libraries file to another pipe support
libraries file. For more information, see Support Data (on page 68).

Catalog Data
CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Transfer Data > Catalog Data
Copies data from one catalog to another catalog. For example, the source catalog data can be
copied to the target catalog.
Source
Specifies the source file for the catalog transfer.
Target
Specifies the target file for the catalog transfer.
1. Click the Home tab, and then click Catalog Data

on the Transfer Data panel.

You can conduct data transfers for projects, catalogs, and pipe supports while
working in a catalog, a project, or a pipe support library.
The Would you like to use the current catalog for target? dialog box displays.
This only displays when you have a catalog open.
2. Click Yes to use the current catalog.
OR
Click No to use a different catalog.
The Transfer Catalog Data dialog box displays.
3. Click Open Catalog

next to the small Source box.

The Open dialog box displays.


4. Select a catalog to copy data from, and then click Open.
The data displays in the large and small Source boxes.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

65

Home Catalog Tab


5. Select New Catalog

to transfer to a new catalog.

The New Catalog dialog box displays.


Complete using the information in New Catalog (on page 17).
OR
Select Open Catalog

, next to the small Target box, to transfer to an existing catalog.

The Open dialog box displays depending on your selection.


Select the source catalog and then click Open.
The data displays in the small and large Target boxes.
6. Click and drag the table file information from the Source box to the Target box.
Alternatively, you can right-click a source, and then Copy/Paste the source into the Target
box.
7. Click Save Catalog
to save the changes.
8. Click Close when finished.

Project Data
CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Transfer Data > Project Data
Copies data from one project containing pipe support libraries or a separate pipe support
libraries file to another project. For example, the source project data copies to the target project
data.
Source
Specifies the source file for the project and pipe support data transfer.
Target
Specifies the target file for the project transfer.
You cannot select a pipe support libraries file as the target when using the Project Data
option. To transfer data from a pipe support libraries file to a separate pipe support libraries file
(.psl) you must use the Support Data option.
1. Click the Home tab, and then click Project Data

in the Transfer Data panel.

You can conduct data transfers for projects, catalogs, and pipe supports while
working in a catalog, a project, or a pipe support library.
The Would you like to use the current project for target? dialog box displays.
This only displays when you have a project open.
2. Click Yes to use the current project.
OR
Click No to use a different project.
The Transfer Project Data dialog box displays.
3. Click Open

next to the small Source box.

The Open dialog box displays.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

66

Home Catalog Tab


4. Select a project to copy data from, and then click Open.
OR
Select the file type list next to File Name, select Pipe Support Libraries File (*.psl), select
a pipe support libraries file, and then click Open.
You can transfer pipe support data from a project or a pipe support libraries file during
the same transfer data session.
The data displays in the large and small Source boxes.
5. Select New

to create and transfer to a new project.

The New Project dialog box displays.


Complete using the information in New Project (on page 18).
OR
Select Open

next to the small Target box, to transfer to an existing project.

The Open dialog box displays.


Select the target project, and then click Open.
The data displays in the small and large Target boxes.
6. Click and drag the specification and pipe support data from the Source box to the Target
box.
You can copy data from the loaded source project to the loaded target project by drag
and drop. You can also right-click the source, select Copy, and then Paste to the target.
You can delete target project data by selecting the applicable component with right-click,
and then clicking Delete.
7. Click Save

to save the changes.

8. Click Close when finished.


The CADWorx Spec Editor dialog box displays, telling you the project has been modified
outside the application, and asking if you would like to reload it.
9. Click OK to load
OR
Click Cancel to exit.
The CADWorx Spec Editor dialog box displays when you click OK, asking if you would like
to load from the base catalog.
10. Click Yes to load base catalog.
OR
Click No to not load the base catalog.
The project reloads with the changes.
11. Click File > Save to save the changes to the project.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

67

Home Catalog Tab

Support Data
CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Transfer Data > Support Data
Copies data from one pipe support libraries file to another pipe support libraries file. For
example, the source pipe support data copies to the target pipe support data.
Source
Specifies the source file for the pipe support libraries file transfer.
Target
Specifies the target file for the pipe support libraries file transfer.
You can select a project as the source, but you can only transfer the pipe support
libraries data from the project to the pipe support libraries file. To transfer data from a project
and pipe support libraries file to a separate project (.prj), you must use the Project Data option.
1. Click the Home tab, and then click Support Data

in the Transfer Data panel.

Data transfers for projects, catalogs, and pipe supports can be conducted while
working in a catalog, a project, or a pipe support library.
The Would you like to use the current pipe support libraries for target? dialog box
displays.
This only displays when you have a pipe support libraries file open.
2. Click Yes to use the current pipe support libraries file.
OR
Click No to use a different pipe support libraries file.
The Transfer Project Data dialog box displays.
3. Click Open Pipe Support Libraries

next to the small Source box.

The Open dialog box displays.


4. Select a pipe support libraries file to copy data from, and then click Open.
OR
Select the file type list next to File Name, select Project File (*.prj), select a project, and
then click Open.
You can transfer pipe support data from a project or a pipe support libraries file during
the same transfer data session.
The data displays in the large and small Source boxes.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

68

Home Catalog Tab


5. Click New Pipe Support Libraries
file.

to create and transfer to a new pipe support libraries

The New Pipe Support Libraries dialog box displays.


Complete using the information in New Pipe Support Libraries (on page 20).
OR
Click Open Pipe Support Libraries
existing pipe support libraries file.

next to the small Target box, to transfer to an

The Open dialog box displays.


Select the target pipe support libraries file, and then click Open.
The data displays in the small and large Target boxes.
6. Click and drag the pipe support data from the Source box to the Target box.
You can copy data from the loaded source pipe support data to the loaded target pipe
support data by drag and drop. You can right-click the source, select Copy, and then Paste
to the target. You can delete target pipe support data by selecting the applicable data with
right-click, and then clicking Delete.
7. Click Save

to save the changes.

8. Click Close when finished.

Export Data Panel


CADWorx Spec Editor Home Catalog tab: Export Data
Exports data to a text document or an Excel document.
Export Table To Text Excel - Exports the table selected to a text document. For more
information, see Export Table To Text Excel (on page 69).

Export Table To Text Excel


CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Export Data > Export Table To Text Excel
Exports data from the selected table to a text document.
1. Open a catalog file, and then select a table.
2. On the Home tab, click Export Table To Text Excel
on the Export Data panel.
Alternatively, right-click and select Export Table To Text Excel.
The Save As dialog box displays.
3. In the Save As Type list, select Text Files (*.txt) or Excel Files (*.xls).
4. Select or create a folder to save the document, and then click Save.
The text document saves to the selected folder.
To view the document open it in Windows Explorer.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

69

SECTION 4

View Catalog Tab


Select a check box to open each window.
Display - Displays the Catalog Data, Base Catalog Data, Properties, Component Tables,
EndType Tables, and Component Types windows. For more information, see Display Panel
(on page 70).

Display Panel
CADWorx Spec Editor View tab: Display
Enables you to view the following windows.
Catalog Data - Displays all the data loaded in a catalog, and enables you to manipulate the data.
For more information, see Catalog Data (on page 70).
Base Catalog Data - Displays all the information in the base catalog. For more information, see
Base Catalog Data (on page 72).
Properties - Displays the properties of all the data in the catalog. For more information, see
Properties (on page 72).
Component Tables - Lists all the components by table name and version. For more information,
see Component Tables (on page 75).
EndType Tables - Lists of all the end types by table name and version. For more information,
see EndType Tables (on page 75).
Component Types - Displays all component types available in the specification editor and
enables you to change the names as needed. For more information, see Component Types (on
page 75).

Catalog Data
CADWorx Spec Editor View tab: Catalog Data
Displays all the data loaded in a catalog, and enables you to manipulate the data. Catalog Data
displays when you open an existing catalog or create a new catalog. Selecting Catalog Data
hides or displays the Catalog Data View.

Size Tables folder


Contains all the size, bolt diameter, and bolt length data for the components in CADWorx. You
can manipulate the size, bolt diameter, and bolt length data by adding new tables, and by
changing existing tables. All tables can be opened, deleted, and added in Catalog Data by rightclicking the file or table, and then using the menu that displays. For more information, see Size
Table (on page 30), Bolt Diameter Table (on page 32), and Bolt Length Table (on page 35).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

70

View Catalog Tab

Material Tables folder


Contains all the material data for the components in CADWorx. You can manipulate the material
data by adding new material tables, and by changing existing material tables. Material tables
can be opened, deleted, and added in Catalog Data by right-clicking the file or table, and then
using the menu that displays. For more information, see Material Table (on page 38).

Schedule Tables folder


Contains all the schedule data for the components in CADWorx. You can manipulate the
schedule data by adding new schedule tables, and by changing existing schedule tables.
Schedule tables can be opened, deleted, and added in Catalog Data by right-clicking the file or
table, and then using the menu that displays. For more information, see Schedule Table (on
page 40).

Thickness Tables folder


Contains all the thickness data for the components in CADWorx. You can manipulate the
thickness data by adding new thickness tables, and by changing existing thickness tables.
Thickness tables can be opened, deleted, and added in Catalog Data by right-clicking the file or
table, and then using the menu that displays. For more information, see Thickness Table (on
page 42).

EndType Tables folder


Contains all the end type data for the components in CADWorx. You can manipulate the end
type data by adding new end type tables, and by changing existing endtype tables. Endtype
tables can be opened, deleted, and added in Catalog Data by right-clicking the file or table, and
then using the menu that displays. For more information, see End Type Table (on page 43).

Data Tables folder


Contains all the category and component data for the components in CADWorx. You can
manipulate the category and component data by adding new data tables and categories, and by
changing existing data tables and categories. Data tables can be opened, deleted, and added in
Catalog Data by right-clicking the file or table, and then using the menu that displays. For more
information, see Data Table (on page 46).

IndexCode Tables folder


Contains index code data for the components in CADWorx. You can manipulate the data by
adding new information or by changing existing data. Index code tables can be opened, deleted,
and added in Catalog Data by right-clicking the file or table, and then using the menu that
displays. The index code cannot be deleted when it is associated with a DBCode table. For
more information, see IndexCode Table (on page 51).

DBCode Tables folder


Contains database codes data for the components in CADWorx. You can manipulate the data
by adding database code tables, or by changing existing data. DBCode Tables can be opened,
deleted, and added in Catalog Data by right-clicking the file or table, and then using the menu
that displays. For more information, see DBCode Table (on page 52).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

71

View Catalog Tab

Miscellaneous folder
Contains miscellaneous data for the components in CADWorx, such as end prep data. You can
manipulate the data by adding tables, or by changing existing data. Miscellaneous tables can
be opened, deleted, and added in Catalog Data by right-clicking the file or table, and then using
the menu that displays.

Base Catalog Data


CADWorx Spec Editor View tab: Base Catalog Data
Displays all the information in the base catalog for Spec Editor. The base catalog information
can be displayed by clicking the Base Catalog Data check box in the Display panel.
Add to catalog - Adds the selected table information from
the base catalog to the open catalog.
Refresh base catalog - Refreshes the base catalog.
Open base catalog - Opens the base catalog for editing.
When you change the base catalog, the software prompts you with a Reload message box.
Click Yes to reload and update the base catalog. If you click No, you can click Refresh base
catalog
to accomplish the same thing.

Properties
CADWorx Spec Editor View tab: Properties
Displays the properties of the specific data you have selected in the catalog. You can use the
Properties view to change the aspects of a specification, project, catalog, or catalog table file.
The table folders do not have properties. Selecting the Fields ellipsis or double-clicking Custom
Data brings up the New Field or Edit Field dialog box. For more information, see New Field
Dialog Box (on page 72). Each category in Data Tables displays different components. Each
component has its own specific information under properties, as well as a picture of the
component. Different types of available options vary by component. Some components have
available options that others do not have. You can find the property explanations in the
Appendix.

See Also
Property Descriptions (on page 162)

New Field Dialog Box


CADWorx Spec Editor View tab: Display > Properties > Custom Data
Double-clicking Custom Data opens the New Field dialog box and enables you to add new
information to the properties of the specification data. The New Field dialog box opens any time
you click Custom Data in the Properties view. User Defined fields created using the Custom
Data option automatically turn the names of those fields into Keywords. If you create custom
fields with Keywords that already exist in the Spec Editor, the new keyword does not display in
the Description Format Dialog Boxes (on page 139). The keyword already exists, and the
software does not recognize identical keywords.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

72

View Catalog Tab


Name
Specifies a name for the new field. This name becomes the Keyword and cannot be
changed after creation. When creating custom data, numbers, letters, the hyphen (-), and
the underscore (_) are the only permissible characters. No other special characters are
allowed.
Title
Specifies a title for the new field. The column takes the title from the text in this box and can
be edited at any time. If you change this title in Properties, the column title changes as well.
However, the Name (Keyword) remains the same. Best practice calls for the Name and the
Title to match.
Description
Specifies a description of the information in the new field. This box is simply a note for you
to understand why this field is being created.
Data Type
Specifies the type of data. The types of data allowed are Real, Integer, Text, or List. After
you click OK you can no longer edit this option.
Real
Only allows real number characters in the Default Value box.
Integer
Only allows integer number characters in the Default Value box.
Text
Only allows alpha characters in the Default Value box.
List
Enables you to create a list of items to use for the custom data. You can create data
in the list, and then select it from the Default Value list. To change this list, select
the ellipsis to the left of the Data Type list. When you select the List option, the
software activates the dialog box and then the ellipsis. For more information, see
List Items Dialog Box (on page 74).
Required Input
Specifies whether the information you are creating requires input from you.
Validation Rule
Specifies the validation rule for the custom data. This field is unavailable for edit.
Default Value
Specifies the default value to of the custom data. If the List option is selected, a list of items
displays here. This list of items is based on the data created in the List Items Dialog Box (on
page 74).
Attach Field to Components
Attaches the custom data field to the component. Clear the Attach Field to Components
check box if you do not want the custom data to appear in the model. Selecting this option
allows for the custom data you are creating to show up in the model, including the database,
and bill of materials. If you attach the property to a component, you can turn that property off
by opening the already added property and clearing the check box. Any new component
drawn after that point does not contain the property. If you run CONVERTFROMPRJDATA
on the previously create components, and have cleared this option, the custom data is
removed.

What do you want to do?

Create a new properties field (on page 74)

Edit a field (on page 75)

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

73

View Catalog Tab


List Items Dialog Box
Enables you to make a list of items for custom data. With the List option you can create different
values for the same custom data.
For instance, if you create a custom data field called Manufacture, you can create a list of
different manufactures, and then apply those manufactures to each separate component. The
list of items you create is selected in the Default Value box. The list becomes available after
creation.
To change the text or values you created in the List Items dialog box in the Main Table List
View or the Main Table Spec View, select the column with the custom data, and then select a
new item from the list.
Item
Displays the list of items you create.
New
Enables you to create new items in the list for custom data.
Delete
Enables you to delete the items from the list for custom data.

Right-click Menu
New
Enables you to create new items in the list for custom data.
Edit
Enables you to rename the custom data item in the list.
Delete
Enables you to delete the items from the list for custom data.
To select the Default Value after you create a list, see New Field Dialog Box (on page 72).

Create a new properties field


1. Open a project, and then select a specification or the project.
OR
Open a catalog, and then select a table.
2. Click the View tab, and then click Properties in the Display panel.
3. Double-click Custom Data. Alternatively, right-click Custom Data, and then click Add.
You can right-click from within a catalog, and then select Add Custom Data To All
Tables. However, the Thickness Tables folder does not contain this option. The software
adds the custom data you create to all the tables in that folder.
The New Field dialog box displays.
4. Type a name in the Name box.
5. Type a title in the Title box.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

74

View Catalog Tab


6. Type a description in the Description box.
7. Select the Data Type list, and then select a data type. If you select List, do the following:
a. In the List Items dialog box, click New
to appear in Custom Data.

and then type the information that you want

b. Repeat step A for different items. Each line constitutes a new selection in Default
Value.
c. Click OK.
8. In the Required Input list, select Yes or No.
9. Type a default value in the Default Value box. If you selected List, that information is now
listed here. Select an item from the list.
10. If you want to attach new custom data to the component, then select the Attach Field to
Components check box. For more information, see New Field Dialog Box (on page 72).
11. Click OK.
The new field is added to the properties window.

Edit a field
1. Click the View tab, and then click Properties in the Display panel.
2. Select a field in Fields and click the ellipsis.
The Edit Field dialog box displays.
3. Update the necessary fields, and then click OK.
You can remove an attached custom data field from a component, table, or specification
by clearing the Apply Fields to Components check box.

Component Tables
CADWorx Spec Editor View tab: Component Tables
Shows a listing of all the components by TABLENAME, AUTHOR, and PTN (Part Number). To
view the component tables, click the View tab, and then select the Component Table check
box in the Display panel.
The Component Tables display on the Main Table List View.

EndType Tables
CADWorx Spec Editor View tab: EndType Tables
Shows a listing of all the end types by table name and version. To view the endtype list, click the
View tab, and then click EndType Tables on the Display panel.
The EndType Tables displays on the Main Table List View.

Component Types
CADWorx Spec Editor View tab: Component Types
Shows a listing of all the components by COMPTYPE NAME and Program Code. Enables you
to define a DEFINED COMPTYPE.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

75

View Catalog Tab


COMPTYPE NAME
Specifies the component type name of each component in the Specification Editor. You
cannot edit this it is hard coded in the system.
DEFINED COMPTYPE
Specifies a defined component type name for each component. Changing this text changes
the appearance of the long description in the specification.
Program Code
Specifies the program code for the component. This program code identifies the component
in the Component Edit dialog box in the Component type box. You cannot edit this, it is
hard coded in the system. For more information, see Local Edit in the CADWorx Plant Users
Guide.

To view the component types, click the View tab while working in a catalog, and then select
the Component Types check box in the Display panel.
The Component Types display on the Main Table List View.

Change how the COMPTYPE format displays in the Project Description Formats
1. Enter a value into the DEFINED COMPTYPE box, and then save the catalog.
2. Open the corresponding specification.
3. If the Reload message box displays, click Yes.
If the update from base catalog message box displays, click Yes.
One or both of these dialog boxes displays. If you do not receive the update
message box, then the catalog was not saved, or the wrong project was opened.
4. Open a specification, and click on the component for which you changed the value in the
DEFINED COMPTYPE box. If the value is not changed, then you need to set the
components description format or the specifications description format for the change to
take effect. For more information, see Description Format Dialog Boxes (on page 139) and
Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes (on page 86).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

76

SECTION 5

Home Project Tab


Gives you access to the features in an open project.
Clipboard - Enables you to edit the boxes within the Spec Editor. For more information, see
Clipboard Panel (on page 23).
Specification - Enables you to add specifications to the project. For more information, see
Specification Panel (on page 77).
Pipe Support - Enables you to add pipe supports to the project. For more information, see Pipe
Support Panel (on page 105).
Catalog - Enables you to update the project with changes made to the base catalog. For more
information, see Catalog Panel (on page 108).
Legacy Specification - Enables you to import legacy specifications. For more information, see
Legacy Specification Panel (on page 111).
Transfer Data - Enables you to transfer project, catalog, and pipe support data. For more
information, see Transfer Data Panel (on page 65).
Export/Import Data - Enables you to export data to either a text document or an Excel
document. You can also import specification data back into the Specification Editor from an Excel
file. For more information, see Export/Import Data Panel (on page 112).
Editing - Finds and replaces values in the Spec Editor. For more information, see Editing Panel
(on page 124).
Exit Spec Editor - Closes the Intergraph CADWorx Catalog and Specification Editor.

Specification Panel
CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Specification
Enables you to add information to a project.
Add Specification - Adds a specification to the project. For more information, see Add
Specification (on page 77).

Add Specification
CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Specification > Add Specification
Adds a specification to a project.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

77

Home Project Tab


Name
Specifies the name of the specification.
Catalog
Specifies the base catalog.
Weight Factor
Specifies the weight factor of the specification. This option is used for various margins of
component weights, such as paint weights, and weld weights.
Component Class
Specifies the class type specification for the component.
Temperature Rating
Specifies the maximum allowable temperature for the component.
Pressure Rating
Specifies the maximum allowable pressure for the component.
DBCode Table
Specifies the database code table from the base catalog.
Size Table
Specifies the size table used in the base catalog.
Available Size
Specifies the available sizes of the size table. These can be changed by selecting or
clearing the check boxes in the list.
Thickness Table
Specifies the thickness table used in the base catalog.
Material Table
Specifies the material table used in the base catalog.
Layer Name
Specifies the layer name. By default this name is the name of the spec, but the name can be
changed.
Layer Color
Specifies the color appearance of the components when using this specification to draw.
Select 0 - ByLayer, 1 - Red, 2 - Yellow, 3 - Green, 4 - Cyan, 5 - Blue, 6 - Magenta, 7 White/Black, from the list or type 0 through 255 to specify other colors.
Created By
Specifies the name of the person who created the specification.
Description
Specifies the description of the specification.

What do you want to do?

New and Edit Component Pane (on page 80)

Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes (on page 86)

Add a new specification (on page 79)

Add single new component to a spec (on page 89)

Add Multi Component Pane (on page 91)

Add multiple new components to a spec (on page 93)

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

78

Home Project Tab

Add a new specification


1. Click the Home tab, and then click Add Specification
on the Specification panel.
Alternatively, right-click the project name in the Project Specs window, and then click Add
Specification.
The New Specification dialog box displays.
2. Type the name of the new spec in the Name box.
3. Use the default catalog, or click the Catalog ellipsis for a new catalog. When the Select
Company Catalog File dialog box displays, select a catalog, and then click Open.
4. Type the weight factor in the Weight Factor box.
The weight factor accounts for the various margins of the component weight, such as
paint weight, and weld weight.
5. Type the component class in the Component Class box.
6. Type the temperature rating in the Temperature Rating box.
7. Type the pressure rating in the Pressure Rating box.
8. Click the DBCode Table list, and then select a database code table.
9. Click the Size Table list, and then select a size table.
10. Use the Available Size list to select or clear sizes.
11. Click the Thickness Table list, and then select a thickness table.
12. Click the Thickness Table ellipsis to specify schedules for specific thickness types, using
the Schedule Assignment dialog box that displays. Click OK when finished.
13. Click the Material Table list, and then select a material table.
14. Click the Material Table ellipsis to assign material for specific data types, using the Material
Assignment dialog box that displays. Click OK when finished.
15. Click Long Desc Format, and then complete the dialog box as needed.
16. Click Part Number Format, and then complete the dialog box as needed.
17. Click Short Desc Format, and then complete the dialog box as needed.
18. Click Tag Format, and then complete the dialog box as needed.
Click OK in each dialog box when finished. For more information on the format dialog boxes,
see Description Format Dialog Boxes (on page 139).
19. Type a layer name in the Layer Name box, select one from the list, or use the default layer
name.
20. Click the Layer Color list, and then select a layer color.
21. Type your name in the Created By box.
22. Type a description of the specification in the Description box.
23. Click OK.
24. Click File > Save to save the changes to the project.
The new spec appears under the project name in Project Specs.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

79

Home Project Tab

New and Edit Component Pane


CADWorx Spec Editor Project Specs window: Double-click a project specification

Component Tab
Enables you to add or edit components for a specification. The information in the list comes from
the base catalog.
Click Show Data Table
information.

, when available, to display the Base Catalog Data and obtain more

You can copy and place any component in the Main Spec List View in the same
specification or another specification in the current project.

Component Setup
Group
Specifies the component to add or edit. While editing, this box is unavailable.
Type
Specifies the component type for the group selected.
Data Table
Specifies the specific data used for the selected type, and populates the EndType Data
Table and the Sort Sequence. See the note below under the EndType Data Table
subheading. When the data table is selected, the Sort Sequence auto-populates with the
program code from the selected data table.
Data Table Update Only
Specifies this is only an update from the data table. The Data Table Update Only check
box is only available when editing.
Size Range
Specifies the sizes of the component. When you edit a component, the software derives the
size ranges from the catalog data table for that component. For example, if you have only
sizes 1 to 20 in your data table, only sizes 1 to 20 display in the Size Range list. If you need
to add sizes to the component, you must first add them to the data table in the catalog, and
then update your project. You must select the new sizes in the Limit Spec Size Range To
list after you update your project. Otherwise, the software does not display the sizes in the
Size Range list. For more information, see Specification Properties (on page 163).
BOM Type
Specifies the Bill of Material type for the component.
Layer Name
Specifies the layer of the component.
Color Index
Specifies the color of the component in a drawing. Select 0 - ByLayer, 1 - Red, 2 - Yellow,
3 - Green, 4 - Cyan, 5 - Blue, 6 - Magenta, 7 - White/Black, from the list or type 0 through
255 to specify other colors.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

80

Home Project Tab


IndexCode
Specifies the index code of the component. This index code is from the DBCodes Table in
the base catalog. For more information, see DBCode Table (on page 52).
Optional Component
Sets the component to an optional or non-optional component. Select the Optional
Component check box, to make a component an optional component.

EndType

Enables you to define the end type data for all components except User Shapes
Apply same end type to all ends
Specifies that the new or selected component has all the same end types. Select the Apply
same end type on all ends check box, to apply the same end types to each component. If
the Apply same end type on all ends check box is selected, the other three end type
options are unavailable.
Isogen Sym
Specifies the Isogen symbol associated with the end type selected. This is the end type
symbol that displays when you run Isogen Out.
Refer to the example below for the Start, End, Branch1, and Branch2 descriptions.

Start
Specifies the starting point end type for the component. Use the corresponding list under
Isogen Sym (1) to specify the end type symbol for Isogen.
End
Specifies the end point end type for the component. Use the corresponding list under
Isogen Sym (2) to specify the end type symbol for Isogen.
Branch1
Specifies the first branch end type for the component. Branch1 is available when the Apply
same end type on all ends check box is cleared, and the component has three connection
points. Use the corresponding list under Isogen Sym (3) to specify the end type symbol for
Isogen.
Branch2
Specifies the second branch end type for the component. Branch2 is available when the
Apply same end type on all ends check box is cleared, and the component has four
connection points. Use the corresponding list under Isogen Sym (4) to specify the end type
symbol for Isogen.
When selecting a Data Table associated with any new component, that components
EndType Data Table is automatically set to the Default EndType Data Table Setup
associated with that Data Table in the catalog.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

81

Home Project Tab


Define Connection End Types
Enables you to define end types and Isogen symbols for connection points on a user shape.
You can only view this option with a user shape selected.
Apply same end type to all ends
Specifies that all connection points have the same end types. Select the Apply same end
type to all ends check box, to apply the same end types to all connections.
Connection
Enables you to select a connection point to specify the End type and the Isogen Symbol
for that connection.
End Type
Specifies the end type for the selected connection.
Isogen Sym
Specifies the Isogen symbol for the selected connection. This defaults to the same as the
End type, unless you specify otherwise.

Isogen Symbol Information


Identifier
Specifies the identifier used by Isogen for the component. For more information, see SKEY
Information in the CADWorx Plant User's Guide.
SKEY
Specifies the SKEY used by Isogen for the component. For more information, see SKEY
Information in the CADWorx Plant User's Guide.

Topworks

Topworks
Specifies the topworks for the component. The Topworks option is available only when the
component has a topwork.

Schedule & Material

Specifies the material and schedule for the component.


Main
Specifies the main schedule for the component.

Use Specification Schedule


Applies the schedule from the Schedule Assignment Setup in the Specification
properties. For more information, see Schedule Assignment Setup (on page 154).

Use Pipe Schedule


Applies the schedule of the default pipe associated with the selected rating of the
specification. For example, if you set a tee schedule to Use Pipe Schedule and you
set the schedule of the default pipe in that rating to XXS, then the tee schedule also
uses XXS. Alternatively, if you set the tee schedule to Use Pipe Schedule and set
the default pipe schedule to Use Specification Schedule, then the tee uses the
specification schedule as well.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

82

Home Project Tab


Reduction
Specifies the reduction schedule for the component. Reduction is available only if the
component has a reducing side.

Use Specification Schedule


Applies the schedule from the Schedule Assignment Setup in the Specification
properties. For more information, see Schedule Assignment Setup (on page 154).
Use Pipe Schedule
Applies the schedule of the default pipe associated with the selected rating of the
specification. For example, if you set a tee schedule to Use Pipe Schedule and you
set the schedule of the default pipe in that rating to XXS, then the tee schedule also
uses XXS. Alternatively, if you set the tee schedule to Use Pipe Schedule and set
the default pipe schedule to Use Specification Schedule, then the tee uses the
specification schedule as well.

Material
Specifies the material for the component. Material lists any Material Assignment Setup
applicable to the selected specification component. You can specify the material with Use
Specification Material, select an available material assignment setup, add new material
setups with Add Material Setup, or select an available material from the list. If you want to
display the material on the component, define the Material Tables fields in the Long, Short,
Tag, and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes (on page 86).

Use Specification Material


Applies the material from the Material Assignment Setup as the default for that
component type in the Specification properties. A checkmark on the material
assignment setup icon designates the default material assignment setup for each
component group or component type. If you remove the default from the material
assignment, then the software uses the material assignments from the Component
Group folder. For more information, see Material Assignment Setup (on page 144).
Any Listed Material Assignment Setup
Applies the component material from the selected material assignment setup.
A Specific Listed Material
Applies the specific component material selected for all component sizes.
Add Material Setup
Displays the Material Assignment dialog box with the currently selected
component, where you can update the material assignment for the selected
component or for all components. For more information, see Material Assignment
Setup (on page 144).

Class & Rating


Connection

Specifies the connection information you want to enter.


Start connection
Enables you to specify a start end point temperature, pressure, and class.
End connection
Enables you to specify an end end point temperature, pressure, and class.
Branch 1 connection
Enables you to specify a first branch end point temperature, pressure, and class.
Branch 2 connection
Enables you to specify a second branch end point temperature, pressure, and class.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

83

Home Project Tab


Component Class
Specifies the class type specification for the component.
Temperature Rating
Specifies the maximum allowable temperature for the component.
Pressure Rating
Specifies the maximum allowable pressure for the component.
Apply same rating to all ends
Applies the same rating to all end points.
If you draw a valve with multiple ratings in CADWorx Plant and then attach a flange, the
software prompts you when the flange and the valve rating do not match. You can select Yes to
override and insert the flange. Optionally, select No, and then insert a flange with a matching
rating.

Sort Sequence
Sort Sequence
Specifies the location of the item in the bill of material. This number is pulled from the
program code when adding a new component. However, when editing an existing
component, the program code from the original selection stays the same. You have the
option to leave this number as it is or change it based on the following. If you entered 999,
this component is placed last in the list. If you enter 0, it is first in the list. If you set the same
sort numbers for different components in the specification, CADWorx places the
components in the list in an alphabetical order.

Description
Long
Specifies the long description for the component. You can change the long description, by
clicking the Long ellipsis which opens the Long Description Format dialog box. You can
also type information in the Long box, and then click Apply to add the information. Blue
words are keywords and you can select and copy them. Black text is a simple text string and
can be edited as needed. For more information, see Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number
Format Dialog Boxes (on page 86).
Short
Specifies the short description of the component. You can change the short description, by
clicking the Short ellipsis which opens the Short Description Format dialog box. You can
also type information in the Short box, and then click Apply to add the information. Blue
words are keywords and you can select and copy them. Black text is a simple text string and
can be edited as needed. For more information, see Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number
Format Dialog Boxes (on page 86).
Tag
Specifies the tag information of the component. You can change the tag format, by clicking
the Tag ellipsis which opens the Tag Format dialog box. You can also type information in
the Tag box, and then click Apply to add the information. Blue words are keywords and you
can select and copy them. Black text is a simple text string and can be edited as needed.
For more information, see Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes (on
page 86).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

84

Home Project Tab


Part Number
Specifies the part number information of the component. You can change the part number
format, by clicking the Part Number ellipsis which opens the Part Number Format dialog
box. You can also type information in the Part Number box, and then click Apply to add the
information. Blue words are keywords and you can select and copy them. Black text is a
simple text string and can be edited as needed. For more information, see Long, Short, Tag,
and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes (on page 86).

Descriptions display in the Short annotation, Long annotation, Tag, and Code boxes shown
in the Component Edit dialog box in CADWorx Plant. For more information, see Local Edit in
the CADWorx Plant Users Guide.
The information the software displays in the Component Edit dialog box is based on the
associated component definition in the specification. The component definition in the
specification contains fields for Short Annotation, Long Annotation, Tag, and Part Number.
These boxes can be populated with text data or by setting the schema in the Long, Short, Tag,
and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes (on page 86) or Description Format Dialog Boxes (on
page 139).
You can configure a description schema for the Short annotation, Long annotation, Tag, and
Code boxes at the project level, the specification level, and the component level. If you define a
schema at any of these levels, then the software derives the description from that level.
Component level schemas take precedence over specification level schemas and specification
level schemas take precedence over project level schemas. For instance, if the sub-category
Nipple under Pipe in the Component List tree has a schema defined, then the information
displaying in CADWorx for Nipple derives from this schema. If you remove the schema
definition from the Nipple sub category, then when you place a Nipple in the model, the schema
derives from the Pipe category description schema under the Component List tree.
If you remove the description schema in Pipe, the description derives from the Component
description schema in the Component List tree. If you delete all of the description schemas at
the component level, then the software repeats the above process internally at the specification
level. Next, the software repeats this process at the project level.
When the description format is empty at the component level, then the box under Description in
the New and Edit Component Pane (on page 80) reads Using Specification Format. If the
description format is empty at the component level and at the specification level, then the box
under Description in the New and Edit Component Pane (on page 80) reads Using Project
Format.
Notes
Specifies any notes attached to the component.
If you receive a red exclamation or a warning triangle
to identify additional detail on possible data issues.

, hover over it with your mouse

Branch Tab
Enables you to set up the permitted branch components through a grid.
Main Size NPS
Specifies the main size of the branch component.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

85

Home Project Tab


Branch Size NPS
Specifies the branch size of the branch component.
Grid
Specifies units of the current specification, the size values, and the components available for
a branch. For more information, see Add single new component to a spec (on page 89).
You can add the Straight Tee/Cross + Reducer option to the branch table, as seen
below. This enables you to insert a tee or a cross with reducers based on the branch sizes. For
example, if you cross a 4 inch line with a 1.5 inch line, the software prompts you to insert a 4
inch straight cross with 4"X1.5" reducers to connect the 1.5 inch line to the 4 inch line. You must
select the Straight Tee/Cross + Reducer option for each intersecting sizes of the branch table
in the CADWorx Spec Editor, and then set the Apply Branch Table Rule to Automatic in the
Piping Rules of the CADWorx Plant Setup. These settings enable CADWorx to check the
branch table and provide you the Cross + Reducers and Tee + Reducer options in CADWorx
Plant. For more information, see Apply Branch Table Rule in the CADWorx Plant Users Guide.

Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes


CADWorx Spec Editor New component pane: Click the Long, Short, Tag, or Part Number
ellipsis
Enables you to edit the Long description, Short description, Tag, and Part Number formats for
components in a specification.
Descriptions display in the Short annotation, Long annotation, Tag, and Code boxes shown
in the Component Edit dialog box in CADWorx Plant. For more information, see Local Edit in
the CADWorx Plant Users Guide.
The information the software displays in the Component Edit dialog box is based on the
associated component definition in the specification. The component definition in the
specification contains fields for Short Annotation, Long Annotation, Tag, and Part Number.
These boxes can be populated with text data or by setting the schema in the Long, Short, Tag,
and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes (on page 86) or Description Format Dialog Boxes (on
page 139).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

86

Home Project Tab


You can configure a description schema for the Short annotation, Long annotation, Tag, and
Code boxes at the project level, the specification level, and the component level. If you define a
schema at any of these levels, then the software derives the description from that level.
Component level schemas take precedence over specification level schemas and specification
level schemas take precedence over project level schemas. For instance, if the sub-category
Nipple under Pipe in the Component List tree has a schema defined, then the information
displaying in CADWorx for Nipple derives from this schema. If you remove the schema
definition from the Nipple sub category, then when you place a Nipple in the model, the schema
derives from the Pipe category description schema under the Component List tree.
If you remove the description schema in Pipe, the description derives from the Component
description schema in the Component List tree. If you delete all of the description schemas at
the component level, then the software repeats the above process internally at the specification
level. Next, the software repeats this process at the project level.
When the description format is empty at the component level, then the box under Description in
the New and Edit Component Pane (on page 80) reads Using Specification Format. If the
description format is empty at the component level and at the specification level, then the box
under Description in the New and Edit Component Pane (on page 80) reads Using Project
Format.

Component Tables
Component Tables
Lists the format types available for component tables in Table Fields.
Material Tables
Lists the format types available for material tables in Table Fields.
Size Tables
Lists the format types available for size tables in Table Fields.
Schedule Tables
Lists the format types available for schedule tables in Table Fields.
DBCode Tables
Lists the format types available for database code tables in Table Fields.
IndexCode Table
Lists the format types available for index codes tables in Table Fields.
Thickness Tables
Lists the format types available for thickness tables in Table Fields. This table is not
available in Part Number Format.
EndType Tables
Lists the format types available for end type tables in Table Fields.
Spec Tables
Lists the format types available for spec tables in Table Fields. This table is not available in
Part Number Format.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

87

Home Project Tab


End Prep Tables
Lists the format types available for the end prep tables in the Table Fields. This format
contains the END_PREP_PTN schema. Select the END_PREP_PTN schema to add the
PTN value from the end preparation table to your descriptions. You must select an End
Prep Table Name in the specification Properties for the end preparation part number to
display correctly. Then, set the PipeDescriptionCat variable and the Apply Pipe End Prep
Rule in CADWorx Plant for the END_PREP_PTN to display in your model. For more
information, see PipeDescriptionCat and Apply Pipe End Prep Rule in the CADWorx Plant
Users Guide. To add an end preparation table, see End Prep Table (on page 54).
The DEFINED COMPTYPE in the Component Types view affects the
COMPTYPE_CMP_TBL table field. Changing the value in the DEFINED COMPTYPE box
changes the descriptions using COMPTYPE_CMP_TBL. The software reads the DEFINED
COMPTYPE you specified for the component. The software then displays the new DEFINED
COMPTYPE value as the description when using the COMPTYPE_CMP_TBL table field
schema. For more information, see Component Types (on page 75).

Long, Short, Tag, or Part Number Format dialog box fields


Table Fields
Lists the long or short description format, the tag format, or the part number format for the
chosen table and enables you to add the table field to the Long Desc Format, Short Desc
Format, Tag Format, or Part Number Format.
Long Desc Format, Short Desc Format, Tag Format, or Part Number
Lists the actual long or short description format, tag format, or part number format and
enables you to add information. Use the arrows to add formats from the Table Fields box.
Alternatively, you can drag or double-click a format to add it from Table Fields to Long
Desc, Short Desc, Tag, or Part Number Format. If you added a space of text in the
Format box, you can select the space or text and then edit it.

Select the space or text, right-click, and then select Edit.

Format
Displays the actual appearance of the long or short description, the tag, or part number
format. When you click in the Long Desc Format, Short Desc Format, Tag Format, or
Part Number box, the space or text you added appears. You can then edit the information
here or in the Long Desc Format, Short Desc Format, Tag Format, or Part Number box.
Blue words in Format are keywords. You can select keywords and then copy them. Black
text is a simple text string and you can edit as needed.
Example
Displays an example of the long or short description, tag, or part number, as it appears in
the software.

Setup the Component Formats


1. Click the ellipsis for the field to edit.
The <Description Type> Format dialog box displays.
2. Select the Component Tables list, and change if needed.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

88

Home Project Tab


3. Use the left or right
arrows to move table boxes from one field to another. Alternatively,
you can drag or double-click a format to add it from Table Fields to the corresponding
format.
4. Use the up

or down

arrows to move the format.

5. To edit the format appearance, select the table in the <Description Type> Format box, and
then change the format in the Format box.
6. Click OK when finished.
7. Click File > Save to save the changes to the project.

Add single new component to a spec


1. Double-click the specification in the Project Specs view.
The specification displays in the Main Spec List View with the New Component dialog box
visible.
CADWorx displays any default settings already specified in the initial set-up in the
boxes.
2. If the Edit Component pane is visible instead of the New Component pane, then right-click
the spec component listing, and then select Add.
If some of the boxes are not completely visible, increase the height of the pane.
3. Click the Group list, and then select a group.
4. Click the Type list, and then select a type.
5. Click the Data Table list, and then select a data table. When you select the Data Table,
CADWorx automatically populates the EndType Data Table with the default data from the
Default EndType Data Table Setup in the base catalog.
You can view the information you selected by clicking Show Data Table . The
Base Catalog Data displays data tables for each component group. For more information,
see Base Catalog Data (on page 72).
6. Click the Size Range list, and then select or clear the necessary sizes.
7. Click the BOM Type list, and then select a Bill of Material type or use the default BOM type.
8. Click the Layer Name list, and then select a layer, or use the default layer.
9. Click the Color Index list, and then select a color, or use the default color.
10. Click the IndexCode list, and then select an IndexCode table.
11. Select whether or not the component is an optional component, by selecting the Optional
Component check box.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

89

Home Project Tab


12. Select the Apply same end type on all ends check box to apply the same end type to all
ends on the component.
The type of component you have selected determines which options are available
under the EndType column.
OR
a. Click the Start list, and then select a starting end type. This list defaults to the Default
EndType Data Table Setup for Start in the base catalog, when applicable. You can
change Start to something other than the default.
b. Click the Isogen Sym list, and then select an Isogen symbol for the end type.
c. Click the End list, and then select an ending end type. This defaults to the Default
EndType Data Table Setup for End in the base catalog, when applicable. You can
change End to something other than the default.
d. Click the Isogen Sym list, and then select an Isogen symbol for the end type.
e. Click the Branch1 list, and then select a branch end type. This defaults to the Default
EndType Data Table Setup for Branch1 in the base catalog, when applicable. You can
change Branch1 to something other than the default.
f.

Click the Isogen Sym list, and then select an Isogen symbol for the end type.

g. Click the Branch2 list, and then select a second branch end type. This defaults to the
Default EndType Data Table Setup for Branch2 in the base catalog, when applicable.
You can change Branch2 to something other than the default.
h. Click the Isogen Sym list, and then select an Isogen symbol for the end type.
13. Under Isogen Symbol Information, the software should list default data in the Identifier
and SKEY boxes. To change the Identifier and SKEY, type your identifier in the Identifier
box, and then select your SKEY.
14. Click the Topworks list, and then select the topworks.
15. Click the Main list, and then select a main schedule.
16. Click the Reduction list, and then select a reduction schedule.
17. Click the Material list, and then select a material type.
18. Under the Rating section, the software lists default values from when you created the
specification. Change the Component Class, Temperature Rating, and Pressure Rating
values as needed.
19. The software lists default information for the Sort Sequence. You can change the sort
sequence used for the Bill of Materials.
20. Under the Description column, the software lists a default type of the component for the
Long and Short descriptions. You can change the long and short description format by
typing new information or using the ellipsis.
21. Type Tag and Part Number information in their respective boxes.
OR
Select the ellipsis to change the format in the Tag Format dialog box or the Part Number
Format dialog box. For more information, see Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number Format
Dialog Boxes (on page 86).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

90

Home Project Tab


22. Type note information in the Notes box.
23. Click Add at the top right-hand side of the New component pane.
24. Click File > Save to save the changes to the project.
The component adds to the list in the main window.
You can copy and place any component in the Main Spec List View in the same
specification or another specification in the current project.

Branch Tab
1. Click the Branch tab at the bottom of the New component or Edit component pane.
A grid displays with Branch Size (NPS) on top of the grid, and Main Size (NPS) on the left
side of the grid.
2. To add permitted components to the grid, right-click the applicable main and branch size
intersection, and then select one of the types listed. You can modify the grid.
You must change the Apply Branch Table Rule option, under Piping Rules in
CADWorx Plant Setup, to Automatic to apply the branch table settings.
The grid box displays letters, indicating that you have added a component.
To add components to multiple intersections at the same time, hold down CTRL
while selecting multiple intersections, or left-click a box and drag the mouse in any direction
to select multiple boxes.
3. Click Save when finished. Every time you make a change, you must save the project for the
change to take effect.

Add Multi Component Pane


CADWorx Spec Editor Product Specs window: Double-click a product spec
Adds multiple components to a specification. When adding multiple components you must
define a data table for each component when finished.
Component
Displays a list of components that can be added to a specification. You can select multiple
components by selecting as many check boxes as necessary, or by using the plus + sign to
select individual components in each group.
Size
Specifies the sizes for the component.
Component Class
Specifies the class type specification for the component.
Temperature
Specifies the maximum allowable temperature for the component.
Pressure Rating
Specifies the maximum allowable pressure for the component.
Optional Component
Specifies whether the component is an optional selection. Select the Optional Component
check box, if you want the component to be an optional choice.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

91

Home Project Tab


End-Type
Apply same end type on all ends
Specifies that all selected components have the same end type. If you select the Apply
same end type on all ends check box, the software disables the other three end type
options.
Start
Specifies the starting point end type for the component.
End
Specifies the end point end type for the component.
Branch1
Specifies the first branch end type for the component. The Branch1 list is active if the Apply
same end type on all ends check box is not selected, and the component has three
connection points.
Branch2
Specifies the second branch end type for the component. The Branch2 list is active when
the Apply same end type on all ends check box is not selected, and the component has
four connection points.

Schedule
Main Schedule
Specifies the main schedule for the component.
Branch Schedule
Specifies the branch schedule for the component.

Remaining options
BOM Type
Specifies the Bill of Material type for the component.
Tag
Specifies the tag information for the component. You can change the tag format, by clicking
the Tag ellipsis which opens the Tag Format dialog box. For more information, see
Component Tag Format.
Notes
Specifies any notes attached to the component.
Color
Specifies the color of the component in a drawing.
Layer
Specifies the layer of the component.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

92

Home Project Tab

Add multiple new components to a spec


1. Double-click the specification in the Project Specs pane.
The specification displays in the main window with the New component dialog box visible.
2. Right-click the component listing area of the screen, and then select Add Multiple.
The Add multi component dialog box displays.
CADWorx displays any default settings already specified in the initial set-up in the
boxes.
3. Use the Component box to select multiple components, by clicking the check boxes.
4. Click the Size type list to select or clear sizes. You might need to increase the pane height if
some of the boxes are not visible.
5. The Component Class, Temperature Rating, and Pressure Rating information are set to
default values. Change these values as needed.
6. Select the Optional Component check box to make this available as an optional
component.
7. To apply the same end-type on all ends, select the Apply same end type on all ends
check box.
The type of component you have selected determines which options are available
under the End-Type column.
OR
a. Click the Start list, and then select a starting end type.
b. Click the End list, and then select an ending end type.
c. Click the Branch1 list, and then select a branch end type.
d. Click the Branch2 list, and then select a second branch end type.
8. Click the Main Schedule list, and then select a main schedule.
9. Click the Branch Schedule list, and then select a branch schedule.
10. Click the BOM Type list, and then change the Bill of Material (BOM) type or use the default
type.
11. Type tag information in the Tag box.
OR
Click the Tag ellipsis, use the Tag Format dialog box to set the tag format, and then click
OK. For more information, see Component Tag Format.
12. Type additional information in the Notes box.
13. Click the Color list, and then change the color, or use the default color.
14. Click the Layer list, and then change the layer, or use the default layer.
15. Click Add at the top-right hand side of the Add multi component pane.
16. Click File > Save to save the changes to the project.
The components are added to the list in the Main Spec List View.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

93

Home Project Tab


Branch Tab
The Branch tab sets up the permitted specification components by main and reduction sizes,
through a grid that enables you to choose which sizes use which types of components.
1. Click the Branch tab at the bottom of the Add multi component pane.
A grid displays with Branch Size (NPS) on top of the grid, and Main Size (NPS) on the left
side of the grid.
2. To add permitted components to the grid, right-click the applicable main and branch size
intersection, and then select one of the types listed. The grid can be modified.
You must change the Apply Branch Table Rule option, under Piping Rules in
CADWorx Plant Setup, to Automatic to apply the branch table settings.
The grid box displays letters, indicating that you have added a component.
To add components to multiple intersections at the same time hold down CTRL while
either selecting multiple intersections, or left-click a box and drag the mouse in any direction
to select multiple boxes.
3. Click Save when finished. Every time a change is made, the project must be saved for the
change to take affect.

Edit Project Specs features


Right-click Menu
Add Specification
Enables you to add a new specification to Project Specs. For more information, see Add
Specification (on page 77).
Sort Specification Ascending
Sorts the specs in Project Specs in ascending order.
Sort Specification Descending
Sorts the specs in Project Specs in descending order.
Import Legacy Specification
Imports a legacy specification data. For more information, see Import Legacy Specification
(on page 111).
Import AutoPLANT Specification Data
Imports data from AutoPLANT for use in CADWorx. For more information, see Import
AutoPLANT Specification Data (on page 95).
Import AutoCAD Plant 3D Specification Data
Imports data from AutoCAD Plant 3D for use in CADWorx. For more information, see Import
AutoCAD Plant 3D Specification Data (on page 98).
Import Specification From SPRD File
Enables you to import specifications from Smart Plant Reference Data. For more
information, see Import Specification From SPRD File (on page 103).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

94

Home Project Tab


Open
Displays the selected component in the Main Table List View.
Copy
See Copy (on page 24).
Remove
Removes the selected component from the table list.
Rename
Renames the selected component. Select the component you want to rename, and then
enter a new name.
Collapse
Collapses the selected list.
Properties
Displays the Properties view.
Export Specifications To Excel
Exports an entire project to an Excel file. For more information, see Export to Excel (on page
112) and Export multiple specifications or an entire project to Excel (on page 122).
Export Specification To Excel
Exports data to an Excel file. For more information, see Export to Excel (on page 112).
Export Specification To Text
Exports data to a text document. For more information, see Export to Text (on page 122).
Import Update From Excel
Imports updated data from an Excel file to a specification. For more information, see Import
Update From Excel (on page 123).

Import AutoPLANT Specification Data


Right-click on the project in the Main List View, and select Import AutoPLANT
Specification Data
Imports data from an AutoPLANT specification.
Import
Imports the AutoPLANT data.
Close
Closes the Import AutoPLANT Specification Data dialog box.
Help
Displays the online help.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

95

Home Project Tab


AutoPLANT Data
File Path
Specifies the location of the AutoPLANT data.
Use Spec Catalog
Uses the catalog of the AutoPLANT specification. Clearing this option enables you to select
a different catalog using the Catalog ellipsis.
Catalog
Displays whether or not you are using a CADWorx catalog. If this box is blank, then you
selected the Use Spec Catalog option. If you fill this box, the catalog is a CADWorx catalog.
Tables
Specifies the AutoPLANT Data tables.
Size Table
Specifies the size table.

CADWorx Components
Program Code
Displays the program code associated with the AutoPLANT data.
Short Description
Displays a short description associated with the AutoPLANT data.
Size
Displays the size associated with the component for the AutoPLANT data. Double-clicking
the Size box displays a list that allows you to include or exclude sizes.
Schedule
Displays the schedule for the program code for the AutoPLANT component. Double-clicking
the Schedule box displays a list that allows you to include or exclude schedule data.
Rating
Displays the rating of the program code for the AutoPLANT component. Double-clicking the
Rating box displays a list that allows you to include or exclude rating data.
Select / deselect all
Include or exclude all check boxes in the CADWorx Components box.
Separate Catalog
Indicates whether or not the software creates a separate catalog.

Separate Catalog path


Indicates the path of the separate catalog. The separate catalog path displays when
you select the Separate Catalog check box. To change the name of the catalog or
to save in a different location, click the ellipsis.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

96

Home Project Tab


Import a spec using an AutoPLANT catalog
1. Right-click the project in the Main List View, and select Import AutoPLANT Specification
Data.
The Import AutoPLANT Specification Data dialog box displays.
2. Click the File Path ellipsis under AutoPLANT Data.
The Open dialog box displays.
3. Select the AutoPLANT data for import, and click Open.
4. Select Use Spec Catalog to use the AutoPLANT catalog.
5. Select a table from the Tables list.
6. Select the check box of the required Program Code.

You can use the Select / deselect all check box to select all the program codes under
CADWorx Components.

You can also change the Size, Schedule, or Rating by double clicking the boxes under
each heading.

7. Click Import.
8. Click OK.
You can view a log file of the details for the conversion by clicking View Log File.
Imports the AutoPLANT data.

Import a spec using a CADWorx catalog


1. Right-click the project in the Main List View, and select Import AutoPLANT Specification
Data.
The Import AutoPLANT Specification Data dialog box displays.
2. Click the File Path ellipsis under AutoPLANT Data.
The Open dialog box displays.
3. Select the AutoPLANT data for import, and click Open.
4. Clear the Use Spec Catalog option to use a CADWorx catalog. This defaults to the catalog
you selected as the base catalog when creating the project. To change the catalog, do the
following:
a. Click the Catalog ellipsis.
The Select Company Catalog File dialog box displays.
b. Select a CADWorx catalog and then click Open.
The CADWorx catalog populates the Catalog box.
5. Select a table from the Tables list.
6. Select a size table from the Size Table list.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

97

Home Project Tab


7. Select the check box of the required Program Code.

You can use the Select / deselect all check box to select all the program codes under
CADWorx Components.

You can also change the Size, Schedule, or Rating by double clicking the boxes under
each heading.

8. Click Import.
9. Click OK.
You can view a log file of the details for the conversion by clicking View Log File.
Imports the AutoPLANT data.

Import AutoCAD Plant 3D Specification Data


Right-click the project in the Main List View, and select Import AutoCAD Plant 3D
Specification Data
Imports data from an AutoCAD Plant 3D specification.
Import
Imports the AutoCAD Plant 3D data.
Close
Closes the Import AutoCAD Plant 3D Specification Data dialog box.
Help
Displays the help.

AutoCAD Plant 3D Data


Size Table
Specifies a size table when you use a CADWorx catalog for import.
View Detail
Displays the PLANT 3D Size Table Detail dialog box. You can only click View Detail after
you select an AutoCAD Plant 3D specification. For more information, see PLANT 3D Size
Table Detail Dialog Box (on page 100).
Target Unit
Specifies the units of the target project. Target Unit is only available when you select the
Use Spec Catalog option.
Source Unit
Specifies the units in the Plant 3D catalog that are used for import.
The Source Unit list is only available when you select Use Spec Catalog and set
Target Unit to Metric/Inch units. In this case, you have the option to choose between
importing either English/Inch components or Metric/Inch components. In all other
instances, the Source Unit list is unavailable because the Source Unit must reflect the
Target Unit. When you select English/Inch or Metric/Metric units for the Target Unit, the
Source Unit automatically selects the English/Inch or Metric/Metric units, respectively.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

98

Home Project Tab


Usershape Block Unit
Specifies the units for the user shape block from the AutoCAD Plant 3D data.
Use Spec Catalog
Specifies when the import uses the spec of the AutoCAD Plant 3D data.
Combine Catalog
Creates a combined default catalog for the imported specifications. Combine Catalog is
only available when you select two or more specifications in Plant 3D List Files.
Catalog
Specifies a CADWorx catalog when you do not select the Use Spec Catalog option.
Plant 3D List Files
Displays the Open dialog box and enables you to select one or more AutoCAD Plant 3D
specifications.
Specification List
Lists the specifications that you selected from the Open dialog box.

CADWorx Components
Component Type
Displays a list of the components in the AutoCAD Plant data.
Long Description
Displays a long description associated with the AutoCAD Plant data.
Select / deselect all
Includes and excludes all check boxes in the CADWorx Components box.
Separate Catalog
Indicates whether or not the software creates a separate catalog.
Separate Catalog path
Indicates the path of the separate catalog. The separate catalog path displays when
you select the Separate Catalog check box. To change the name of the catalog or
to save in a different location, click the ellipsis.

Right-click Menu
Check group
Enables you to check a component group under Component Type without expanding the
group.
Uncheck group
Enables you to clear a component group under Component Type without expanding the
group.
Expand all groups
Enables you to expand all the groups without having to select the plus sign.
Collapse all groups
Enables you to collapse all the groups without having to select the plus sign.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

99

Home Project Tab

PLANT 3D Size Table Detail Dialog Box


Click View Details
Enables you to check the size table for the Plant 3D catalog when using the Use Spec Catalog
option and to change the outside diameter (OD).
<Plant 3D Size Table Name>
Displays the name of the P3D catalog. This is dynamic, so it is always the name of the size
table you have selected in the Size Table list.
NOM - Nominal Size
Displays the nominal sizes in the Plant 3D size table from the catalog attached to the Plant
3D specification that you selected in the File Path. This cannot be changed.
OD - Outside Diameter
Displays the outside diameter of the nominal size in the Plant 3D size table from the catalog
attached to the Plant 3D specification you selected in the File Path. To change the outside
diameter, follow the steps below.
1. Click View Details.
2. Click the OD box of the number you want to change.
3. Type the new information.
4. Click Apply to keep the change and make more changes.
OR
This only happens if you click OK without clicking Apply.
Click OK to accept the changes.
The "Do you want to save the changes to (table name)?" message box displays.

Click Yes to save the changes, No to discard the changes, or Cancel to return to the
PLANT 3D Size Table Detail dialog box.

You are returned to the Import AutoCAD Plant 3D Specification Data dialog box.
To finish your work, see Import AutoCAD Plant 3D Specification Data (on page 98).

Import a single specification using an AutoCAD Plant 3D


catalog
1. Right-click the project in the Main List View, and then select Import AutoCAD Plant 3D
Specification Data.
The Import AutoCAD Plant 3D Specification Data dialog box displays.
2. Select the Use Spec Catalog option to use the AutoCAD Plant 3D catalog. This is the
default option.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

100

Home Project Tab


3. Select the units from the Target Unit list.
The software automatically selects the Source Unit, and the Source Unit list becomes
unavailable.
The software populates CADWorx Components only when there are components
available in the AutoCAD Plant 3D specification for the units you selected. The unit you
select must be the same as the units in your chosen specification. If no components match
the unit, the CADWorx Components box remains empty.
4. Click the Plant 3D List Files ellipsis.
The Open dialog box displays.
5. Select the AutoCAD Plant 3D data for import, and then click Open.
6. Select the Size Table for import. If no size table is available, the Target Unit does not
match the specification.
You can click View Detail to view the sizes in the size table and change the outside
diameter (OD). For more information, see PLANT 3D Size Table Detail Dialog Box (on page
100).
7. Click the plus sign to expand the Component Type list, and then click the check box next to
the component that you want to add.
You can use the Select / deselect all check box to select all the components under
CADWorx Components.
If you want a separate catalog, select the Separate Catalog check box. Click the
Separate Catalog file location ellipsis to select a different catalog.
8. Click Import.
9. Click OK.
You can click View Log File to view the details of the conversion.
The AutoCAD Plant 3D specification imports.

Import a single specification using a CADWorx catalog


1. Right-click the project in the Main List View, and then select Import AutoCAD Plant 3D
Specification Data.
The Import AutoCAD Plant 3D Specification Data dialog box displays.
2. Clear the Use Spec Catalog option to use a CADWorx catalog. The Catalog box defaults to
the base catalog that you selected when you first created the project. If you did not select a
base catalog, then you must select one now. To select a catalog, do the following:
a. Click the Catalog ellipsis.
The Select Company Catalog File dialog box displays.
b. Select a CADWorx catalog, and then click Open.
The CADWorx catalog populates the Catalog box.
The catalog you select must have the same units as the AutoCAD Plant 3D
specification, or no components become available for import.
3. Click the Plant 3D List Files ellipsis.
The Open dialog box displays.
4. Select the AutoCAD Plant 3D data for import, and then click Open.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

101

Home Project Tab


5. Select a size table from the Size Table list. The software auto-populates the Size Table list
from the base catalog. If only one size table exists in your catalog, you cannot select
another size table.
6. Click the plus sign to expand the Component Type list, and then select the check box for
the component that you want to add. Repeat this step for each component that you want to
add.
You can use the Select / deselect all check box to select all the components under
CADWorx Components.
7. Click Import.
8. Click OK.
Click View Log File to view the details of the conversion.
The AutoCAD Plant 3D specification imports.

Import multiple specifications using a CADWorx catalog


1. Right-click the project in the Main List View, and then select Import AutoCAD Plant 3D
Specification Data.
The Import AutoCAD Plant 3D Specification Data dialog box displays.
2. Clear the Use Spec Catalog option to use a CADWorx catalog. The Catalog box defaults to
the base catalog that you selected when you first created the project. If you did not select a
base catalog, then you must select one now. To select a catalog, do the following:
a. Click the Catalog ellipsis.
The Select Company Catalog File dialog box displays.
b. Select a CADWorx catalog, and then click Open.
The CADWorx catalog populates the Catalog box.
The catalog you select must have the same units as the AutoCAD Plant 3D
specification, or no components become available for import.
3. Click the Plant 3D List Files ellipsis.
The Open dialog box displays.
4. Select the AutoCAD Plant 3D data for import, and then click Open.
If you want to combine the catalogs of the selected specifications, select the
Combine Catalog check box. You can only combine catalogs if you select more than one
specification.
5. Select a size table from the Size Table list. The software auto-populates the Size Table list
from the base catalog. If only one size table exists in your catalog, you cannot select
another size table.
6. Click the plus sign to expand the Component Type list, and then select the check box for
the component that you want to add. Repeat this step for each component that you want to
add.
You can use the Select / deselect all check box to select all the components under
CADWorx Components.
7. Click Import.
8. Click OK.
You can click View Log File to view the details of the conversion.
The AutoCAD Plant 3D specification imports.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

102

Home Project Tab

Import Specification From SPRD File


Right-click on the project in the Main List View, and select Import Specification From
SPRD File
Imports data from a Smart Plant Reference Data file by creating a catalog and specification in
the import.
Units
Specifies the units for the import. When you select the SPRD file for import and it contains
the unit information, the software automatically selects the units and disables the list.

English/Inch
Uses the imperial system with nominal inch input.

Metric/Inch
Uses the metric system with nominal inch input.

Metric/Metric

Uses the metric system with metric input.

List Items
Type Name
Lists the type of information for the Smart Plant Reference Data import.
Item Name
Lists the item name of the Smart Plant Reference Data being imported, such as the
component or the specification.
Parent Name
Indicates whether the Smart Plant Reference Data information is created for the catalog or
the specification. The catalog and specification information are created in the Import
Specification From SPRD File dialog box.
Status
Specifies the status of the Smart Plant Reference Data information.

Pending
Indicates the item in the list has not been selected or imported.

Selected
Indicates the item in the list has been selected and is awaiting importation.

Successful
Indicates the item in the list has been successfully imported.

Failed
Indicates the item in the list has not been converted and has not imported.

Select / deselect all


Include or exclude all check boxes in the List Items box.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

103

Home Project Tab


Separate Catalog
Indicates whether or not the software creates a separate catalog.
Catalog Path
Indicates the path of the separate catalog. The Catalog Path displays when you
select the Separate Catalog check box. To change the name of the SPRD catalog
or to save in a different location, select the Catalog Path ellipsis.
File Path
Specifies the file path to the original file.
Select File
Enables you to select the Smart Plant Reference Data files for the import.
Import
Imports the Smart Plant Reference Data information.
Close
Closes the Import Specification From SPRD File dialog box.
Help
Displays the online help.
1. Right-click the project in the Main List View, and select Import Specification From SPRD
File.
The Import Specification From SPRD File dialog box displays.
2. Click Select File.
The Open dialog box displays.
3. Select the Smart Plant Reference Data file for import, and then click Open.
If the SPRD file contains the units, then the software automatically selects the correct
units from the Units list and disables the Units list. If the SPRD file does not contain the
units, then you must select the units from the Units list.
4. Select the check boxes to import.

You can use the Select / deselect all check box to select all the program codes under
CADWorx Components.

Select the Separate Catalog check box to create a separate catalog.

To change the name of the SPRD catalog or to save in a different location, select the
Catalog Path ellipsis.

5. Click Import.
You can view a log file of the details for the conversion by clicking View log file.
6. Click Close.
The software imports the Smart Plant Reference Data file specification.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

104

Home Project Tab


If the Do you want to update project from base catalog? message displays, do the following:
1. Click Yes.
The Review Update message box displays.
2. Click Yes or Review Update. If you click Review Update, see Review Table Links Dialog
Box (on page 109) for more information.
The project updates from the base catalog.
After import, check the data against the original SPRD file. For the SP1 release of
CADWorx 2015, the software places the Ident, Short, and Option codes in the specification.

The software places the Ident Code in the DBCodes Tables under the IDENT_CODE
column and joins the IndexCode table with the DBCode table.

The software creates custom data fields for the Short Code and the Option Code under the
Custom Data properties for that specification and component.

Pipe Support Panel


CADWorx Spec Editor Project: Home Tab > Pipe Support
CADWorx Spec Editor Pipe Support Library File: Home Tab > Pipe Support
Enables you to add new pipe support libraries and import legacy pipe support assemblies to a
project or a libraries file. For more information, see Pipe Support Library (on page 128).
Add Pipe Support Library - Adds a pipe support libraries file to a project or a libraries
file. For more information, see Add Pipe Support Library (on page 105).
Import Legacy Pipe Support Library - Enables you to import legacy pipe support
libraries. For more information, see Import Legacy Pipe Support Library (on page 107).

Add Pipe Support Library


CADWorx Spec Editor Project: Home Tab > Pipe Support > Add Pipe Support Library

CADWorx Spec Editor Project: View Tab > Pipe Support Library > Right-click the project in
the Pipe Support Library pane > Add Pipe Support Library
CADWorx Spec Editor Pipe Support Library File: Home Tab > Pipe Support > Add Pipe
Support Library
CADWorx Spec Editor Pipe Support Library File: View Tab > Pipe Support Library > Rightclick the library file in the Pipe Support Library pane > Add Pipe Support Library
Adds a pipe support library to a project or a library file.
For pipe supports to work correctly, you must have a PipeSupport category in the data
table of the catalog with all components.
Name
Specifies the name of the pipe support library.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

105

Home Project Tab


Catalog
Specifies the base catalog.
Size Table
Specifies the size table from the base catalog for use with the pipe support data.
Available Size
Specifies a list of the available sizes from the size table. Select or clear the check boxes in
the list to add or remove sizes.
Long Desc Format Setup
Specifies the appearance of the long description attached to the pipe support components.
Short Desc Format Setup
Specifies the appearance of the short description format attached to the pipe support
components.
Tag Format Setup
Specifies the appearance of the tag format attached to the pipe support components.
Part Number Format Setup
Specifies the appearance of the part number attached to the pipe support components.
For more on the <Description Type> Format Setups, see Pipe Support Description
Format Dialog Boxes (on page 157).
Created By
Specifies who created the pipe support library.
Description
Specifies the description of the pipe support library.
1. Click the Home tab, and then click Add Pipe Support Library
in the Pipe Support
panel. Alternatively, right-click the project or the library file, and then select Add Pipe
Support Library.
The New Pipe Support Library dialog box displays.
2. Type the name of the new library in the Name box.
3. Use the default catalog, or click the Catalog ellipsis for a new catalog. When the Select
Company Catalog File dialog box displays, select a catalog, and then click Open.
This catalog must contain a PipeSupport category for the pipe supports to
function correctly. To add a pipe support category, see Legacy Catalog Data Panel (on page
56) or to build your own, see Category Table (on page 46).
4. Click the Size Table list, and then select a size table.
The size table you select comes from the catalog that you selected in the last step. If
this catalog does not contain a size table, you need to add one before you can add the new
pipe support library.
5. Use the Available Size list to select or clear sizes.
6. Click Long Desc Format, and then complete the dialog box as needed.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

106

Home Project Tab


7. Click Part Number Format, and then complete the dialog box as needed.
8. Click Short Desc Format, and then complete the dialog box as needed.
9. Click Tag Format, and then complete the dialog box as needed.
Click OK in each dialog box when finished. For more information on the format dialog boxes,
see Pipe Support Description Format Dialog Boxes (on page 157).
10. Type the person or company that created the library in the Created By box.
11. Type a description of the library in the Description box.
12. Click OK.
13. Click File > Save to save the changes to the project.
The new pipe support assembly displays under the project name in Pipe Support Library.

See Also
Pipe Support Library (on page 128)
Pipe Support Library File Home Tab (on page 155)

Import Legacy Pipe Support Library


CADWorx Spec Editor Project: Home Tab > Pipe Support > Import Legacy Pipe Support
Library
CADWorx Spec Editor Project: View Tab > Pipe Support Library > Right-click the project in
the Pipe Support Library pane > Import Pipe Support Library
CADWorx Spec Editor Pipe Support Library File: Home Tab > Pipe Support > Import
Legacy Pipe Support Library
CADWorx Spec Editor Pipe Support Library File: View Tab > Pipe Support Library > Rightclick the project in the Pipe Support Library pane > Import Pipe Support Library
Enables you to import legacy pipe support libraries into the project or library file.
Assembly File
Specifies the legacy file to import the pipe supports.
Catalog
Specifies the base catalog to reference the pipe support information. This catalog must
contain a PipeSupport category for the pipe supports to function correctly. To add a pipe
support category, see Legacy Catalog Data Panel (on page 56) or to build your own, see
Category Table (on page 46).
Size Table
Specifies the size table from the base catalog that contains the pipe support size
information.
Import
Imports the pipe support to the project or libraries file for use in the drawing. For more
information on using the new pipe support in the drawing, see CADWorx Support Modeler in
the CADWorx Plant Users Guide.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

107

Home Project Tab

1. Click the Home tab, and then click Import Legacy Pipe Support Library
Pipe Support panel.

on the

The Import Pipe Support Library dialog box displays.


2. Click the Assembly File ellipsis.
The Open dialog box displays.
3. Select the pipe support specification for import, and then click Open.
The CADWorx Spec folder contains the Legacy pipe supports for 2013 and prior
versions.
4. Check the Catalog and Size Table, and change if needed.
If you want to use a different catalog, click the Catalog ellipsis, and then select a
new catalog. Make sure that this catalog has a PipeSupport category for the pipe supports
to function correctly.
5. Click Import.
The pipe supports add to the Pipe Support Library pane under the project or libraries file.

Catalog Panel
CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Catalog
Enables you to update the project from a catalog and review the tables for update.
Update From Catalog - Updates the project from the base catalog. For more information,
see Update From Catalog (on page 108).
Review Table Links - Enables you to review and edit the table links for the catalog
update. For more information, see Review Table Links (on page 109).

Update From Catalog


CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Catalog > Update From Catalog
Updates the spec project from the base catalog.
1. Click the Home tab, and then click Update From Catalog

on the Catalog panel.

The CADWorx Spec Editor dialog box displays, asking if you would like to update from the
base catalog.
2. Click Yes, No, or Review Update.
3. If you click Review Update, see Review Update (on page 109) & Review Table Links Dialog
Box (on page 109) to continue.
The project updates from the base catalog.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

108

Home Project Tab

Review Update
CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Catalog > Update From Catalog

> Review Update

Enables you to check and change the details of the spec project that you want to update from
the base catalog.
1. Click the Home tab, and then click Update From Catalog

on the Catalog panel.

OR
Open a project that has had its base catalog updated.
The CADWorx Spec Editor dialog box displays, asking if you would like to update from the
base catalog.
2. Click Review Update.
The Review Table links dialog box displays.
For more information, see Review Table Links Dialog Box (on page 109).

Review Table Links


CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Catalog > Review Table Links
Displays the Review Table Links dialog box enabling you to review the links for update and
change the Source Table Name and the Source ID as needed.
1. Click the Home tab, and then click Review Table Links

on the Catalog panel.

The Review Table Links dialog box displays.


2. See Review Table Links Dialog Box (on page 109) to continue.

Review Table Links Dialog Box


Enables you to check the data IDs and other information pertaining to a Catalog or Project and
change the Source ID and/or Source Table as needed.
Specification
Displays the specifications in the project that you can select to update from a catalog to that
specification. This options is only visible when working in a project.
Show All Tables
Displays all the tables associated with the project you open.
Show Mis-Matched Tables
Displays only the mis-matched tables associated with the project you open.
Show Tables With Updates
Displays only the tables with updates from the catalog for the project you open.
Table Type

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

109

Home Project Tab


Displays the type of tables in the catalog. Use anyone of the three options above to receive
only those types of tables.
Destination Table Name
Displays the destination table for the catalog to be updated from.
Source Table Name
Displays the name of the source table in the catalog where the information being updated is
coming from. If this is listed incorrectly, click the Source Table Name box under the heading
and a list appears. Select the correct source table.
Destination Base ID
Specifies the ID for the destination table.
Source ID
Specifies the ID for the source table. The Source ID box is editable.
Destination Table Date
Displays the date of the destination table.
Source Table Date
Displays the date of the source table.
OK
Accepts the settings and updates from the catalog, and closes the Review Table Links
dialog box.
Cancel
Cancels the update.
Apply
Saves changes from the catalog for the item selected in the Specification list.
Apply All
Saves changes from the catalog for all items in the Specification list.
Force Update
Updates the item selected in the Specification list.
Force Update All
Updates all items in the Specification list.
Help
Displays the CADWorx help file.

Change the Source Table Name and Source IDs as needed, and then click OK to update.
Alternatively, you can click Force Update or Force Update All.

To view the Review Table Links dialog box in a catalog, your catalog must use a base
catalog and the catalog must contain data. You can access this option by right-clicking the
catalog and selecting Review Table Links.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

110

Home Project Tab

Legacy Specification Panel


CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Legacy Specification
Enables you to import specs from earlier versions of CADWorx.
Import Legacy Specification - Imports specifications from an earlier version of
CADWorx. For more information, see Import Legacy Specification (on page 111).

Import Legacy Specification


CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Legacy Specification > Import Legacy Specification

Imports specifications from an earlier version of CADWorx.


Specification
Specifies the specification folder for import.
Catalog
Specifies the base catalog for the import.
Size Table
Specifies the size table for the import.
1. Click the Home tab, and then click Import Legacy Specification
Specification panel.

on the Legacy

The Import Legacy Specification (.spc) dialog box displays.


2. Click the Specification ellipsis.
3. Navigate to the folder and specification file for import, and then select it.
4. Click Open.
The Specification and Catalog boxes are populated.
5. To change the Catalog box, click the Catalog ellipsis.
You must have a catalog already set up, with the data for the specification
already imported into it.
6. Click the Size Table list, and then select a size table.
7. Click Import.
The Converted successfully dialog box appears.
8. Click OK.
9. Click File > Save to save the changes to the project.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

111

Home Project Tab

Export/Import Data Panel


CADWorx Spec Editor Home Project tab: Export Data
Export to Excel - Exports the selected specification to an Excel file. For more
information, see Export to Excel (on page 112).
Export to Text - Exports the selected specification to a text file. For more information,
see Export to Text (on page 122).
Import Update From Excel - Imports a specification from an Excel file. For more
information, see Import Update From Excel (on page 123).

Export to Excel
CADWorx Spec Editor Home Project tab: Export/Import Data > Export to Excel
Exports data from the selected specification to an Excel file.
The Specification Editor exports specifications using Excel named cells, allowing you to create
or use your own Excel specification templates. You can control data contents and placement by
location of the supported cell names or by the inclusion or exclusion of the cell names. For more
information on supported cell names, see Cell Name Reference - Specification Properties (on
page 113), and Cell Name Reference - Component Properties (on page 116).
The Specification Editor restricts imports to target a specification originating from an export.
The updated Excel interface capabilities include:
Control over format of export template through Excel named fields.
Control over content of export through removal of unwanted fields from the export template.
Ability to export basic component listing with one component record per size range.
Ability to export detailed component listing with one component record per unique size.
Ability to make updates to specification properties and component properties in the Excel
export and import the updates back into the originating spec.
Ability to review data changes on import and include or exclude specific data updates from
the import.

Export Specification to Excel Dialog Box


Enables you to export an Excel file with a template.
Template path
Specifies the template you want to use for the Excel export.

What do you want to do?

Cell Name Reference - Specification Properties (on page 113)

Cell Name Reference - Component Properties (on page 116)

Export multiple specifications or an entire project to Excel (on page 122)

Export a single specification to Excel (on page 122)

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

112

Home Project Tab

Cell Name Reference - Specification Properties


The table below lists available Specification Properties. You can export these single-value
specification properties to an Excel file. The Cell Name reference listed beside each
Specification Property indicates the same Excel cell name used to export each associated
Specification Property. An X in the Export and Import columns designates the available
properties for export and import.
If you include any of the listed Specification Property Cell Names in the selected Excel
template, then those names populate with the associated Specification Property value. For
example, if you include the Specification ID in the Excel template that you create, then the
value of the Specification ID in the Specification Editor exports to the Excel file.
The location of the Cell Name in the Excel template represents the position of the exported
Specification Property value.
If you exclude any of the listed Specification Property Cell Names from the selected Excel
template, then those names remove the associated Specification Property value from the
export. For example, if you do not include the Specification ID in the Excel template that you
create, then the Specification ID does not export to the Excel file.
Specification Property

Cell Name

Export Import

Specification ID

SPEC_GUID

Specification Name

SPEC_NAME

Catalog Name

SPEC_CAT_NAME

Catalog Path

SPEC_CAT_PATH

Specification Units

SPEC_UNIT

Size Table Name

SPEC_SIZE_TBL

DBCode Table Name

SPEC_DBCODE_TBL

Thickness Table Name

SPEC_THK_TBL

Material Table Name

SPEC_MAT_TBL

Bolt Diameter Table Name

SPEC_BOLT_DIA_TBL

Bolt Length Table Name

SPEC_BOLT_LEN_TBL

End Prep Table Name

SPEC_ENDPREP_TBL

Weight Factor

SPEC_WEIGHT_FACTOR

Component Class

SPEC_COMPONENT_CLASS X

Temperature Rating

SPEC_TEMPERATURE_RATI
X
NG

Pressure Rating

SPEC_PRESSURE_RATING

Spec Level Layer Name

SPEC_LAYER_NAME

AutoCAD Color Index

SPEC_COLOR_INDEX

Limit Spec Size Range To

SPEC_SIZE_RANGE

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

113

Home Project Tab


Default Flange Type

SPEC_DEFAULT_FLANGE

Reducing Component Selection

SPEC_REDUCING_SELECTI
ON

Version

SPEC_VERSION

Created By

SPEC_CREATED_BY

Edited By

SPEC_EDITED_BY

Spec Description

SPEC_DESCRIPTION

Default OTAP SKEY

SPEC_DEFAULT_OTAP_SKE
X
Y

Export Date

EXPORT_DATE

The following table lists available Specification Schedule Properties. A specification schedule
setup displays a range of schedule values with one value for each pipe size. The Cell Name
reference listed beside each Specification Schedule Property indicates the Excel cell name
used to export each associated Specification Schedule Property. An X in the Export and
Import columns designates the available properties for export and import.
If you include any of the listed Specification Schedule Property Cell Names in the selected
Excel template, then those names populate with the associated Specification Schedule
Property value. For example, if you include the Schedule Size in the Excel template that you
create, then the value of the Schedule Size in the Specification Editor exports to the Excel file.
The location of the Cell Name in the Excel template represents the top row of the exported
Specification Schedule range. Subsequent rows in the exported Specification Schedule
range insert directly below the top row.
If you exclude any of the listed Specification Schedule Property Cell Names from the
selected Excel template, then those names remove the associated Specification Schedule
Property value from the export. For example, if you do not include the Schedule Size in the
Excel template that you create, then the Schedule Size does not export to the Excel file.
Specification Schedule Property

Cell Name

Export Import

Schedule Size

SCH_SIZE

Schedule Value

SCH_VALUE

The following table lists available Specification Custom Field Properties. A specification
custom field setup displays a range-type setup with each custom field value listed for each
specification custom field. The Cell Name reference listed beside each Specification Custom
Field Property indicates the Excel cell name used to export each associated Specification
Custom Field Property. An X in the Export and Import columns designates the available
properties for export and import.
If you include any of the listed Specification Custom Field Property Cell Names in the
selected Excel template, then those names populate with the associated Specification Custom
Field Property value. For example, if you include the Title in the Excel template that you create,
then the value of the Title in the Specification Editor exports to the Excel file.
The location of the Cell Name in the Excel template represents the top row of the exported
Specification Custom Field range. Subsequent rows in the exported Specification Custom
Field range insert directly below the top row.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

114

Home Project Tab


If you exclude any of the listed Specification Custom Field Property Cell Names from the
selected Excel template, then those names remove the associated Specification Custom Field
Property Cell Names value from the export. For example, if you do not include the Title in the
Excel template that you create, then the Title does not export to the Excel file.
Specification Custom Field Property

Cell Name

Export Import

Name

FIELD_NAME

Title

FIELD_TITLE

Description

FIELD_DESCRIPTION

Data Type

FIELD_DATA_TYPE

Required Input

FIELD_REQUIRED_INPUT

Default

FIELD_DEFAULT_VALUE

Attach to Component

FIELD_ATTACH

The following table lists available Specification Branch Table Properties. A specification
branch table setup displays a table-type setup listing Main by Reduction size values. The Cell
Name reference listed beside each Specification Branch Table Property indicates the Excel
cell name used to export each associated Specification Branch Table Property. An X in the
Export and Import columns designates the available properties for export and import.
If you include any of the listed Specification Branch Table Property Cell Names in the
selected Excel template, then those names populate with the associated Specification Branch
Table Property value. For example, if you include the Branch Table in the Excel template that
you create, then the value of the Branch Table in the Specification Editor exports to the Excel
file.
The location of the BRANCH_TABLE Cell in the Excel template represents the top-left
intersection of the Main Size and Branch Size headers for the exported Specification Branch
Table. All Branch Table values populate consistent with the Branch Table setup in the
Specification Editor respective to this Cell Name header intersection location.
The location of the BRANCH_LEGEND Cell in the Excel template represents the top row of the
exported Specification Branch Table Legend. Subsequent rows in the exported Specification
Branch Table Legend insert directly below the top row.
If you exclude any of the listed Specification Branch Table Property Cell Names from the
selected Excel template, then those names remove the associated Specification Branch Table
Property Cell Names value from the export. For example, if you do not include the Branch
Table in the Excel template that you create, then the Branch Table does not export to the Excel
file.
Specification Branch Table Property

Cell Name

Export Import

Branch Table

BRANCH_TABLE

Branch Table Legend

BRANCH_LEGEND

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

115

Home Project Tab

Cell Name Reference - Component Properties


You can list component properties in a basic format, a detailed format, or both.
Under the Basic Listing Format, component data exports much the same way it lists in the
Specification Editor's Component list. A single record exports for each component item in the
specification, representing the full size range for that component as listed in the specification.
When you import updates from the Excel specification details into the same target specification
using Import Update From Excel in the Specification Editor, the updates made to the items in
the Basic Listing Format import only the updated data.

Basic Listing Format


The following table lists available Component Properties with the associated Cell Name
references for the Basic Listing Format export. You can export these single-value component
properties to an Excel file. The Cell Name reference listed beside each Component Property
indicates the same Excel cell name used to export each associated Component Property using
the Basic Listing Format. An X in the Export and Import columns designates the available
properties for export and import.
If you include any of the listed Component Property Cell Names in the selected Excel
template, then those names populate with the associated Component Property value. For
example, if you include the Component ID in the Excel template that you create, then the value
of the Component ID in the Specification Editor exports to the Excel file.
The location of the Cell Name in the Excel template represents the position of the exported
Component Property value.
If you exclude any of the listed Component Property Cell Names from the selected Excel
template, then those names remove the associated Component Property value from export.
For example, if you do not include the Component ID in the Excel template that you create,
then the Component ID does not export to the Excel file.
Component Property

Cell Name Basic Listing Format

Export

Import

Component ID

COMP_ID

Component Group
Single

COMP_GROUP_GRP

Component Group
Repeat

COMP_GROUP_RPT

Type

COMP_TYPE

Data Table

COMP_DATA_TBL

Size Range

COMP_SIZE_RANGE

BOM Type

COMP_BOM

Layer Name

COMP_LAYER_NAME

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

116

Home Project Tab


Color Index

COMP_COLOR_INDEX

IndexCode

COMP_INDEXCODE

Optional Component

COMP_OPTIONAL

Start End Type

COMP_START_END_TYPE

Start Isogen Symbol

COMP_START_ISOGEN_SYM

Start Component Class COMP_START_COMPONENT_CLASS

Start Temperature
Rating

COMP_START_TEMPERATURE_RATIN
G

Start Pressure Rating

COMP_START_PRESSURE_RATING

End End Type

COMP_END_END_TYPE

End Isogen Symbol

COMP_END_ISOGEN_SYM

End Component Class

COMP_END_COMPONENT_CLASS

End Temperature
Rating

COMP_END_TEMPERATURE_RATING

End Pressure Rating

COMP_END_PRESSURE_RATING

Branch1 End Type

COMP_BRANCH1_END_TYPE

Branch1 Isogen
Symbol

COMP_BRANCH1_ISOGEN_SYM

Branch1 Component
Class

COMP_BRANCH1_COMPONENT_CLAS
S

Branch1 Temperature
Rating

COMP_BRANCH1_TEMPERATURE_RAT
X
ING

Branch1 Pressure
Rating

COMP_BRANCH1_PRESSURE_RATING

Branch2 End Type

COMP_BRANCH2_END_TYPE

Branch2 Isogen
Symbol

COMP_BRANCH2_ISOGEN_SYM

Branch2 Component
Class

COMP_BRANCH2_COMPONENT_CLAS
S

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

117

Home Project Tab


Branch2 Temperature
Rating

COMP_BRANCH2_TEMPERATURE_RAT
X
ING

Branch2 Pressure
Rating

COMP_BRANCH2_PRESSURE_RATING

Apply same end type

COMP_SAME_ENDTYPE

Apply same rating to


all ends

COMP_SAME_RATING

Isogen Identifier

COMP_ISOGEN_IDENTIFIER

Isogen SKEY

COMP_ISOGEN_SKEY

Topworks Data Table

COMP_TOPWORK_TBL

Main Schedule

COMP_MAIN_SCH

Reduction Schedule

COMP_RED_SCH

Material

COMP_MAT

Sort Sequence

COMP_SORT_SEQUENCE

Long Description

COMP_LONG_DESC

Short Description

COMP_SHORT_DESC

Tag

COMP_TAG

Part Number

COMP_PART_NUMBER

Notes

COMP_NOTES

Custom Field ABC

COMP_FIELD_ABC

The values for component properties listed under the Basic Listing Format column export with
the property settings assigned to each component in the Specification Editor. The Long
Description, Short Description, Part Number, and Tag schemas export as their respective
schema strings. The Use Specification Schedule, Use Specification Material, and other
component setting options export as Use Specification Schedule, Use Specification Material,
and so on.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

118

Home Project Tab


Detailed Listing Format
Under the Detailed Listing Format, component data exports by component item size. A single
record exports for each component item size available across the specification components.
When you import updates from the Excel specification into the target specification using Import
From Excel Update in the Specification Editor, only updates made to the Component Basic
Listing import. Any updates you make to the Detailed Listing Formats do not import, because
the Component Properties are managed at the component item level specification not at the
component item size level.
The following table lists available Component Properties with associated Cell Name
references for Detailed Listing Format export. The Detailed Listing Format Cell Names are
identical to the Basic Listing Format Cell Names, with the exception of a _D suffix attached to
the Detailed Listing Format. You can export these single-value component properties to an
Excel export. The Cell Name reference listed beside each Component Property indicates the
Excel cell name used to export each associated Component Property using the Detailed
Listing Format. An X in the Export column designates the properties available for export. You
cannot import detailed listed format items.
If you include any of the listed Component Property Cell Names in the selected Excel
template, then those names populate with the associated Component Property value. For
example, if you include the Type in the Excel template that you create, then the value of the
Type in the Specification Editor exports to the Excel file.
The location of the Cell Name in the Excel template represents the position of the exported
Component Property value.
If you exclude any of the listed Component Property Cell Names from the selected Excel
template, then those names remove the associated Component Property value from export.
For example, if you do not include the Type in the Excel template that you create, then the Type
does not export to the Excel file.
Component Property Cell Name Detailed Listing Format

Export

Import

Component Group
Single

COMP_GROUP_GRP_D

Component Group
Repeat

COMP_GROUP_RPT_D

Type

COMP_TYPE_D

Data Table

COMP_DATA_TBL_D

Size Range

COMP_SIZE_EACH

BOM Type

COMP_BOM_D

Layer Name

COMP_LAYER_NAME_D

Color Index

COMP_COLOR_INDEX_D

IndexCode

COMP_INDEXCODE_D

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

119

Home Project Tab


Optional Component COMP_OPTIONAL_D

Start End Type

COMP_START_END_TYPE_D

Start Isogen Symbol

COMP_START_ISOGEN_SYM_D

Start Component
Class

COMP_START_COMPONENT_CLASS_D

Start Temperature
Rating

COMP_START_TEMPERATURE_RATING_
X
D

Start Pressure
Rating

COMP_START_PRESSURE_RATING_D

End End Type

COMP_END_END_TYPE_D

End Isogen Symbol

COMP_END_ISOGEN_SYM_D

End Component
Class

COMP_END_COMPONENT_CLASS_D

End Temperature
Rating

COMP_END_TEMPERATURE_RATING_D

End Pressure Rating COMP_END_PRESSURE_RATING_D

Branch1 End Type

COMP_BRANCH1_END_TYPE_D

Branch1 Isogen
Symbol

COMP_BRANCH1_ISOGEN_SYM_D

Branch1 Component COMP_BRANCH1_COMPONENT_CLASS_


X
Class
D

Branch1
Temperature Rating

COMP_BRANCH1_TEMPERATURE_RATIN
X
G_D

Branch1 Pressure
Rating

COMP_BRANCH1_PRESSURE_RATING_D

Branch2 End Type

COMP_BRANCH2_END_TYPE_D

Branch2 Isogen
Symbol

COMP_BRANCH2_ISOGEN_SYM_D

Branch2 Component COMP_BRANCH2_COMPONENT_CLASS_


X
Class
D

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

120

Home Project Tab


Branch2
Temperature Rating

COMP_BRANCH2_TEMPERATURE_RATIN
X
G_D

Branch2 Pressure
Rating

COMP_BRANCH2_PRESSURE_RATING_D

Apply same end type COMP_SAME_ENDTYPE_D

Apply same rating to COMP_SAME_RATING_D


all ends

Isogen Identifier

COMP_ISOGEN_IDENTIFIER_D

Isogen SKEY

COMP_ISOGEN_SKEY_D

Topworks Data Table COMP_TOPWORK_TBL_D

Main Schedule

COMP_MAIN_SCH_D

Reduction Schedule

COMP_RED_SCH_D

Material

COMP_MAT_D

Sort Sequence

COMP_SORT_SEQUENCE_D

Long Description

COMP_LONG_DESC_D

Short Description

COMP_SHORT_DESC_D

Tag

COMP_TAG_D

Part Number

COMP_PART_NUMBER_D

Notes

COMP_NOTES_D

Custom Field ABC

COMP_FIELD_ABC_D

Under the Detailed Listing Format column, the values for the component properties list the
actual values assigned to each component's size when placed in the model. The Long
Description, Short Description, Part Number, and Tag schemas translate into the actual
descriptions, part numbers, and tags assigned to each component size when placed in the
model. The Use Specification Schedule, Use Specification Material, and other component
setting options translate into the actual Schedule, Material, and other values assigned to each
component size when placed in the model.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

121

Home Project Tab

Export multiple specifications or an entire project to Excel


1. Open a project file, and then select the project under Project Specs.
2. On the Home tab, click Export to Excel
on the Export/Import Data panel.
Alternatively, right-click, and then select Export Specifications To Excel.
The Export Specifications to Excel dialog box displays.
3. Select a template from the Template list, or click Browse to find another template.
4. Click Export.
5. Select a location where you want to save the file, and then click OK.
The files save to the selected folder.
To view the file, open it in Excel from Windows Explorer.
You can now make changes to the exported Excel files, and then import those changes into the
Specification Editor. For more information on importing specifications to the Specification Editor,
see Import Update From Excel (on page 123), Import data from Excel to a specification (on page
124), Cell Name Reference - Specification Properties (on page 113), and Cell Name Reference
- Component Properties (on page 116).

Export a single specification to Excel


1. Open a project file, and then select a specification.
2. On the Home tab, click Export to Excel
on the Export/Import Data panel.
Alternatively, right-click, and then select Export Specification To Excel.
The Export Specification to Excel dialog box displays.
3. Select a template from the Template list, or click Browse to find another template.
4. Click Export.
5. Select a location to save the file, and then click Save.
The file saves to the selected folder.
To view the file, open it in Excel from Windows Explorer.
You can now make changes to the exported Excel files, and then import those changes into the
Specification Editor. For more information on importing specifications to the Specification Editor,
see Import Update From Excel (on page 123), Import data from Excel to a specification (on page
124), Cell Name Reference - Specification Properties (on page 113), and Cell Name Reference
- Component Properties (on page 116).

Export to Text
CADWorx Spec Editor Home Project tab: Export/Import Data > Export to Text
Exports data from the selected specification to a text file.
1. Open a project file, and then select a specification.
2. On the Home tab, click Export to Text
on the Export/Import Data panel.
Alternatively, right-click, and then select Export Specification To Text.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

122

Home Project Tab


The Export Specification to Text dialog box displays.
3. Select location to save the document, and then click Save.
The text document saves to the selected folder.
To view the document open it in Windows Explorer.

Import Update From Excel


CADWorx Spec Editor Project: Home Tab > Export/Import Data > Import Update From
Excel
Imports data from an Excel file to a specification.
File Path
Specifies the location of the Excel file.
Select the components for import
Displays the information details for the import.
Import
Enables you to select the items to import.
Type
Displays the type of import if the import contains a type.
Description
Displays a description of the import. For example, if you made a change to the Pipe
component, the Description displays the long description of the piping. However, if you
changed the Component ID or the Program Code of Pipe in the Excel file, the description
displays the Table Field types that display in Long in the New and Edit Component pane.
Property
Displays the property that you changed in the Excel file.
Action
Displays the action taken for the import. For example, if you change the Weight factor in
the Excel file, the Action reads Update, because the action taken updates the specification.
In addition, if you changed the Component ID or the Program Code of Pipe in the Excel
file, the Action reads Addition, because this action adds a new component to the
specification.
Existing Spec
Displays the value of the property from the existing specification.
Excel Spec
Displays the value of the property from the Excel file. The value displayed here comes from
the changes made to the Excel file.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

123

Home Project Tab


Result
Displays success or failure of the imported property.

Success =

Failure = Import data displays in red before import. After import you receive the
following:

Saves backup project


Saves a backup of the original project.
View Log
Enables you to view a log of the import.

Import data from Excel to a specification


1. Open a project file, and then select a specification.
2. On the Home tab, click Import Update From Excel
on the Export/Import Data
panel. Alternatively, right-click, and the select Import Update From Excel.
The Import Excel Specification dialog box displays.
3. Click the File Path ellipsis, browse to the location where you stored the export, select it, and
then click Open.
The changes from the exported file populate the Import Excel Specification dialog box.
4. Review the data, and then select the check boxes of the components and properties you
want to import.
5. Click Import.
The data import runs.
6. Click Close.
The Excel updates display in the required properties and components.

Editing Panel
CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Editing
Enables you to edit specified values.
Find and Replace - Finds and replaces specific values. For more information, see Find
and Replace (on page 125).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

124

Home Project Tab

Find and Replace


CADWorx Spec Editor Home tab: Editing > Find and Replace
Finds and replaces specific values in the Specification Editor data.

The Find and Replace function only works with the Long Description, Short Description,
or Tag boxes that consist of non-keyword texts. Any formatted keywords that exist in the
Long, Short, or Tag boxes are not replaced when using the Replace function. For more
information on Keywords, see Keywords in the CADWorx Plant Users Guide.

The Specification Editor classifies keywords in four categories. First, the combination of the
Fields and the table as in the case of SPEC_MAT_TBL which calls the SPEC field from the
Material Table for the format. Second, a Field, such as USER_PART_NUMBER, by itself is
a keyword. In addition, when you create a user defined field with the Custom Data option,
the field name becomes a keyword. Finally, a property by itself, such as
COMPONENT_PTN, (which calls the Part Number property from the selected component),
is a keyword. For a listing of all the fields and properties in the Specification Editor, see
Property Descriptions (on page 162). You can view all Keywords in the Description Format
dialog boxes by selecting the ellipsis to the right of the boxes. For more information, see
Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes (on page 86) and Description
Format Dialog Boxes (on page 139).

Look in
Current Project
Searches in the current project.
Current Specification
Searches in the current specification.

Find options
Match case
Matches the search to the case (lower or upper) in the Find what box.
Match whole word - Matches the search to the exact whole word in the Find what box.
Search Up - Matches the search moving upwards in the Spec Editor rather than
downwards.

Find type
Long description
Matches the search to the long description.
Short description
Matches the search to the short description.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

125

Home Project Tab


Tag
Matches the search to the tag data.
Long description, Short description, and Tag can be selected at the same time so that
the search finds all types associated with the text.

Find
1. On the Home tab, click Find and Replace

on the Editing panel.

The Find and Replace dialog box displays.


2. Type the text you want to find in the Find what box.
3. Specify parameters for Look in, Find options, and Find type.
4. Click Find Next.
The value is found.

Replace
1. On the Home tab, click Find and Replace

on the Editing panel.

The Find and Replace dialog box displays.


2. Type the text you want to find in the Find what box.
3. Select the Replace with check box.
The Replace with box activates.
4. Type the text to replace in the Replace with box.
5. Specify parameters in Look in, Find options, and Find type.
6. Click Find Next, and then click Replace.
OR
Click Replace.
OR
Click Replace All.
Replace All replaces every instance of the text in the Find what box throughout
the Specification Editor for the open project. Use this option with caution.
The value is replaced.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

126

SECTION 6

View Project Tab


Select a check box to open each window.
Display - Displays the Project Specs, Base Catalog Data, Project Catalog Data, Pipe
Support Library, and Properties. For more information, see Display Panel (on page 127).

Display Panel
CADWorx Spec Editor View tab: Display
Project Specs - Displays the current project, and enables you to add, delete, open, and import
specification data. For more information, see Project Specs (on page 127).
Base Catalog Data - Displays all the information in the base catalog of CADWorx. For more
information, see Base Catalog Data (on page 72).
Project Catalog Data - Displays all the information attached to the open project. For more
information, see Project Catalog Data (on page 127).
Pipe Support Library - Displays the Pipe Support Library pane, and enables you to add or
import pipe supports to the project or pipe support libraries file. For more information, see Pipe
Support Library (on page 128).
Properties - Displays the properties of all the data in the project. For more information, see
Properties (on page 138).

Project Specs
CADWorx Spec Editor View tab: Project Specs
Displays the current project, and enables you to add, delete, open, and import specification
data. For more information, see Specification Panel (on page 77). Selecting the Project Specs
check box, hides or displays the Project Specs view.

Project Catalog Data


CADWorx Spec Editor View tab: Project Catalog Data
Displays all the information attached to the open project. The Project Catalog Data includes the
information taken from the catalog and the information from the added specifications. Project
Catalog Data enables you to view, but not change, the information. Edits can only be made
when working with the edit options in the Home tab of the Spec Editor. Selecting the Project
Catalog Data check box, hides or displays the Project Catalog Data view.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

127

View Project Tab

Pipe Support Library


CADWorx Spec Editor View tab: Pipe Support Library
Displays the pipe supports associated with the current project, and enables you to add
additional supports.

Right-click Menus
Right-click the project or pipe support libraries file listed in the Pipe Support Library pane to
access the following options:
Add Pipe Support Library
Enables you to add a new pipe support library to the project. For more information, see Add
Pipe Support Library (on page 105).
Import Pipe Support Library
Enables you to import a pipe support library. For more information, see Import Legacy Pipe
Support Library (on page 107).
Expand/Collapse
Expands or collapses the pipe supports in the project.
Properties
Displays the Properties for the project.
After adding a new pipe support, right-click the pipe support to get the following options:
Open
Displays the pipe support New Component pane.
Add Group Pipe Support Assembly
Enables you to add a new group to store a set of assemblies under. For more information,
see Add Group Pipe Support Assembly (on page 129).
Add Pipe Support Assembly
Enables you to add a new assembly to a group assembly folder. For more information, see
Add Pipe Support Assembly (on page 129).
Copy Support Assembly
Enables you to make a copy of the pipe support.
Remove
Enables you to remove the pipe support from the project.
Rename
Enables you to rename the assembly file.
Expand/Collapse
Expands or collapses the pipe supports in the project.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

128

View Project Tab


Properties
Displays the Pipe Support Library properties.
Properties for the component table can be found in the Appendix. For more information, see
PipeSupport (on page 206).

What do you want to do?

Add Pipe Support Library (on page 105)

Import Legacy Pipe Support Library (on page 107)

Add Group Pipe Support Assembly (on page 129)

Add Pipe Support Assembly (on page 129)

Add a new support assembly (on page 132)

Edit a support assembly (on page 132)

Edit Pipe Support Component Pane (on page 133)

Edit a support component (on page 138)

Add Group Pipe Support Assembly


CADWorx Spec Editor Project: View Tab > Pipe Support Library > Right-click the project in
the Pipe Support Library pane > Right-click the pipe support library > Select Add Group Pipe
Support Assembly
CADWorx Spec Editor Pipe Support Library File: View Tab > Pipe Support Library > Rightclick the library in the Pipe Support Library pane > Select Add Group Pipe Support
Assembly
Adds a new support group to the pipe support library in the .prj or .psl file.
Group Name
Specifies the group name for a group of assemblies. This name displays in the CADWorx
Support Modeler palette. Expanding the group name lists the assemblies under this group.
From this location, you can edit the data contained in a specific assembly or a pipe support
component.
Description
Specifies a description of the assembly group.

Add Pipe Support Assembly


CADWorx Spec Editor Project: View Tab > Pipe Support Assembly > Right-click the
project in the Pipe Support Library pane > Right-click the pipe support libraries file > Select
Add Pipe Support Assembly
CADWorx Spec Editor Pipe Support Library File: View Tab > Pipe Support Assembly >
Right-click the library in the Pipe Support Library pane > Select Add Pipe Support Assembly
Controls parameters for adding and editing supports to the .prj or .psl file.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

129

View Project Tab


General:
Specifies general information about the pipe support such as the Name and Size Range.

Group Name
Specifies the name for a group of assemblies. This name displays in the CADWorx
Support Modeler palette. Expanding the group name lists the assemblies under this
group. From this location, you can edit the data contained in a specific assembly or a
pipe support component. Specifies the name of the support.

Assembly Name
Specifies the name of the assembly.

Size Range
Specifies the sizes for the assembly.

Insulation Options:

Increase support size if component is insulated


Automatically selects a larger size support component based on the insulation
thickness. For example, a six-inch nominal size pipe (6.625 inch actual OD) has fourinch thick insulation (14.625 inch OD). This makes the total pipe diameter 6.625 inch
actual OD plus 8 inch insulation OD. The software determines the support by looking it
up in the data file.

Use next larger size if exact size is not available


Specifies that if the software does not contain the exact size support in the data file with
the insulation, then the software selects the next larger size support.

Components Available
Displays the support components that you can use to make an assembly. After you select a
type, the list box shows the available data table for that type of support.
Add
Moves the selected item from the Components Available list to the Components Selected
list.
Remove
Moves the selected item from the Components Selected list to the Components Available
list.
Components Selected
Displays the components in the assembly. The support builds using the selected
components in the order shown. After you add an assembly with a group of components, the
individual pipe support components can be edited by expanding the assembly, and then
selecting the component you want to edit. For more information, see Edit Pipe Support
Component Pane (on page 133).
Move Up
Moves the selected item one position higher in the assembly sequence.
Move Down
Moves the selected item one position lower in the assembly sequence.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

130

View Project Tab


CAESAR II Type
Specifies the restraint type of the support for use in CAESAR II pipe stress analysis.
BOM:

Sort
Locates a component item in the bill of material schedule. Type the needed value. Type
0 to place the item first in the schedule. Type 999 to place the item last. If the same sort
numbers are used for different components, they are placed in alphabetical order.

Type
Specifies the bill of material type. Select Fabrication, Erection, Offshore, or Misc.

Isogen Options:

Identifier
Specifies the identifier value Isogen uses for an isometric drawing. For more
information, see SKEY Information in the CADWorx Plant Users Guide.

SKEY
Specifies the SKEY value Isogen uses for an isometric drawing. If you do not specify an
SKEY value, then CADWorx uses the default Isogen Support symbol during Isometric
Drawing generation. For more information, see SKEY Information in the CADWorx Plant
Users Guide.

Message Type
Specifies the format of text displayed with the support.

Message Text
Specifies text displayed with the support.

Detail Sketch
Specifies a .DWG AutoCAD file containing details about the support. Select the file from
the Select detail sketch file dialog box.

Description:
Long
Describes the pipe support assembly. The bill of materials uses this description.
Short
Specifies the abbreviated description for the pipe support assembly.
Tag
Specifies an optional tag description for the pipe support assembly.
Part Number
Specifies the part number information of the pipe support assembly.
For more information, see Pipe Support Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number Format
Dialog Boxes (on page 159).
Notes
Specifies any notes attached to the pipe support assembly.

What do you want to do?

Add a new support assembly (on page 132)


Edit a support assembly (on page 132)

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

131

View Project Tab


Add a new support assembly
1. Right-click the pipe support under the project or libraries file in the Pipe Support Library
pane.
2. Click Add Pipe Support Assembly.
The New assembly pane displays.
3. Type a Group Name.
4. Type an Assembly Name or use the default.
5. Select the Size Range list, and then select or clear sizes from the list.
6. Select the Insulation Options as needed by selecting their respective check boxes.
7. Select a component from the Components Available list. You can repeat this as needed to
build an assembly of components.
8. Use the Add
or Remove arrows to move the component parts needed to the
Components Selected box. Alternatively, you can drag the component parts needed to the
Components Selected box.
Use the Move Up or Move Down arrows to rearrange the order of the parts as
they display in the drawing in the Components Selected box.
9. Select a CAESAR II Type.
10. Type the Sort for the bill of materials.
11. Select the Type for the bill of materials.
12. Type an Identifier.
13. Select the SKEY for the support for isometric generation.
14. Type a message text to appear for the pipe support.
15. Select a Message Type.
16. Select a Detail Sketch, by selecting the ellipsis.
17. Type the long description in the Long box, or click to set up a format.
18. Type the short description in the Short box, or click to set up a format.
19. Type the tag in the Tag box, or click to set up a format.
20. Type the part number in the Part Number box, or click to set up a format.
21. Type the notes in the Notes box.

See Also

Edit Pipe Support Component Pane (on page 133)

Edit a support assembly


1. Click the pipe support assembly in the Pipe Support Library pane.
The Edit assembly pane displays.
2. Change the Group Name, if needed.
3. Change the Assembly Name, if needed.
4. Select the Size Range list, and then select or clear sizes from the list as needed.
5. Select or clear the Insulation Options as needed.
6. Select a component from the Components Available list to add a new component to the
assembly.
7. Use the Add
or Remove arrows to move the component parts needed to or from the
Components Selected box.
Use the Move Up or Move Down arrows to rearrange the order of the parts as
they display in the drawing in the Components Selected box.
8. Change the CAESAR II Type as needed.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

132

View Project Tab


9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.

Change the Sort for the bill of materials, if needed.


Change the Type for the bill of materials, if needed.
Change the identifier for Isogen in the Identifier box, if needed.
Change the SKEY for Isogen, if needed.
Select a Message Type, if needed.
Type a message text to appear for the pipe support.
Select a Detail Sketch, by selecting the ellipsis.
Update the long description in the Long box.
Update the short description in the Short box.
Update the tag in the Tag box.
Update the part number in the Part Number box.
Update the notes in the Notes box.

Edit Pipe Support Component Pane


CADWorx Spec Editor Project: View Tab > Pipe Support Library > click a pipe support
component, such as Pipe I_sup.
CADWorx Spec Editor Pipe Support Library File: View Tab > Pipe Support Library > click a
pipe support component, such as Pipe I_sup.
Controls parameters for editing pipe support components in the project or .psl file.
BOM:
Sort
Locates a component item in the bill of material schedule. Type the needed value. Type
0 to place the item first in the schedule. Type 999 to place the item last. If you specify
the same sort numbers for different components, the software places those components
in alphabetical order.
Type
Specifies the type of bill of material item. Select Fabrication, Erection, Offshore, or
Misc.

Steel Option

The information in Steel Option comes from the steel library that you set in the SteelLibrary
property of you Pipe Support Library. These options only display if you have a steel
component in your assembly, and only when you select that steel component.
Steel Length
Specifies the length of the steel.
Member
Specifies the steel member name.
Plate Width
Specifies the width of the plate on the steel.
Center Line
Specifies the center line of the steel member.
Plate Length
Specifies the length of the plate on the steel.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

133

View Project Tab


Connections
Add
Adds a connection point to the Connection list.
Remove
Removes a connection point from the Connection list
Connection List
Displays the connections on the pipe support component. Select a connection to change the
Attach To, the End Type, and the Connect To options.
Attach To
Specifies whether the connection of the part attaches to another pipe support part (Other), a
Pipe, or a Steel component.
Other
Specifies that the selected connection attaches to another pipe support part. For
more information on how Alignment and Direction work in the Other option, see
the examples below:
Other Connection Example 1

Other Connection Example 2

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

134

View Project Tab

Pipe
Specifies that the selected connection attaches to a piece of pipe. For more
information on how Alignment and Direction work in the Pipe option, see the
examples below:
When you select Pipe with the Offset to outside diameter of pipe option, the pipe
support part sets perpendicular to the diameter of the pipe.
Perpendicular to Pipe Outside Diameter

When you select Pipe without Offset to outside diameter of pipe option, the pipe
support part sets perpendicular to the centerline of the pipe.
Perpendicular to Pipe Centerline Example 1

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

135

View Project Tab


Perpendicular to Pipe Centerline Example 2

Am Steel
Specifies that the selected connection attaches to a steel component. For more
information on how Alignment and Direction work in the Steel option, see the
example below:
Steel Example

When you use the Steel connection type, the direction vector detects the
steel, and the software does not use the alignment vector.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

136

View Project Tab


Offset to outside diameter of pipe
When you check this box, the component connects to the outside diameter of the pipe.
When you clear this box, the component connects on the centerline of the pipe. You can
only use this option when you select Pipe in the Attach To list.
Connect To
Specifies which connection point to attach the pipe support component. This option
becomes available when you select Other in the Attach to list. If you select None, the
currently selected pipe support for that selected connection does not have a connecting
component.

Connection Point
X
Specifies the x direction of the connection point.
Y
Specifies the y direction of the connection point.
Z
Specifies the z direction of the connection point.
Direction
Specifies the direction coordinates of the connection point, such as 0,0,0.
Alignment
Specifies the alignment coordinates of the connection point, such as 1,0,0.
Description:

Long
Describes the pipe support component. The bill of materials uses this description.

Short
Specifies the abbreviated description for the pipe support component.

Tag
Specifies an optional tag description for the pipe support component.

Part Number
Specifies the part number information of the pipe support component.
For more information, see Pipe Support Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number Format
Dialog Boxes (on page 159).

Notes
Specifies any notes attached to the pipe support component.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

137

View Project Tab


Edit a support component
1. Click pipe support component under the assembly in the Pipe Support Library pane.
The Edit component pane displays.
2. Change the Sort for the bill of materials, if needed.
3. Change the Type for the bill of materials, if needed.
4. Update the Steel Length, if needed.
5. Update the Member, if needed.
6. Update the Plate Width, if needed.
7. Update the Center Line, if needed.
8. Update the Plate Length, if needed.
9. Remove or add connections as needed in the Connection list.
10. Select a connection in the connection list, and then change the Attach Type, the End Type,
and the Connect To, as needed.
11. Update the X, Y, Z, Direction, and Alignment of the connection point.
12. Update the long description in the Long box.
13. Update the short description in the Short box.
14. Update the tag in the Tag box.
15. Update the part number in the Part Number box.
16. Update the notes in the Notes box.

Properties
CADWorx Spec Editor View tab: Properties
Displays the properties of the specific data you have selected in the project. You can use the
Properties view to change the aspects of a specification, project, catalog, or catalog table file.
Selecting the Fields ellipsis or double clicking Custom Data brings up the New Field or Edit
Field dialog box. For more information, see New Field Dialog Box (on page 72). You can also
access the Long Desc Format Setup, Short Desc Format Setup, Tag Format Setup, Part
Number Format Setup, Layer Manager, Material Assignment Setup, and Schedule
Assignment Setup and make changes. Different types of available options vary by component.
Some components have available options that others do not have. You can find the property
explanations in the Appendix.

See Also
Property Descriptions (on page 162)
Description Format Dialog Boxes (on page 139)
Layer Manager Dialog Box (on page 142)
Matching End Type Table Dialog Box (on page 143)
Material Assignment Setup (on page 144)
Schedule Assignment Setup (on page 154)

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

138

View Project Tab

Description Format Dialog Boxes


CADWorx Spec Editor View tab: Display > Properties > <Description Type> Format
Setup ellipsis
Specifies the description format.
Descriptions display in the Short annotation, Long annotation, Tag, and Code boxes shown
in the Component Edit dialog box in CADWorx Plant. For more information, see Local Edit in
the CADWorx Plant Users Guide.
The information the software displays in the Component Edit dialog box is based on the
associated component definition in the specification. The component definition in the
specification contains fields for Short Annotation, Long Annotation, Tag, and Part Number.
These boxes can be populated with text data or by setting the schema in the Long, Short, Tag,
and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes (on page 86) or Description Format Dialog Boxes (on
page 139).
You can configure a description schema for the Short annotation, Long annotation, Tag, and
Code boxes at the project level, the specification level, and the component level. If you define a
schema at any of these levels, then the software derives the description from that level.
Component level schemas take precedence over specification level schemas and specification
level schemas take precedence over project level schemas. For instance, if the sub-category
Nipple under Pipe in the Component List tree has a schema defined, then the information
displaying in CADWorx for Nipple derives from this schema. If you remove the schema
definition from the Nipple sub category, then when you place a Nipple in the model, the schema
derives from the Pipe category description schema under the Component List tree.
If you remove the description schema in Pipe, the description derives from the Component
description schema in the Component List tree. If you delete all of the description schemas at
the component level, then the software repeats the above process internally at the specification
level. Next, the software repeats this process at the project level.
When the description format is empty at the component level, then the box under Description in
the New and Edit Component Pane (on page 80) reads Using Specification Format. If the
description format is empty at the component level and at the specification level, then the box
under Description in the New and Edit Component Pane (on page 80) reads Using Project
Format.
For more information on the component level, see Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number Format
Dialog Boxes (on page 86).
Components List
Displays the available list of components. The Component List consists of levels of formats
as described above. The main Component level covers all components. Next, the category
level covers each category type of component. The next level contains the individual
components. The software reads the schemas that you place in each of these areas in order
from bottom to top. The software always reads the individual components level first. If the
individual component format is empty, then the software reads the category component
level. If the category component level is empty, then the software reads the main component
format.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

139

View Project Tab


Component Tables drop-down
Displays the list of catalog tables to choose a format.

Component Tables
Lists the format types available for component tables in Table Fields.

Material Tables
Lists the format types available for material tables in Table Fields.

Size Tables
Lists the format types available for size tables in Table Fields.

Schedule Tables
Lists the format types available for schedule tables in Table Fields.

DBCode Tables
Lists the format types available for database code tables in Table Fields.

IndexCode Table
Lists the format types available for index codes tables in Table Fields.

Thickness Tables
Lists the format types available for thickness tables in Table Fields. This table is not
available in Part Number Format.

EndType Tables
Lists the format types available for end type tables in Table Fields.

Spec Tables
Lists the format types available for spec tables in Table Fields. This table is not
available in Part Number Format.

End Prep Tables


Lists the format types available for the end prep tables in the Table Fields. This
format contains the END_PREP_PTN schema. Select the END_PREP_PTN
schema to add the PTN value from the end preparation table to your descriptions.
You must select an End Prep Table Name in the specification Properties for the
end preparation part number to display correctly. Then, set the PipeDescriptionCat
variable and the Apply Pipe End Prep Rule in CADWorx Plant for the
END_PREP_PTN to display in your model. For more information, see
PipeDescriptionCat and Apply Pipe End Prep Rule in the CADWorx Plant Users
Guide. To add an end preparation table, see End Prep Table (on page 54).

Table Fields
Lists the formats for the chosen table, and enables you to add the table field to the
format.
The DEFINED COMPTYPE in the Component Types view affects the
COMPTYPE_CMP_TBL table field. Changing the value in the DEFINED COMPTYPE box
changes the descriptions using COMPTYPE_CMP_TBL. The software reads the DEFINED
COMPTYPE you specified for the component. The software then displays the new DEFINED
COMPTYPE value as the description when using the COMPTYPE_CMP_TBL table field
schema. For more information, see Component Types (on page 75).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

140

View Project Tab


<Description Type> Format
Lists the format, and enables you to add the needed formats from the Table Fields box.
If you have added a space or text in the Format box, then you can select and edit the
space or text. Select the space or text, right-click, and then select Edit.
Format
Displays the appearance of the format. You can now add a space or text to the format.
When you click in the <Description Type> Format the space or text you have added
appears. You can then edit the information here or in the <Description Type> Format.
Blue words in Format are keywords and can be selected to copy. Black text is a simple
text string and can be edited as needed.
Example
Displays an example of the format as it would appear in the software.
Import
Imports formats from other projects.
Export
Exports formats for use in other projects.
1. Open an existing project or create a new project. The <Description Type> Format dialog
boxes can be opened in both places. If creating a new project, skip to the second part of
step 3.
2. Click the View tab, and then select Properties in the Display panel.
3. Click the Long Desc, Short Desc, Tag, or Part Number Format Setup box in the
Properties window, and then click an ellipsis.
OR
Click Long Desc, Short Desc, Tag, or Part Number in the New Project window when
creating a new project.
The <Description Type> Format dialog box displays.
4. Select a component from the Components List.
You can also import a format, and then edit it as needed. If you import a format and
do not want to edit it, skip to step 9.
5. Select a table from the tables list above Table fields.
6. Use the left or right
arrows to move table boxes from one field to another. Alternatively,
you can drag or double-click a format to add it from Table Fields to the format box.
7. Use the up
or down
arrows to move the format if needed.
If you want to remove a format, select it, and then press DELETE.
8. To edit the format appearance, select the format in the <Description Type> Format box,
and then change the format in the Format box.
9. Click OK when finished.
You can export the format for use in other specifications.
10. Click File > Save to save changes to the project.
The <Description Type> Format dialog boxes can also be accessed using the Add
Specification command from the Home tab in the Specification panel.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

141

View Project Tab

Layer Manager Dialog Box


CADWorx Spec Editor View tab: Display > Properties > Layer Manager ellipsis
Specifies layers that can be added to the project. The layers you create can be selected at the
specification and component level from Layer Name in the Specification properties or the
New Component pane. Whichever color you set the Layer Color to in the Layer Manager for
any layer appears in the drawing when piping with that specification or drawing a component.
This option can be accessed from the project properties or from the New Project dialog box.
New Layer
Enables you to add a new layer to the Layer Manager.
Delete Layer
Enables you to delete a layer from the Layer Manager.
Layer Name
Specifies the name of the created layer. The layer name is a default, such as New1, when
first created. Select a layer name, then type the new name in the box to change any Layer
Name.
Layer Color
Specifies the color of the created layer. Select a Layer Color to display a list and change
the layer color. The default color is 1- Red. Select 1 - Red, 2 - Yellow, 3 - Green, 4 - Cyan,
5 - Blue, 6 - Magenta, 7 - White/Black from the list, or type 1 through 255 to specify other
colors. You cannot use 0 - ByLayer. If you type 0, you receive the following message box:
Invalid Color. Color must be 1 - 255. Click OK to return to the Layer Manager dialog box.
Use the up

or down

arrows to move the layers around.

1. Open an existing project or create a new project. The Layer Manager dialog box can be
opened in both places. If creating a new project, skip to the second part of step 3.
2. Click the View tab, and then select Properties in the Display panel.
3. Click the Layer Manager box in the Properties window, and then click the Layer Manager
ellipsis.
OR
Click Layer Manager in the New Project window when creating a new project.
The Layer Manager dialog box displays.
4. Click New Layer

A new layer is added to the Layer Manager.

You can add as many layers as you want at the same time by repeatedly clicking New
Layer
.

Use the up

If you want to remove a format from Layer Manager, select it by clicking to the left of the

or down

arrows to move the layers up or down.

name, and then click Delete Layer

5. Click OK when finished.


6. Click File > Save to save changes to the project.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

142

View Project Tab

Matching End Type Table Dialog Box


CADWorx Spec Editor View tab: Display > Properties > Match End Type ellipsis
Enables you to match end types with each other to be used in the drawing. When placed in the
model components are validated against this Matching End Types Table. The table works in
conjunction with the Apply End Type Rule. For more information, see Apply End Type Rule in
the CADWorx Plant Users Guide.
End Type List
Lists the available end types to match.
Add Left
Adds the end type to the left in the End Type Left column.
Add Right
Adds the end type to the right in the End Type Right column.
New
Creates a new line that enables you to add more matched end types to the Matched End
Type list.
Remove
Removes a matched end type from the Matched End Type list.
Remove All
Removes all matching end type pairs from the Matched End Type list.
Default
Sets the default matching end type pairs for the software.
Matched End Type
Specifies the matched end types. All end types can be changed on either the right or the left
by selecting an end type from the End Types List, selecting a row in Matched End Type,
and then clicking either Add Right or Add Left.

End Type Left


Specifies the end type to the left column.

End Type Right


Specifies the end type to the right column.

Import
Imports matching end types from other projects.
Export
Exports matching end types for use in other projects.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

143

View Project Tab

Material Assignment Setup


CADWorx Spec Editor View tab: Display > Properties > Material Assignment Setup
ellipsis
Specifies the material assignment for each component and size.
You can configure material assignments at the Components Group level, the All Components
level, the component group node level, and the component type node level. To assign a material
to a component, you must select your material option from the Material list in the New and Edit
Component Pane (on page 80).
Components List
Displays the Component Groups folder, the All Components folder, and the available list
of components.
The Component Groups folder contains all components for the specification. You use this
to assign material to a component when you have no need to manage material assignment
by nominal pipe size. For the software to read the components group folder, you need to
select Use Specification Material from the Material list in the New and Edit Component
pane.
The All Components folder contains options to create a Component Material Assignment
Setup. Inside the component material assignment setup you can assign material to the
sizes. The component material assignment setup folders enable you to use the materials
assigned to the sizes for all components in the software. When you select Use
Specification Material and want the software to read from the All Components folder, you
cannot have any other material assignments in the Component Group node, or the
Component Type node. To force the software to read the material from the All
Components folder, select All Component_1 from the Material list in the New and Edit
Component pane. If you rename All Components_1, then you need to select it by the
name you created.
When you add a Component Material Assignment Setup to a Component Group node,
such as Caps, Couplings, or Crosses, those assignments become available to all
components under the matching component group in the specification. The Component
Material Assignment Setup under the component group node provides the material
assignment by Nominal Pipe Size. When you select Use Specification Material and want
the software to read from the Component Group node, you cannot have any other material
assignments in the Component Type node. To force the software to read the material from
the Component Group folder, select <Component>_1 from the Material list in the New
and Edit Component pane. If you rename <Component>_1, then you need to select it by
the name you created.
When you add a Component Material Assignment Setup to a Component Type node,
such as Caps Buttweld, Cap Socket Weld, or Cap Threaded, those assignments become
available to all components under the matching component type in the specification. The
Component Material Assignment Setup under a piping component type node provides
material assignment by nominal pipe size. The Component Material Assignment Setup
under the Stud Bolts component type provides material assignment by bolt diameter. For
the software to read the component type material assignments, you can select either Use
Specification Material, or <Component> <End Type>_1 in the Material list in the New
and Edit Component pane. If you select <Component> <End Type>_1 from the Material
list in the New and Edit Component pane, this forces the software to read from that node.
If you rename <Component> <End Type>_1, then you need to select it by the name you
created.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

144

View Project Tab


The material assignments in the software read from the bottom upwards when you select
Use Specification Material from the Material list in the New and Edit Component pane.
The software first checks the Component Type node, followed by the Component Group
node, the All Components folder, and finally, the Component Groups folder. If a
component in the Component Type node, Component Group node, All Components
folder, and the Component Groups folder does not contain a material setting for the size or
component, then that component displays in CADWorx Plant without a material assigned.

<Component> = A place holder for the name of the component. For example, Caps.

<Component> <End Type> = A place holder for the name of the component and the end
type. For example, Cap Buttweld.
Export Material
Exports material assignment data for use in another project.
Import Material
Imports material assignment data for use in a project.
Add new item
Adds new component material assignment setups to the Component Material Assignment
Setup list.
Edit item name
Enables you to rename the component material assignment setup.
Remove selected item
Removes the selected component material assignment setup.

Component Groups folder


Enables you to assign material for each component at the specification level.

Specification-Level Material Assignment


Displays the details of the material assignment.

Assign Material
Enables you to assign material to a component.

Component List
Displays a list of components to which you can assign material.

Material Selection List


Enables you to select material for a specific component.

All Components folder


Customizes the materials for all sizes for all components.

Component Material Assignment Setup


Enables you to create, rename, remove, export, and import component material
assignment setups. You can either select a component material assignment setup in the
Components List, or double-click it in the Component Material Assignment Setup to
display and edit the sizes.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

145

View Project Tab

Material Assignment Details


Specifies the material assignment data by size for all components.

Size range filter


Enables you to filter sizes to quickly update the material assignments for a specific
group of sizes. The sizes available to filter are read from the Limit Spec Size
Range To property in the Specification properties. If you want more default sizes
to display in the filter, then you must select them in this property. You can also add
sizes using the right-click option, Add New Size.

Clear
Resets the size range filter.
Assign Material
Enables you to assign material to a size.
Sizes List
Displays a list of sizes where you can assign material.
Material Selection List
Enables you to select material for a specific size.

Component Group Node


Customizes the material for sizes of a specific component. For instance, you can customize
the materials for the Caps, the Crosses, or the Flanges, and so on.

Material Assignment Details


Specifies the material assignment data by size for the selected component group.

Component Material Assignment Setup


Enables you to create, rename, remove, export, and import component material
assignment setups. You can either select a component material assignment setup in the
Components List, or double-click it in the Component Material Assignment Setup to
display and edit the sizes.

Size range filter


Enables you to filter sizes to quickly update the material assignments for a specific
group of sizes. The sizes available to filter are read from the Limit Spec Size
Range To property in the Specification properties. If you want more default sizes
to display in the filter, then you must select them in this property. You can also add
sizes using the right-click option, Add New Size.

Clear
Resets the size range filter.

Assign Material
Enables you to assign material to a size.

Sizes List
Displays a list of sizes where you can assign material.

Material Selection List


Enables you to select material for a specific size.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

146

View Project Tab


Component Type Node
Customizes the material for sizes of a specific component with a specific end type. For
example, you can customize the materials for the Cap Buttweld, the Cap Socket Weld, or
the Cap Threaded, and so on.

Material Assignment Details


Specifies the material assignment data by size for the selected component type.

Component Material Assignment Setup


Enables you to create, rename, remove, export, and import component material
assignment setups. You can either select a component material assignment setup in the
Components List, or double-click it in the Component Material Assignment Setup to
display and edit the material for the sizes.

Size range filter


Enables you to filter sizes to quickly update the material assignments for a specific
group of sizes. The sizes available to filter are read from the Limit Spec Size
Range To property in the Specification properties. If you want more default sizes
to display in the filter, then you must select them in this property. You can also add
sizes using the right-click option, Add New Size.

Clear
Resets the size range filter.

Assign Material
Enables you to assign material to a size.

Sizes List
Displays a list of sizes where you can assign material.

Material Selection List


Enables you to select material for a specific size.

Right-click Menu Options


There are several right-click menus in the Material Assignment dialog box. You can right-click
in Components List, the Component Material Assignment Setup list, and the Material
Assignment Details list.
Add Material Assignment Setup
Adds a material assignment schedule to the component group for you to edit.
Remove All Material Assignment Setup
Removes all material assignment schedules from a component group.
Add Item
Adds a component material assignment setup to the Component Material Assignment
Setup list.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

147

View Project Tab


Set Default
Sets the selected material to the default selection in the Material option in the New and Edit
Component pane.
If you have more than one material assignment in the Component Material
Assignment Setup list, you can right-click it and set as default. If you only have one
material assignment in the Component Material Assignment Setup list, then it
automatically becomes the default.
Remove Default
Removes the default Component Material Assignment Setup that the Material list uses
when you have selected Use Specification Material in the New and Edit Component
pane. When you remove the default of the component material assignment setup, the
Material list selection of Use Specification Material in the New and Edit Component
pane defaults to the Component Group folder. For more information, see New and Edit
Component Pane (on page 80).
Remove
Removes the selected item from the Component List, and removes multiple items from the
Component Material Assignment Setup list.
Rename
Enables you to rename the selected item. You can also click the item to rename it, or select
the toolbar option.

Right-click Menu Options for Material Assignment Details


Add New Size
Enables you to add a new nominal pipe size to the Material Assignment Details list.
Displays the New Nominal Pipe Size dialog box.
Edit Size
Enables you to edit an existing size in the Material Assignment Details list. Displays the
Edit Nominal Pipe Size dialog box.
Remove
Enables you to remove an existing size from the Material Assignment Details list.
Material List
Lists all available materials for the nominal pipe size.
You can only access the following right-click options after you create a component
material assignment setup for Stud Bolts.
Add New Diameter
Enables you to add a new bolt diameter to the Material Assignment Details list. Displays
the New Bolt Diameter dialog box.
Edit Bolt Diameter
Enables you to edit an existing bolt diameter in the Material Assignment Details list.
Displays the Edit Bolt Diameter dialog box.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

148

View Project Tab


Import Material Assignment Setup File Dialog Box
Enables you to review and import a component material assignment setup.
File Path
Specifies the location of the file for import.
Material Assignment Setup List
Lists the material assignment setups for import, and enables you to review the content.

New or Edit Nominal Pipe Size Dialog Box


Enables you to add or edit a size for the Material Assignment Details list.
Nominal Pipe Size
Enables you to add or edit a size. If you are adding a new size or editing a size, type the
new size in the Nominal Pipe Size box, and then click OK. The new size adds to the
Material Assignment Details list.

New or Edit Bolt Diameter Size Dialog Box


Enables you to add or edit a bolt diameter for the Material Assignment Details list.
Bolt Diameter
Enables you to add or edit a bolt diameter. If you are adding a new bolt diameter or editing a
bolt diameter, type the new bolt diameter in the Bolt Diameter box, and then click OK. The
new bolt diameter adds to the Material Assignment Details list.

What do you want to do?

Set material assignment for all components (on page 149)

Set material assignment for all components based on size (on page 150)

Set material assignment for a specific component (on page 151)

Set material assignment for a specific component with a specific end type (on page 152)

Export a material assignment setup (on page 153)

Import a material assignment setup (on page 153)

Display the material assigned to the component in CADWorx Plant (on page 153)

Set material assignment for all components


1. Select a specification from Project Specs.
2. Select Material Assignment Setup in the Properties window, and then click the Material
Assignment ellipsis.
The Material Assignment dialog box displays.
3. Select Component Groups.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

149

View Project Tab


4. In the Assign Material list, select a new material in the right column from the list that
displays for the component. Material numbers in this list are based on industry standards.
To access detailed information on a material number in the Assign Material list, open the
Base Catalog Data, and then open the Material Table.
You can export or import material data while assigning material to all components.
5. Click OK.
6. In the Main Spec List View, expand a component list, such as Caps, and then select a
component, such as Cap Buttweld to assign a material.
7. Select the Material list in the Edit component pane, and then select Use Specification
Material.
For the software to read the material from the Component Groups folder, you
cannot have any other material assignments in the All Components folder, the Component
Group node, or the Component Type node.
The software reads the Material Assignment set for the component you selected. For
example, if you set the Caps material to ASTM A105 in the Component Groups folder of
the Material Assignment dialog box, and then set the Cap Buttweld material in the
specification to Use Specification Material, the Cap Buttweld material would be ASTM
A105.

See Also
Display the material assigned to the component in CADWorx Plant (on page 153)

Set material assignment for all components based on size


1. Select a specification from Project Specs.
2. Select Material Assignment Setup in the Properties window, and then click the Material
Assignment ellipsis.
The Material Assignment dialog box displays.
3. Select All Components.
4. Click Add new item

. You can repeat this step as necessary.

A new component material assignment setup displays.


5. Double-click the new component material assignment setup.
6. In the Assign Material list, select a new material in the right column from the list that
displays for each size. Material numbers in this list are based on industry standards. To
access detailed information on a material number in the Assign Material list, open the Base
Catalog Data, and then open the Material Table.
Use the Size Filter sliders to quickly display the sizes you need to change.
7. Click OK.
8. In the Main Spec List View, expand a component list, such as Caps, and then select a
component, such as Caps Buttweld, to assign a material.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

150

View Project Tab


9. Select the Material list in the Edit component pane, and then select Use Specification
Material or All Component_1.

When you select Use Specification Material and want the software to read from the All
Components folder, you cannot have any other material assignments in the
Component Group node, or in the Component Type node. To force the software to
read the material from the All Components folder, select All Component_1.

You can rename the component material assignment setups. However, if you rename
the material setup, you must remember the name of the all components material
assignment setup and select it in step 9.

The software reads the Material Assignment set for the size in the Material Assignment
Details. For example, if you set the material of the 2.0000 inch size to ASTM A105 in the
All Component_1 folder of the Material Assignment dialog box, and then set the material
for any component to All Component_1, the 2-inch component material would be ASTM
A105. However, if you set the material of the 4.0000 inch size to ASTM A193-B7, then the
4-inch component material would be ASTM A193-B7.

See Also
Display the material assigned to the component in CADWorx Plant (on page 153)

Set material assignment for a specific component


1. Select a specification from Project Specs.
2. Select Material Assignment Setup in the Properties window, and then click the Material
Assignment ellipsis.
The Material Assignment dialog box displays.
3. Select a component, such as Caps.
4. Click Add new item

. You can repeat this step as necessary.

A new component material assignment setup displays.


5. Double-click the new component material assignment setup.
6. In the Assign Material list, select a new material in the right column from the list that
displays for each size. Material numbers in this list are based on industry standards. To
access detailed information on a material number in the Assign Material list, open the Base
Catalog Data, and then open the Material Table.
Use the Size Filter sliders to quickly display the sizes you need to change.
7. Click OK.
8. In the Main Spec List View, expand a component list, such as Caps, and then select a
component, such as Caps Buttweld, to assign a material.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

151

View Project Tab


9. Select the Material list in the Edit component pane, and then select Use Specification
Material or <Component>_1.

When you select Use Specification Material and want the software to read from the
Component Group node, you cannot have any other material assignments in the
Component Type node. To force the software to read the material from the
Component Group folder, select <Component>_1.
You can rename the component material assignment setups. However, if you rename
the material setup, then you must remember the name of the component material
assignment setup and select it in step 9.
The software reads the Material Assignment set for the size in the Material Assignment
Details. For example, if you set the material of the 2.0000 inch size to ASTM A105 in the
Cap_1 folder of the Material Assignment dialog box, and then set the component material
of the Cap Buttweld to Cap_1, the 2-inch Cap Buttweld material would be ASTM A105. In
addition, if you set the material of the 4.0000 inch size to ASTM A193-B7, then the 4-inch
Cap Buttweld material would be ASTM A193-B7.

See Also

Display the material assigned to the component in CADWorx Plant (on page 153)

Set material assignment for a specific component with a specific end type
1. Select a specification from Project Specs.
2. Select Material Assignment Setup in the Properties window, and then click the Material
Assignment ellipsis.
The Material Assignment dialog box displays.
3. Select a component type node, such as Cap Buttweld.
4. Click Add new item . You can repeat this step as necessary.
A new component material assignment setup displays.
5. Double-click the new component material assignment setup.
6. In the Assign Material list, select a new material in the right column from the list that
displays for each size. Material numbers in this list are based on industry standards. To
access detailed information on a material number in the Assign Material list, open the Base
Catalog Data, and then open the Material Table.
Use the Size Filter sliders to quickly display the sizes you need to change.
7. Click OK.
8. In the Main Spec List View, expand a component list, such as Caps, and then select a
component, such as Cap Buttweld, to assign a material.
9. Select the Material list in the Edit component pane, and then select Use Specification
Material or <Component> <End Type>_1.
You can rename the component material assignment setups. However, if you
rename the material setup, then you must remember the name of the component material
assignment setup and select it in step 9.
The software reads the Material Assignment set for the size in the Material Assignment
Details. For example, if you set the material of the 2.0000 inch size to ASTM A105 in Cap
Buttweld_1 of the Material Assignment dialog box, and then set the component material
of Cap Buttweld to Use Specification Material or Cap Buttweld_1, the 2-inch Cap
Buttweld material would be ASTM A105. In addition, if you set the material of the 4.0000
inch size to ASTM A193-B7, then the 4-inch Cap Buttweld material would be ASTM A193B7.

See Also

Display the material assigned to the component in CADWorx Plant (on page 153)

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

152

View Project Tab


Export a material assignment setup
1. Select a specification from Project Specs.
2. Select Material Assignment Setup in the Properties window, and then click the ellipsis.
The Material Assignment dialog box displays.
3. Select a component or folder.
4. Click Export Material

5. Browse to the location where you want to store the exported material, and then click Save.
6. Click OK.

Import a material assignment setup


1. Select a specification from Project Specs.
2. Select Material Assignment Setup in the Properties window, and then click the ellipsis.
The Material Assignment dialog box displays.
3. Select a component or folder.
4. Click Import Material

5. Browse to the location of the material you exported, select it, and then click Open.
The Import Material Assignment dialog box displays
6. Check the File Path.
7. Expand the list of component material assignment setups to review the data.
8. Click Import.
9. Click Close.
The software places the material assignment in the correct component group.

Display the material assigned to the component in CADWorx Plant


After you have assigned material in the Material Assignment dialog box, and defined the
material in the Material list of the Edit component pane, you must complete the following steps
to display the material correctly in CADWorx Plant.
1. Click a Description ellipsis.
2. Select Material Tables from the Component Tables list.
3. Select SPEC_MAT_TBL and GRADE_MAT_TBL, and then click Move right

4. Click OK.
The material for the component now displays in CADWorx plant based on the Spec and
Grade.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

153

View Project Tab

Schedule Assignment Setup


CADWorx Spec Editor View tab: Display > Properties > Schedule Assignment Setup
ellipsis
Specifies the schedule assigned to each size. The schedule assignment for a size can be
changed.
1. Select Schedule Assignment Setup in the Properties window, then click the Schedule
Assignment Setup ellipsis.
2. Select a size in Schedule Assignment, and then select a new schedule in the right column,
by using the drop-down arrow. Schedules in this list are based on the schedules assigned to
the sizes in the Schedule Tables file. To access detailed information on a schedule in the
schedule list, open the Base Catalog Data, and then open the Schedule Table.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

154

SECTION 7

Pipe Support Library File Home Tab


Gives you access to the features in an open pipe support libraries file. Unavailable features are
grayed out.
Clipboard - Enables you to edit the boxes within the Spec Editor. For more information, see
Clipboard Panel (on page 23).
Pipe Support - Enables you to add pipe supports to the project. For more information, see Pipe
Support Panel (on page 105).
Catalog - Enables you to update the project with changes made to the base catalog. For more
information, see Catalog Panel (on page 108).
Transfer Data - Enables you to transfer project, catalog, or pipe support data. For more
information, see Transfer Data Panel (on page 65).
Exit Spec Editor - Closes the Intergraph CADWorx Catalog and Specification Editor.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

155

SECTION 8

Pipe Support Library File View Tab


Select a check box to open each window.
Display - Displays the Pipe Support Library, Base Catalog Data, Project Catalog Data, and
Properties. For more information, see Display Panel (on page 156).

Display Panel
CADWorx Spec Editor View tab: Display
Pipe Support Library - Displays the Pipe Support Library pane, and enables you to add or
import pipe supports to the pipe support libraries file. For more information, see Pipe Support
Library (on page 128).
Base Catalog Data - Displays all the information in the base catalog of CADWorx. For more
information, see Base Catalog Data (on page 72).
Project Catalog Data - Displays all the information attached to the open project. For more
information, see Project Catalog Data (on page 127).
Properties - Displays the properties of all the data in the pipe support libraries file. For more
information, see Properties (on page 138).

Properties
CADWorx Spec Editor View tab: Properties
Displays the properties of the specific data you have selected in the pipe support libraries file.
You can use the Properties view to change the aspects of a pipe support libraries file, the pipe
support library, the pipe support assembly, and the pipe support component. Double-clicking
Custom Data brings up the New Field or Edit Field dialog box. For more information, see New
Field Dialog Box (on page 72). You can also access the Long Desc Format Setup, Short Desc
Format Setup, Tag Format Setup, Part Number Format Setup, and make changes. You can
find the property explanations in the Appendix.

See Also
Property Descriptions (on page 162)
Pipe Support Description Format Dialog Boxes (on page 157)
Pipe Support Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes (on page 159)

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

156

Pipe Support Library File View Tab

Pipe Support Description Format Dialog Boxes


CADWorx Spec Editor View tab: Display > Properties > <Description Type> Format
Setup ellipsis
Specifies the description format for a pipe support.
Descriptions display in the Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number boxes for an assembly and in
Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number boxes for a part shown in the Pipe support assembly
edit dialog box when you double-click a pipe support in CADWorx Plant. For more information,
see Local Edit in the CADWorx Plant Users Guide.
The information the software displays in the Pipe support assembly edit dialog box is based
on the associated pipe support definition in the specification. The pipe support definition in the
specification contains fields for Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number. You can populate these
boxes with text data or set the schema in the Pipe Support Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number
Format Dialog Boxes (on page 159) or Pipe Support Description Format Dialog Boxes (on page
157).
You can configure a description schema for the Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number boxes at
the libraries level, the library level, the pipe support assembly level, and the pipe support
component level. If you define a schema at any of these levels, then the software derives the
description from that level.
Pipe support component schemas and pipe support assembly schemas take precedence over
pipe support library level schemas, and pipe support library level schemas take precedence over
pipe support libraries level schemas. For instance, if the component Beam Clamp has a
schema defined, then the information displaying in CADWorx for Beam Clamp derives from this
schema. If you remove the schema definition from the Beam Clamp, then when a Beam Clamp
places as part of an assembly in the model, the schema derives from the main Pipe Support
Library tree description schema.
If you delete all of the description schemas at the pipe support component level or at the pipe
support assembly level, then the software repeats the above process at the pipe support library
level. Next, the software repeats this process at the libraries level.
When the description format is empty at the component level or the assembly level, then the
boxes under Description in the Edit panes read Using Pipe Support Library Format. If the
description format is empty at the component level or the assembly level and at the library level,
then the boxes under Description in the Edit panes read Using Pipe Support Library Format.
For more information on the pipe support component level and the pipe support assembly level,
see Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes (on page 86).
Pipe Support Libraries Component List
Displays the available list of pipe support components. The Pipe Support Libraries
Component List consists of two levels of formats. The main Pipe Support Libraries level
covers all components. Next, the pipe support component level covers each type of
component and the steel components. The next level contains the individual components.
The software reads the schemas that you place in each of these areas in order from bottom
to top. The software always reads the individual components level first. If the individual
component format is empty, then the software reads the category component level. If the
category component level is empty, then the software reads the main component format.
Tables
Displays a list of tables, which allow you to choose formats to place for descriptions.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

157

Pipe Support Library File View Tab

Size Tables
Lists the format types available for size tables in Table Fields. These properties are
contained in the Size Table in the catalog.

Pipe Support or Steel Component Table


Lists the format types available for the selected pipe support or steel component in
Table Fields. The properties listed come from the components listed under
PipeSupport in the Data Tables of the catalog.

Pipe Support Libraries Tables


Lists the format types available for pipe support libraries tables in Table Fields. The
properties listed come from the Name and Description fields in the Pipe Support
Libraries Properties.

Pipe Support Library Tables


Lists the format types available for pipe support library tables in Table Fields. The
properties listed come from the Name and Description fields in the Pipe Support
Library Properties.

Table Fields
Lists the formats for the chosen table, and enables you to add the table field to the
format.
<Description Type> Format
Lists the format, and enables you to add the needed formats from the Table Fields box.
If you have added a space or text in the Format box, then you can select and edit the
space or text. Select the space or text, right-click, and then select Edit.
Format
Displays the appearance of the format. You can add a space or text to the format. Blue
words in Format are keywords and can be selected to copy. Black text is a simple text
string and can be edited as needed.
Example
Displays an example of the format as it would display in the software.
Import
Imports formats from other projects.
Export
Exports formats for use in other projects.
1. Open an existing pipe support libraries file, or create a new pipe support libraries file. You
can open the <Description Type> Format dialog boxes in both places. If creating a new
pipe support libraries file, skip to the second part of step 3.
2. Click the View tab, and then select Properties in the Display panel.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

158

Pipe Support Library File View Tab


3. Click the Long Desc, Short Desc, Tag, or Part Number Format Setup box in the
Properties window, and then click .
OR
Click Long Desc, Short Desc, Tag, or Part Number in the New Pipe Support Libraries
dialog box when creating a new pipe support libraries file.
The <Description Type> Format dialog box displays.
4. Select the main Pipe Support Libraries folder, or select a pipe support component from the
Pipe Support Libraries Component List.
You can also import a format, and then edit it as needed. If you import a format and
do not want to edit it, skip to step 9.
5. Select a table from the Tables list above Table fields.
6. Use the left or right
arrows to move table properties from one field to another.
Alternatively, you can drag or double-click a format to add it from Table Fields to the
Format box.
7. Use the up

or down

arrows to move the format.

If you want to remove a format, select it, and then press DELETE.
8. To edit the format appearance, select the format in the <Description Type> Format box,
and then change the format in the Format box.
9. Click OK when finished.
You can export the format for use in other projects or pipe support libraries files.
10. Click File > Save to save changes to the project.

Pipe Support Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number Format Dialog
Boxes
CADWorx Spec Editor New component pane: Click the Long, Short, Tag, or Part Number
ellipsis
Specifies the description format for pipe support components or pipe support assemblies.
Descriptions display in the Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number boxes for an assembly and in
Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number boxes for a part shown in the Pipe support assembly
edit dialog box when you double-click a pipe support in CADWorx Plant. For more information,
see Local Edit in the CADWorx Plant Users Guide.
The information the software displays in the Pipe support assembly edit dialog box is based
on the associated pipe support definition in the specification. The pipe support definition in the
specification contains fields for Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number. You can populate these
boxes with text data or set the schema in the Pipe Support Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number
Format Dialog Boxes (on page 159) or Pipe Support Description Format Dialog Boxes (on page
157).
You can configure a description schema for the Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number boxes at
the libraries level, the library level, the pipe support assembly level, and the pipe support
component level. If you define a schema at any of these levels, then the software derives the
description from that level.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

159

Pipe Support Library File View Tab


Pipe support component schemas and pipe support assembly schemas take precedence over
pipe support library level schemas, and pipe support library level schemas take precedence over
pipe support libraries level schemas. For instance, if the component Beam Clamp has a
schema defined, then the information displaying in CADWorx for Beam Clamp derives from this
schema. If you remove the schema definition from the Beam Clamp, then when a Beam Clamp
places as part of an assembly in the model, the schema derives from the main Pipe Support
Library tree description schema.
If you delete all of the description schemas at the pipe support component level or at the pipe
support assembly level, then the software repeats the above process at the pipe support library
level. Next, the software repeats this process at the libraries level.
When the description format is empty at the component level or the assembly level, then the
boxes under Description in the Edit panes read Using Pipe Support Library Format. If the
description format is empty at the component level or the assembly level and at the library level,
then the boxes under Description in the Edit panes read Using Pipe Support Library Format.

Tables
Size Tables
Lists the format types available for size tables in Table Fields. These properties are
contained in the Size Table in the catalog.
The properties listed in Table Fields come from the components listed under PipeSupport
in the Data Tables of the catalog.
Pipe Support Libraries Tables
Lists the format types available for pipe support libraries tables in Table Fields. The
properties listed in Table Fields come from the Name and Description fields in the Pipe
Support Libraries Properties.
Pipe Support Library Tables
Lists the format types available for pipe support library tables in Table Fields. The
properties listed in Table Fields come from the Name and Description fields in the Pipe
Support Library Properties.
Pipe Support Assembly Tables
Lists the format types available for pipe support assembly tables in Table Fields. The
properties listed in Table Fields come from the the data displayed in the Edit assembly
pane, and the Name and Description in the Pipe Support Assembly Properties.
Pipe Support Component Tables
Lists the format types available for pipe support component tables in Table Fields. The
properties listed in Table Fields come from the components listed under PipeSupport in
the Data Tables of the catalog.

Long, Short, Tag, or Part Number Format dialog box fields


Table Fields
Lists the long or short description format, the tag format, or the part number format for the
chosen table, and enables you to add the table field to the Long Desc Format, Short Desc
Format, Tag Format, or Part Number Format.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

160

Pipe Support Library File View Tab


Long Desc Format, Short Desc Format, Tag Format, or Part Number
Lists the actual long or short description format, tag format, or part number format, and
enables you to add information. Use the arrows to add formats from the Table Fields box.
Alternatively, you can drag or double-click a format to add it from Table Fields to Long
Desc, Short Desc, Tag, or Part Number Format.
Format
Displays the actual appearance of the long or short description, the tag, or part number
format. When you click in the Long Desc Format, Short Desc Format, Tag Format, or
Part Number box, the space or text you added displays. You can then edit the information
here or in the Long Desc Format, Short Desc Format, Tag Format, or Part Number box.
Blue words in Format are keywords. You can select keywords and then copy them. Black
text is a simple text string and you can edit as needed.
Example
Displays an example of the long or short description, tag, or part number as it displays in the
software.

Setup the Assembly or Component Formats


1. Click for the field to edit.
The <Description Type> Format dialog box displays.
2. Select the Tables list, and change if needed.
3. Use the left or right
arrows to move table properties from one field to another.
Alternatively, you can drag or double-click a format to add it from Table Fields to the
corresponding format.
4. Use the up

or down

arrows to move the format.

5. To edit the format appearance, select the table in the <Description Type> Format box, and
then change the format in the Format box.
6. Click OK when finished.
7. Click File > Save to save the changes to the project.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

161

APPENDIX A

Property Descriptions
This appendix contains all the property descriptions available in CADWorx Spec Editor.

In This Appendix
Project Properties .......................................................................... 162
Pipe Support Libraries Properties .................................................. 166
Catalog Properties ......................................................................... 170

Project Properties
Project Name
Specifies the name of the project.
Catalog Name
Specifies the name of the base catalog. You can only edit this in the catalog or by selecting
a different base catalog.
Catalog Path
Specifies the folder location of the base catalog. You can change the base catalog by using
the Catalog Path ellipsis.
Pipe Support Libraries Path
Specifies the folder location of the pipe support library. You can add a pipe support library to
your specification using the Pipe Support Libraries Path ellipsis. This allows you to have
more than one set of libraries attached to a project.
DBCode Table Name
Specifies the name of the database code table from the base catalog.
Long Desc Format Setup
Specifies the appearance of the long description attached to the components.
Short Desc Format Setup
Specifies the appearance of the short description format attached to the components.
Tag Format Setup
Specifies the appearance of the tag format attached to the components.
Part Number Format Setup
Specifies the appearance of the part number attached to the components.
For more on the <Description Type> Format Setups, see Description Format Dialog Boxes
(on page 139).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

162

Property Descriptions
BOM Type
Specifies the bill of material type associated with the project. You can edit this by clicking
the name of the BOM Type, and using the list that displays.
Layer Manager
Specifies the layers associated with a project and displays the Layer Manager dialog box.
For more information, see Layer Manager Dialog Box (on page 142).
Match End Type
Displays the Matching End Type Table dialog box. You can match end types with other
end types for use in CADWorx. For more information, see Matching End Type Table Dialog
Box (on page 143).
Version
Specifies the version of the CADWorx Spec Editor. You cannot edit this property.
Created By
Specifies the person who created the data. You can edit this property.
Edited By
Specifies the person who edited the data. You can edit this property.
Description
Specifies the description of the project.
Default OTAP SKEY
Specifies the default SKEY that the software uses for OTAPs. This property enables you to
standardize the OTAP for isometric notation for the project. You can edit this property.
If you open a project created with CADWorx 2015 SP1 or earlier in CADWorx Spec
Editor 2016, the software updates the OTAP SKEY of the specification automatically.
Custom Data
Add custom data to the project. For more information see, New Field Dialog Box (on page
72).

Specification Properties
Specification Name
Specifies the name of the specification being worked in. You can edit this property.
Catalog Name
Specifies the name of the base catalog. You can only edit this property in the catalog or by
selecting a different base catalog.
Catalog Path
Specifies the folder location of the base catalog. You can change the base catalog by using
the Catalog Path ellipsis.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

163

Property Descriptions
Pipe Support Libraries Path
Specifies the folder location of the pipe support library. You can add a pipe support library to
your specification using the Pipe Support Libraries Path ellipsis. This allows you to have
another pipe support library attached to the specification.
Measure/Bore
Specifies the units tied to this specification. You cannot edit this property.
Size Table Name
Specifies the current size table being used by the specification. You can only edit this
property in the catalog.
DBCode Table Name
Specifies the name of the database code table from the base catalog.
Thickness Table Name
Specifies the current thickness table being used by the specification. To update this value
with available or newly created thickness tables, click the name of the first table, and then
select the new table from the list. For more information, see Thickness Table (on page 42).
Material Table Name
Specifies the current material table being used by the specification. To update this value
with available or newly created material tables, click the name of the first table, and select
the new table from the list. For more information, see Material Table (on page 38).
Bolt Diameter Table Name
Specifies the current bolt diameter table assigned to the specification. To update this value
with available or newly created bolt diameter tables, click the name or the blank space, and
then select a table from the list. For more information, see Bolt Diameter Table (on page
32).
Bolt Length Table Name
Specifies the current bolt length table assigned to the specification. To update this value
with available or newly created bolt length tables, click the name or the blank space, and
then select a table from the list. For more information, see Bolt Length Table (on page 35).
End Prep Table Name
Specifies the current end prep table assigned to the specification. To update this value with
available or newly created end prep tables, click the name or the blank space, and then
select a table from the list. For more information, see End Prep Table (on page 54).
Weight Factor
Specifies the weight of the component. You can edit this property.
Component Class
Specifies the classification of the components in the specification.
Temperature Rating
Specifies the temperature rating a component can handle.
Pressure Rating
Specifies the pressure rating a component can handle.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

164

Property Descriptions
Layer Name
Specifies the numerical value of the layer spec.
AutoCAD Color Index [0-255]
Specifies the color appearance of the components when using this specification to draw.
Select 0 - ByLayer, 1 - Red, 2 - Yellow, 3 - Green, 4 - Cyan, 5 - Blue, 6 - Magenta, 7 White/Black, from the list or type 0 through 255 to specify other colors.
Long Desc Format Setup
Specifies the appearance of the long description attached to the components.
Short Desc Format Setup
Specifies the appearance of the short description format attached to the components.
Tag Format Setup
Specifies the appearance of the tag format attached to the components.
Part Number Format Setup
Specifies the appearance of the part number attached to the components.
For more on the <Description Type> Format Setups, see Description Format Dialog Boxes
(on page 139).
Limit Spec Size Range To
Specifies the size limit for components within this specification. This can be edited. You
must select newly added sizes in the Limit Spec Size Range To list. Otherwise, the
software does not display the sizes in the Size Range list on the New and Edit Component
Pane (on page 80).
Material Assignment Setup
Specifies material numbers for specific components. For more information, see Material
Assignment Setup (on page 144).
Schedule Assignment Setup
Specifies the schedule values for specific sizes based on the schedule table. For more
information, see Schedule Assignment Setup (on page 154).
Default Flange Type
Specifies the default flange type for the specification. You can edit this property.
Reducing Component Size Selection
Specifies the reduction size setting. There are three options:

Use Reduction Size


Uses the reduction size for the component.

Use Main Size


Uses the main size for the component.

Use Larger Wall Thickness


Uses a larger wall thickness for the component.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

165

Property Descriptions
Version
Specifies the version of the CADWorx Spec Editor. You cannot edit this property.
Created By
Specifies the person who created the data. You can edit this property.
Edited By
Specifies the person who edited the data. You can edit this property.
Spec Description
Specifies the description of the spec.
Default OTAP SKEY
Specifies the default SKEY that the software uses for OTAPs. This property enables you to
standardize the OTAP for isometric notation for the specification. If you do not set a default
OTAP SKEY for the specification, then the software takes the SKEY from the project
properties setting. You can edit this property.
If you open a project created with CADWorx 2015 SP1 or earlier in CADWorx Spec
Editor 2016, the software updates the OTAP SKEY of the specification automatically.
Custom Data
Add custom data to the specification. For more information see, New Field Dialog Box (on
page 72).

Pipe Support Libraries Properties


Pipe Support Libraries Name
Specifies the name of the selected pipe support libraries file. If you are working in a project,
the name defaults to the name of the project. If you are working in a pipe support libraries
file, the name defaults to the name of the pipe support libraries file. You can edit this
property.
Catalog Name
Specifies the name of the base catalog. You can only change this in the catalog or by
selecting a different base catalog.
Catalog Path
Specifies the folder location of the base catalog. You can change the base catalog by using
the Catalog Path ellipsis.
Long Desc Format Setup
Specifies the appearance of the long description attached to the assemblies or components.
Short Desc Format Setup
Specifies the appearance of the short description format attached to the assemblies or
components.
Tag Format Setup
Specifies the appearance of the tag format attached to the assemblies or components.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

166

Property Descriptions
Part Number Format Setup
Specifies the appearance of the part number attached to the assemblies or components.
For more information on the <Description Type> Format Setups, see Pipe Support
Description Format Dialog Boxes (on page 157).
BOM Type
Specifies the bill of material type associated with the pipe support libraries file. You can edit
this by clicking the name of the BOM Type, and using the list that displays.
Version
Specifies the version of the CADWorx Spec Editor. You cannot edit this property.
Created By
Specifies the person who created the data. You can edit this property.
Edited By
Specifies the person who edited the data. You can edit this property.
Description
Specifies the description of the catalog. Change as needed.
Custom Data
Add custom data to the project. For more information see, New Field Dialog Box (on page
72).
To see the Component Table properties, see Common Component Properties (on page 180)
and PipeSupport (on page 206).

Pipe Support Library Properties


Name
Specifies the name of the selected pipe support library. You can edit this property.
Catalog Name
Specifies the name of the base catalog. You can only change this in the catalog or by
selecting a different base catalog.
Catalog Path
Specifies the folder location of the base catalog. You can change the base catalog by using
the Catalog Path ellipsis.
Measure/Bore
Specifies the units tied to this pipe support library. You cannot edit this property.
Size Table Name
Specifies the current size table being used by the pipe support library. You can only edit this
property in the catalog.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

167

Property Descriptions
Limit Spec Size Range To
Specifies the size limit for components within this pipe support library. Select or clear the
check boxes in the list to add or remove size ranges. You must select newly-added sizes in
the Limit Spec Size Range To list. Otherwise, the software does not display the sizes in the
Size Range list on the Edit assembly pane. See Add Pipe Support Assembly (on page
129).
Long Desc Format Setup
Specifies the appearance of the long description attached to the assemblies or components.
Short Desc Format Setup
Specifies the appearance of the short description format attached to the assemblies or
components.
Tag Format Setup
Specifies the appearance of the tag format attached to the assemblies or components.
Part Number Format Setup
Specifies the appearance of the part number attached to the assemblies or components.
For more information on the <Description Type> Format Setups, see Pipe Support
Description Format Dialog Boxes (on page 157).
Version
Specifies the version of the CADWorx Spec Editor. You cannot edit this property.
Created By
Specifies the person who created the data. You can edit this property.
Edited By
Specifies the person who edited the data. You can edit this property.
Description
Specifies the description of the catalog. Change as needed.
Steel Library
Specifies the location of the steel library, and enables you to include a steel component in
your assembly.
SteelPartNumberFile
Specifies the steel part number file from the steel library.
Custom Data
Add custom data to the project. For more information see, New Field Dialog Box (on page
72).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

168

Property Descriptions

Pipe Support Assembly and Component Properties


Name
Specifies the name of the selected support component. You can edit this property.
Long Desc Format Setup
Specifies the long description for the pipe support assembly or component. You can change
the long description, by clicking the Long ellipsis which opens the Long Description
Format dialog box. You can also type information in the Long box, and then click Apply to
add the information. Blue words are keywords and you can select and copy them. Black text
is a simple text string and can be edited as needed. For more information, see Pipe Support
Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes (on page 159).
Short Desc Format Setup
Specifies the short description of the pipe support assembly or component. You can change
the short description, by clicking the Short ellipsis which opens the Short Description
Format dialog box. You can also type information in the Short box, and then click Apply to
add the information. Blue words are keywords and you can select and copy them. Black text
is a simple text string and can be edited as needed. For more information, see Pipe Support
Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes (on page 159).
Tag Format Setup
Specifies the tag information of the pipe support assembly or component. You can change
the tag format, by clicking the Tag ellipsis which opens the Tag Format dialog box. You can
also type information in the Tag box, and then click Apply to add the information. Blue
words are keywords and you can select and copy them. Black text is a simple text string and
can be edited as needed. For more information, see Pipe Support Long, Short, Tag, and
Part Number Format Dialog Boxes (on page 159).
Part Number Format Setup
Specifies the part number information of the pipe support assembly or component. You can
change the part number format, by clicking the Part Number ellipsis which opens the Part
Number Format dialog box. You can also type information in the Part Number box, and
then click Apply to add the information. Blue words are keywords and you can select and
copy them. Black text is a simple text string and can be edited as needed. For more
information, see Pipe Support Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes (on
page 159).
Version
Specifies the version of the CADWorx Spec Editor. You cannot edit this property.
Created By
Specifies the person who created the data. You can edit this property.
Edited By
Specifies the person who edited the data. You can edit this property.
Description
Specifies the description of the catalog. You can edit this property.
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72). You can access the
custom data fields in CADWorx Plant through the Component Edit dialog box. For more
information, see Component Custom Data Dialog Box and Local Edit in the CADWorx Plant
Users Guide.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

169

Property Descriptions

Catalog Properties
Name
Specifies the name of the catalog being worked in. You can edit this property.
Measure/Bore
Specifies the units tied to this catalog. You can edit this property.
Base Catalog Name
Specifies the name of the base catalog. You can only change this in the Catalog or by
selecting a different base catalog.
Catalog Path
Specifies the folder location of the base catalog. You can change the base catalog by using
the Catalog Path ellipsis.
Version
Specifies the version of the CADWorx Spec Editor. You cannot edit this property.
Created By
Specifies the person who created the data. You can edit this property.
Edited By
Specifies the person who edited the data. You can edit this property.
Catalog Description
Specifies the description of the catalog. You can edit this property.
Each of the tables in the catalog has its own properties.
Some fields in the Specification Editor create new records in the database immediately
when you edit them. For example, if you change the MAINSIZE value in the Size Tables, the
software creates a new record in the database. When you edit one of these fields, CADWorx
Spec Editor displays a message explaining that you are creating a new record and asking if you
want to continue.
For more information, see the following topics:

Size Tables Properties (on page 171)

Bolt Diameter Table Properties (on page 171)

Bolt Length Table Properties (on page 172)

Material Tables Properties (on page 173)

Schedule Tables Properties (on page 174)

Thickness Tables Properties (on page 175)

EndType Tables Properties (on page 176)

Data Tables Properties (on page 179)

IndexCode Tables Properties (on page 236)

DBCode Tables Properties (on page 236)

End Prep Tables Properties (on page 237)

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

170

Property Descriptions

Size Tables Properties


Table Name
Specifies the name of the table selected. This can be edited.
Measure/Bore
Specifies the units tied to this catalog. You cannot edit this. The value comes from the units
selected when creating the catalog.
Default Part Number
Specifies the default part number assigned to the table. This can be edited. The default is
001 and auto-populated by the Specification Editor.
Version
Specifies the version of the CADWorx Spec Editor. You cannot edit this property.
Created By
Specifies the person who created the data. You can edit this property.
Edited By
Specifies the person who edited the data. You can edit this property.
Description
Specifies the description of the table. This can be edited.

Fields
NOM - Nominal Pipe Size
The nominal sizes of the pipe.
OD - Outside Diameter
The diameter of the pipe.
DESCRIPTION - Description
The description of the pipe size.
PTN - Part Number
The part number assigned to the size.
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72).

Bolt Diameter Table Properties


Table Name
Specifies the name of the table selected. This can be edited.
Measure/Bore
Specifies the units tied to this catalog. You cannot edit this. The value comes from the units
selected when creating the catalog.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

171

Property Descriptions
Default Part Number
Specifies the default part number assigned to the table. This can be edited. The default is
001 and auto-populated by the Specification Editor.
Version
Specifies the version of the CADWorx Spec Editor. You cannot edit this property.
Created By
Specifies the person who created the data. You can edit this property.
Edited By
Specifies the person who edited the data. You can edit this property.
Description
Specifies the description of the table. This can be edited.

Fields
DIAMETER - Diameter
Specifies the diameters of each bolt.
DESCRIPTION - Description
Specifies the description of the bolt diameter.
PTN - Part Number
Specifies the part number assigned to the bolt diameter.
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72).

Bolt Length Table Properties


Table Name
Specifies the name of the table selected. This can be edited.
Measure/Bore
Specifies the units tied to this catalog. You cannot edit this. The value comes from the units
selected when creating the catalog.
Default Part Number
Specifies the default part number assigned to the table. This can be edited. The default is
001 and auto-populated by the Specification Editor.
Version
Specifies the version of the CADWorx Spec Editor. You cannot edit this property.
Created By
Specifies the person who created the data. You can edit this property.
Edited By
Specifies the person who edited the data. You can edit this property.
Description
Specifies the description of the table. This can be edited.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

172

Property Descriptions
Fields
LENGTH - Length
The lengths of each bolt.
DESCRIPTION - Description
The description of the bolt length.
PTN - Part Number
The part number assigned to the bolt length.
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72).

Material Tables Properties


Table Name
Specifies the name of the table selected. This can be edited.
Version
Specifies the version of the CADWorx Spec Editor. You cannot edit this property.
Created By
Specifies the person who created the data. You can edit this property.
Edited By
Specifies the person who edited the data. You can edit this property.
Description
Specifies the description of the table. This can be edited.

Fields
SPEC - Material Specification
Value that specifies the material spec.
GRADE - Grade
Value that specifies the grade of the material.
COMPOSITION - Composition
Value that specifies the composition of the material.
COMPTYPES - Component Types
The type of component the material type is associated with. Use the list to add component
types.
DENSITY - Density
Value that specifies the density of the material.
PTN - Part Number
The part number associated with a particular value of material.
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

173

Property Descriptions

Schedule Tables Properties


Table Name
Specifies the name of the table selected. This can be edited.
Default Part Number
Specifies the default part number assigned to the table. This can be edited.
Version
Specifies the version of the CADWorx Spec Editor. You cannot edit this property.
Created By
Specifies the person who created the data. You can edit this property.
Edited By
Specifies the person who edited the data. You can edit this property.
Description
Specifies the description of the table. This can be edited.

Fields
SCH - Schedule
The schedule of the thickness for components.
SCHENCWT - Schedule Enhance Weight
The schedule used with enhanced weight calculation. Enhanced weight calculation
calculates the weights of components based on the AutoCAD solid geometry, calculated by
(the hollow enhanced solid volume multiplied by the component density). A manufactured
component may have a larger wall thickness then the schedule requires. To make the
enhanced weight calculation more accurate, SCHENCWT can be set to a larger wall
thickness schedule. The Enhanced weight calculation is used anytime the WEIGHT column
is 0.0 in a data table. The component drawing mode (2D Double line, 2D Single line, 3D
Solid, or 3D Enhanced) does not have any effect on the weight calculation. The weight
calculation is run in background using a temporary 3D enhanced AutoCAD solid when using
2D Double line, 2D Single line, or 3D Solid drawing mode.
Weights of the following components are based on the AutoCAD Solid geometry when the
WEIGHT column is 0.0 in the component data table:
PIPE

SCH thickness value used to create AutoCAD solid geometry

ELBOWS

SCH thickness value used to create AutoCAD solid geometry

O_LETS

SCH thickness value used to create AutoCAD solid geometry

TEES

SCHENCWT thickness value used to create AutoCAD solid


geometry

CAPS

SCHENCWT thickness value used to create AutoCAD solid


geometry

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

174

Property Descriptions
CROSSES

SCHENCWT thickness value used to create AutoCAD solid


geometry

LATERALS

SCHENCWT thickness value used to create AutoCAD solid


geometry

REDUCERS SCHENCWT thickness value used to create AutoCAD solid


geometry
FLANGES

Enhanced Data Table Values used to create AutoCAD solid


geometry

Weights of the following components are always based on the Data Table WEIGHT column:
COUPLINGS
GASKETS
BOLTS
WELDS
SANITARY
SPEC_BLIND
BLEED_RING
EXPANSION JOINTS
STRAINERS
UNIONS
USER_SHAPES
VALVES
Y_SHAPE
PTN - Part Number
Value assigned to specific schedules.
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72).

Thickness Tables Properties


Table Name
Specifies the name of the table selected. This can be edited.
Size Table
Specifies the size table associated with the Thickness Table. This cannot be changed, it is
set up when the Thickness Table is created.
Schedule Table
Specifies the schedule table associated with the Thickness Table. This cannot be changed,
it is set up when the Thickness Table is created.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

175

Property Descriptions
Version
Specifies the version of the CADWorx Spec Editor. You cannot edit this property.
Created By
Specifies the person who created the data. You can edit this property.
Edited By
Specifies the person who edited the data. You can edit this property.
Description
Specifies the description of the table. This can be edited.

Fields
NOM - Nominal Pipe Size
The size of the component from the size table.
Schedule types
The values in this area are schedule table values associated with the thickness table. They
represent the weight and thickness of the component.

EndType Tables Properties


The properties for each component within the EndType Tables are all the same. They are as
follows:
Table Name
Specifies the name of the table selected. This can be edited.
EndType
Specifies the end type for that particular component. This cannot be edited.
Size Table
Specifies the size table associated with the EndType Table. This is set up when the
EndType is created.
Part Number
Specifies the part number associated with that particular component end type.
Version
Specifies the version of the CADWorx Spec Editor. You cannot edit this property.
Created By
Specifies the person who created the data. You can edit this property.
Edited By
Specifies the person who edited the data. You can edit this property.
Description
Specifies the description of the table. This can be edited.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

176

Property Descriptions
Fields
MAINSIZE - Main size
Specifies the main sizes used for that end type.
OAL - Overall length
Specifies the overall length used for that end type.
FACELEN - face length
Specifies the face length of that end type.
CFD - connection face diameter
Specifies the connection face diameter for that end type.
FFD - face face diameter
Specifies the face face diameter for that end type.
CHD - connection hub diameter
Specifies the connection hub diameter for that end type.
FHD - face hub diameter
Specifies the face hub diameter for that end type.
PENGLEN - pipe engagement length
Specifies the pipe engagement length for that end type.
CPENGD - connection pipe engagement diameter
Specifies the connection pipe engagement diameter for that end type.
FPENGD - face pipe engagement diameter
Specifies the face pipe engagement diameter for that end type.
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72). You can access
the custom data fields in CADWorx Plant through the Component Edit dialog box. For more
information, see Component Custom Data Dialog Box and Local Edit in the CADWorx Plant
Users Guide.
Picture Description
Displays a 2D image of the component.
Listed below are the types of components available for selection in the table. Images are
provided when available.

Examples of Component Endtypes


Buttweld

Ferrule and Ferrule Hub


1. OAL

1. OAL

2. FFD

2. CPENGD =
FPENGD

3. PID
4. CFD

3. PENGLEN
4. PID
5. FHD

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

177

Property Descriptions
Flanged

H, I, Q, and Tri-Clamps
1. FFD

1. CFD

2.
FACELEN

2. FACELEN
3. PID

3. PID

4. FFD

4. CFD

Socket Engagement

Specific Engagement
1. PID

1. OAL

2. OAL

2. PID

3. FHD

Threaded and Socket Weld

Threaded Engagement
1. OAL

1. PENGLEN

2. FHD

2. OAL

3. CPENGD
= FPENGD

3. PID

4.
PENGLEN
5. PID

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

178

Property Descriptions

Data Tables Properties


Properties in the data table are broken down by the specific components, known as a category.
Most component properties are similar. This list provides the properties for each category.
Properties for each Data Table are listed by type. For more information, see the list of
categories below.

Category Properties
Name
Specifies the name of the category.
Type
Specifies the type of component contained in the category.
Description
Specifies a description of the category.
List of Categories

Caps (on page 182)

Couplings (on page 183)

Crosses (on page 185)

Elbows (on page 187)

Flanges (on page 190)

Gaskets/Bolts/Welds (on page 194)

Laterals (on page 201)

O-Lets (on page 202)

Pipe (on page 204)

PipeSupport (on page 206)

Reducers (on page 214)

Sanitary (on page 216)

Spec Blind/Bleed Ring/Exp Joint (on page 218)

Strainers (on page 220)

Tees (on page 222)

Topworks (on page 224)

Unions (on page 226)

User Shapes (on page 228)

Valves (on page 230)

Wye Shape (on page 234)

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

179

Property Descriptions

Common Component Properties


This list of properties specifies the common properties attached to all components within each
category. The rest of the properties are broken down in their respective category for the
component type. Each of the following properties is contained under Component Table in each
category.
Name
Specifies the specific name of each component based on type and schedule. This can be
changed.
Type
Specifies the type of the actual component. This is the common name of the component and
cannot be changed.
Size Table
Specifies the size table attached to the component. This is based on the size table selected
when the component was added to the category. This cannot be changed.
Part Number
Specifies the part number assigned to that particular component type.
Version
Specifies the version of the CADWorx Spec Editor. You cannot edit this property.
Created By
Specifies the person who created the data. You can edit this property.
Edited By
Specifies the person who edited the data. You can edit this property.
Description
Specifies the long description of the component. This includes the common name, the end
type, and the weight. This can be changed.
Short Description
Specifies the short description of the component. This can be changed.
Tag
Specifies the tag of the component. This can be changed.

ETS
ETS or Bitwise End Type Placement Control is common to most but not all data tables. ETS
controls the end type display.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

180

Property Descriptions
ETS Description
In the 2012 legacy program, flanged components such as 45FL, 90FL, CONFL, ECCFL, PIPFL,
TEEFL, and YFL use the FLGS variable to control displaying of endtype at the ends. This
variable is a bitwise flag (0, 1, 2) and depends on the numbered connections of the
component, as shown in the graphic below.

In the 2013 and later systems, the data tables also have an ETS variable (Endtype bitwise flag)
to control display endtypes. This is similar to the legacy FLGS variable, as shown in the graphic
below.

When importing, the FLGS variable converts to the ETS variable. Otherwise, a default value is
set that depends on the number connection of components. For example: the value is 1 for
CAPS and 15 for CROSSES.
Flanged pipes use special components. PIPFL is a special endtype component, and PIPFL2 is a
flanged component. In 2D single mode, the components have different shapes.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

181

Property Descriptions
The ETS of PIPFL is a design value of 100, 101, 102, or 103, such as ETS = 103.

The design of PIPFL2 is ETS with a value of 0, 1, 2, or 3, such as ETS = 3

Caps
Specifies the caps properties. To view the properties:
1. Click the plus (+) sign next to Caps to expand the category.
2. Click a plus (+) sign next to Cap or Plug.
3. Click the actual data table.
Some of the components do not have all properties specified. If a property is not
listed for a component, then that component does not use the property.

Default EndType Data Table Setup


Apply same end type to all ends
Applies the same end type to all ends when this option is set to True. When set to False,
the software uses more than one end type.
Start
Specifies the start end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
This property sets the default endtype(s) when a new component referencing the
associated data table is added to a Project Specification in the New Component pane. For
more information, see New and Edit Component Pane (on page 80).

Required
MAINSIZE - Main Size
Specifies the main sizes for the component.
LEN - Length
Specifies the lengths for the component.
HUBOD - Hub Outside Diameter
Specifies the diameter value for the component.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

182

Property Descriptions
WEIGHT - Weight
Specifies the weight for the component.
ETS - Bitwise End Type Placement Control
Specifies the value for the placement control. The software calculates placement control
using the end type number for each port. For more information, see Common Component
Properties (on page 180).
USER_PART_NUMBER - User Part Number
Enables you to specify unique part numbers for each individual component. To insert the
USER_PART_NUMBER field, right-click the data table, and then select Add User Part
Number Column. You can also accomplish this by double-clicking Custom Data in the
Properties pane and creating the USER_PART_NUMBER field exactly as it appears here.
If you do not need the USER_PART_NUMBER column, click Cancel.
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72). You can access
the custom data fields in CADWorx Plant through the Component Edit dialog box. For more
information, see Component Custom Data Dialog Box and Local Edit in the CADWorx Plant
Users Guide.
Picture Description
Displays a 2D image of the component.
Listed below are the types of components available for selection in the table. Images are
provided when available.
Cap

Plug
1. LEN

1. LEN

2.MAINSIZE

2. HUBOD

3. HUBOD

3. REDSIZE

Couplings
Specifies the couplings properties. To view the properties:
1. Click the plus (+) sign next to Couplings to expand the category.
2. Click a plus (+) sign next to a coupling component.
3. Click the actual data table.
Some of the components do not have all properties. If a property is not listed for a
component, then that component does not use the property.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

183

Property Descriptions
Default EndType Data Table Setup
Apply same end type to all ends
Applies the same end type to all ends when this option is set to True. When set to False,
the software uses more than one end type.
Start
Specifies the start end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
End
Specifies the end end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
This property sets the default endtype(s) when a new component referencing the
associated data table is added to a Project Specification in the New Component pane. For
more information, see New and Edit Component Pane (on page 80).

Required
MAINSIZE - Main Size
Specifies the main sizes for the component.
REDSIZE - Reduction Size
Specifies the reduction sizes for the component. The reduction property is only available on
reducing components.
LEN - Length
Specifies the lengths for the component.
HUBOD - Hub Outside Diameter
Specifies the diameter value for the component.
WEIGHT - Weight
Specifies the weight for the component.
ETS - Bitwise End Type Placement Control
Specifies the value for the placement control. The software calculates placement control
using the end type number for each port. For more information, see Common Component
Properties (on page 180).
USER_PART_NUMBER - User Part Number
Enables you to specify unique part numbers for each individual component. To insert the
USER_PART_NUMBER field, right-click the data table, and then select Add User Part
Number Column. You can also accomplish this by double-clicking Custom Data in the
Properties pane and creating the USER_PART_NUMBER field exactly as it appears here.
If you do not need the USER_PART_NUMBER column, click Cancel.
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72). You can access
the custom data fields in CADWorx Plant through the Component Edit dialog box. For more
information, see Component Custom Data Dialog Box and Local Edit in the CADWorx Plant
Users Guide.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

184

Property Descriptions
Picture Description
Displays a 2D image of the component.
Listed below are the types of components available for selection in the table. Images are
provided when available.
Coupling

Coupling Reducing
1. MAINSIZE

1. MAINSIZE

2. LEN

2. LEN

3. HUBOD

3. REDSIZE

Coupling Half

Coupling Nut
1. MAINSIZE

1. HUBOD

2. LEN

2. LEN

3. HUBOD

Crosses
Specifies the crosses properties. To view the properties:
1. Click the plus (+) sign next to Crosses to expand the category.
2. Click a plus (+) sign next to a cross component.
3. Click the actual data table.
Some of the components do not have all properties. If a property is not listed for a
component, then that component does not use the property.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

185

Property Descriptions
Default EndType Data Table Setup
Apply same end type to all ends
Applies the same end type to all ends when this option is set to True. When set to False,
the software uses more than one end type.
Start
Specifies the start end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
End
Specifies the end end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
Branch1
Specifies the first branch end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
Branch2
Specifies the second branch end type associated with that component. This can be
changed.
This property sets the default endtype(s) when a new component referencing the
associated data table is added to a Project Specification in the New Component pane. For
more information, see New and Edit Component Pane (on page 80).

Required
MAINSIZE - Main Size
Specifies the main sizes for the component.
REDSIZE - Reduction Size
Specifies the reduction sizes for the component. The reduction property is only available on
reducing components.
CENEND1 - Center to Branch 1 End
Specifies the distance from the center to an end.
CENEND2 - Center to Branch 2 End
Specifies the distance from the center to an end.
CENEND3 - Center to Branch 3 End
Specifies the distance from the center to an end.
CENEND4 - Center to Branch 4 End
Specifies the distance from the center to an end.
WEIGHT - Weight
Specifies the weight for the component.
ETS - Bitwise End Type Placement Control
Specifies the value for the placement control. The software calculates placement control
using the end type number for each port. For more information, see Common Component
Properties (on page 180).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

186

Property Descriptions
USER_PART_NUMBER - User Part Number
Enables you to specify unique part numbers for each individual component. To insert the
USER_PART_NUMBER field, right-click the data table, and then select Add User Part
Number Column. You can also accomplish this by double-clicking Custom Data in the
Properties pane and creating the USER_PART_NUMBER field exactly as it appears here.
If you do not need the USER_PART_NUMBER column, click Cancel.
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72). You can access
the custom data fields in CADWorx Plant through the Component Edit dialog box. For more
information, see Component Custom Data Dialog Box and Local Edit in the CADWorx Plant
Users Guide.
Picture Description
Displays a 2D image of the component.
Listed below are the types of components available for selection in the table. Images are
provided when available.
Cross

Cross Reducing
1. CENEND1

1. CENEND1

2. CENEND2

2. CENEND2

3. CENEND3

3. CENEND3

4. CENEND4

4. CENEND4

5. MAINSIZE

5. MAINSIZE
6. REDSIZE

Elbows
Specifies the elbow properties. To view the properties:
1. Click the plus (+) sign next to Elbows to expand the category.
2. Click a plus (+) sign next to an elbow component.
3. Click the actual data table.
Some of the components do not have all properties. If a property is not listed for a
component, then that component does not use the property.

Default EndType Data Table Setup


Apply same end type to all ends
Applies the same end type to all ends when this option is set to True. When set to False,
the software uses more than one end type.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

187

Property Descriptions
Start
Specifies the start end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
End
Specifies the end end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
This property sets the default endtype(s) when a new component referencing the
associated data table is added to a Project Specification in the New Component pane. For
more information, see New and Edit Component Pane (on page 80).

Required
MAINSIZE - Main Size
Specifies the main sizes for the component.
REDSIZE - Reduction Size
Specifies the reduction sizes for the component. The reduction property is only available on
reducing components.
RAD - Radius
Specifies the radius of the elbow. The type of the elbow is determined by the size of the
Radius. For a long-radius elbow, RAD is greater than 1.5 * MAINSIZE. For a short-radius
elbow, RAD is less than MAINSIZE. The RAD formula that you use should be the same for
each row in the RAD column. If they are different, then the software determines the elbow
type by the majority (more than 60% of the RAD boxes containing the same formula) of the
formulas that you have entered.
ANG - Angle
Specifies the angle of the elbow.
SEGS - Number of Segments
Specifies the number of segments on a Mitered Elbow. SEGS is only available on a Mitered
Elbow.
STLEN - Start Tangent Length
Specifies a tangent length.
ETLEN - End Tangent Length
Specifies a tangent length.
WEIGHT - Weight
Specifies the weight for the component.
ETS - Bitwise End Type Placement Control
Specifies the value for the placement control. The software calculates placement control
using the end type number for each port. For more information, see Common Component
Properties (on page 180).
USER_PART_NUMBER - User Part Number
Enables you to specify unique part numbers for each individual component. To insert the
USER_PART_NUMBER field, right-click the data table, and then select Add User Part
Number Column. You can also accomplish this by double-clicking Custom Data in the
Properties pane and creating the USER_PART_NUMBER field exactly as it appears here.
If you do not need the USER_PART_NUMBER column, click Cancel.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

188

Property Descriptions
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72). You can access
the custom data fields in CADWorx Plant through the Component Edit dialog box. For more
information, see Component Custom Data Dialog Box and Local Edit in the CADWorx Plant
Users Guide.
Picture Description
Displays a 2D image of the component.
Listed below are the types of components available for selection in the table. Images are
provided when available.
Elbow (180_BW, 45L_BW,
90L_BW)

Elbow (90L_SR_BW,
180_SR_BW)
1.
MAINSIZE

1. ANG
2. MAINSIZE

2. RAD

Elbow (45L_SW/TR,
90L_SW/TR)

3. RAD

Reducing Elbow

1. RAD

1. REDSIZE

2.
MAINSIZE

2. RAD
3. MAINSIZE

3. STLEN
4. ETLEN

Street Elbow

Mitered Elbow
1. RAD

1. MAINSIZE

2.
MAINSIZE

2. RADIUS
3. ETLEN
4. ANGLE
5. STLEN

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

189

Property Descriptions

Flanges
Specifies the flanges properties. To view the properties:
1. Click the plus (+) sign next to Flanges to expand the category.
2. Click a plus (+) sign next to a flange component.
3. Click the actual data table.
Some of the components do not have all properties. If a property is not listed for a
component, then that component does not use the property.

Default EndType Data Table Setup


Apply same end type to all ends
Applies the same end type to all ends when this option is set to True. When set to False,
the software uses more than one end type.
Start
Specifies the start end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
End
Specifies the end end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
This property sets the default endtype(s) when a new component referencing the
associated data table is added to a Project Specification in the New Component pane. For
more information, see New and Edit Component Pane (on page 80).

Required
MAINSIZE - Main Size
Specifies the main sizes for the component.
REDSIZE - Reduction Size
Specifies the reduction sizes for the component. The reduction property is only available on
reducing components.
LEN - Length
Specifies the lengths for the component.
FLGTHK - Flange Thickness
Specifies the thickness of the flange.
FLGDIA - Flange Diameter
Specifies the diameter of the flange.
HDLE - HUB Diameter Large End
Specifies the diameter of the large end of the flange.
HDSE - HUB Diameter Small End
Specifies the diameter of the small end of the flange.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

190

Property Descriptions
PENG - Pipe Engagement
Specifies the value of the pipe engagement.
PSB - Pipe Set Back
Specifies the value of the pipe set back for the flange. Use this property to set the pipe back
in the socket weld flange component.
LJLEN - Lap Joint Length
Specifies the lab joint length for the flange.
WEIGHT - Weight
Specifies the weight for the component.
USER_PART_NUMBER - User Part Number
Enables you to specify unique part numbers for each individual component. To insert the
USER_PART_NUMBER field, right-click the data table, and then select Add User Part
Number Column. You can also accomplish this by double-clicking Custom Data in the
Properties pane and creating the USER_PART_NUMBER field exactly as it appears here.
If you do not need the USER_PART_NUMBER column, click Cancel.

Enhancement
RFD - Raised Face Diameter
Specifies the diameter of the raised face.
RFLEN - Raised Face Length
Specifies the length of the raised face.
BHD - Bolt Hole Diameter
Specifies the diameter of the bolt hole.
BCD - Bolt Circle Diameter
Specifies the diameter of the bolt circle.
BHN - Bolt Hole Number
Specifies the number of bolt holes.
OTD - Orifice Tap Diameter
Specifies the diameter of the orifice tab.
OTA - Orifice Tap Angle
Specifies the angle of the orifice tab.
OTN - Orifice Tap Number
Specifies the value attached to that specific orifice tab.
PID - Pipe Inside Diameter
Specifies the diameter of the inside of the pipe.
RF - Fillet Radius
Specifies the radius of the fillet.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

191

Property Descriptions
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72). You can access
the custom data fields in CADWorx Plant through the Component Edit dialog box. For more
information, see Component Custom Data Dialog Box and Local Edit in the CADWorx Plant
Users Guide.
Picture Description
Displays a 2D image of the component.
Listed below are the types of components available for selection in the table. Images are
provided when available.
Flange Blind

Flange Lap Joint


1. BHD

1. HDLE=HDSE

2. RFLEN

2. PID

3 and 4.
FLGTHK =
LEN,

3. FLGTHK
4. RFLEN
5. RFD

5. RFD

6. BCD

6. BCD

7. FLGDIA

7. FLGDIA

8. LEN
9. BHD
Long Weld Neck

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

Flange Weld Neck


1. HDLE

1. HDLE

2. HDSE

2. HDSE

3. PID

3. PID

4. FLGTHK

4. FLGTHK

5. RFLEN

5. RFLEN

6. RFD

6. RFD

7. BCD

7. BCD

8. FLGDIA

8. FLGDIA

9. LEN

9. LEN

10. BHD

10. BHD

192

Property Descriptions
Flange Reducing Slip On

Flange Reducing Threaded


1. HDLE

1. HDLE

2. HDSE

2. HDSE

3. PENG

3. PENG

4. PSB

4. PSB

5. LEN

5. FLGTHK

6. PID

6. RFLEN

7. RFD

7. PID

8. BCD

8. RFD

9. FLGDIA

9. BCD

10. RFLEN

10. FLGDIA

11. FLGTHK

11. LEN

12. BHD

12. BHD

Flange Reducing Weld Neck

Flange Slip On
1. HDLE

1. HDLE

2. HDSE

2. HDSE

3. PID

3. PENG

4. FLGTHK

4. PSB

5. RFLEN

5. FLGTHK

6. RFD

6. RFLEN

7. BCD

7. PID

8. FLGDIA

8. RFD

9. LEN

9. BCD

10. BHD

10. FLGDIA
11. LEN
12. BHD

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

193

Property Descriptions
Flange Socket Weld

Flange Threaded
1. HDLE
2. HDSE
3. PENG
4. PSB
5. LEN
6. PID
7. RFD
8. BCD
9. FLGDIA
10. RFLEN

1. HDLE =
HDSE
2. MAINSIZE
3. LEN
4. RFD
5. BCD
6. FLGDIA
7. RFLEN
8. FLGTHK
9. BHD

11. FLGTHK
12. BHD
Stub
1. HDLE
2. HDSE
3. PIPETHK
4. FLGTHK
5. FLGDIA
6. LEN

Gaskets/Bolts/Welds
Specifies the gasket, bolt, and weld properties. To view the properties:
1. Click the plus (+) sign next to Gaskets/Bolds/Welds to expand the category.
2. Click a plus (+) sign next to a weld, gasket, or bolt.
3. Click the actual data table.
Some of the components do not have all properties. If a property is not listed for a
component, then that component does not use the property.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

194

Property Descriptions
Gaskets
Required
MAINSIZE - Main Size
Specifies the main sizes for the component.
FLGOD - Flange Outside Diameter
Specifies the outside diameter of a flange for a gasket.
THK - Thickness
Specifies the thickness of a gasket.
RNO - Ring Number
Specifies the ring number of a gasket.
WEIGHT - Weight
Specifies the weight for the component.
INSIDEDIAMETER - Inside Diameter
Specifies the inside diameter of the gasket.
USER_PART_NUMBER - User Part Number
Enables you to specify unique part numbers for each individual component. To insert the
USER_PART_NUMBER field, right-click the data table, and then select Add User Part
Number Column. You can also accomplish this by double-clicking Custom Data in the
Properties pane and creating the USER_PART_NUMBER field exactly as it appears here.
If you do not need the USER_PART_NUMBER column, click Cancel.
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72). You can access
the custom data fields in CADWorx Plant through the Component Edit dialog box. For more
information, see Component Custom Data Dialog Box and Local Edit in the CADWorx Plant
Users Guide.
Picture Description
Displays a 2D image of the component.
Listed below are the types of components available for selection in the table. Images are
provided when available.
Gasket
1. MAINSIZE
2. THCK
3. FLGOD

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

195

Property Descriptions
Bolts
Required
MAINSIZE - Main Size
Specifies the main sizes for the component.
NOSET - Number of bolts in set
Specifies the amount of bolts for a set of flanges or connections.
DIA - Bolt Diameter
Specifies the diameter of a bolt.
LEN - Length
Specifies the length of a bolt.
TYPE - Bolt Type
Specifies the bolt type.
NUTCNT - Nut Count
Specifies the number of nuts per bolt.
NUTTHK - Nut Thickness
Specifies the thickness of the nut associated with the bolt.
EXT - Bolt Extension
Specifies the extension of the bolt.
TOL - Tolerance
Specifies the tolerance of the bolt and used to round the bolt length after calculation.
WEIGHT - Weight
Specifies the weight for the component.
If the bolt Weight equals 0.0 in the Stud Bolts data table, the software calculates the weight
using the Density value from the Material Table and the AutoCAD solid volume of the whole
set of bolts.

If the bolt Weight is greater than 0.0 for flange-to-flange components, then the software
assigns the weight to the bolt set without performing any other calculations. However,
when there is a component between the flanges, such as a bleed ring, the software
uses the Density and solid volume calculation.

WASHERTHK - Washer Thickness


Specifies the thickness of the washer on a bolt.
WASHERCNT - Washer Count
Specifies the number of washers per bolt.
USER_PART_NUMBER - User Part Number
Enables you to specify unique part numbers for each individual component. To insert the
USER_PART_NUMBER field, right-click the data table, and then select Add User Part
Number Column. You can also accomplish this by double-clicking Custom Data in the
Properties pane and creating the USER_PART_NUMBER field exactly as it appears here.
If you do not need the USER_PART_NUMBER column, click Cancel.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

196

Property Descriptions
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72). You can access
the custom data fields in CADWorx Plant through the Component Edit dialog box. For more
information, see Component Custom Data Dialog Box and Local Edit in the CADWorx Plant
Users Guide.
Picture Description
Displays a 2D image of the component.
Listed below are the types of components available for selection in the table. Images are
provided when available.

Bolt Length Calculation


Bolt Type = 0: Fixed Length Bolt
CADWorx does not calculate bolt lengths for type 0 bolts.
Bolt Type = 1:
1 - Thread
2 - Nut
3 - Runout
4 - Shank
5 - Radius
6 - Head
7 - Thread Length
8 - Grip Length
9 - Nominal Length
Bolt Type = 2: with bolt extension

1 - Nuts
2 - Thread
3 - Nominal
Length
4 - Bolt Extension

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

197

Property Descriptions
Nut Count
Nut count = 1, Washer count = 0

Nut count = 2, Washer count = 2

Nut count = 5, Washer count = 4

Bolt Length Formula


Bolt Type = 1:
BOLT LEN = Round (X + Nut Count * Nut Thickness + Bolt extension + Number Washer *
Washer Thickness)
Bolt Type = 2:
BOLT LEN = Round (X + Nut Count * Nut Thickness + 2 * Bolt extension + Number Washer *
Washer Thickness)
The bolt length = maximum of (BOLT LEN, Length in the data table).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

198

Property Descriptions
Where X is:

The round function works with the BoltRoundControl setting.


BoltRoundControl specifies the rounding of bolt length:

0 - No rounding is performed.

1 - Rounds the value up to the nearest multiple of the value specified in Tolerance.

2 - Rounds the value down to the nearest multiple of the value specified in Tolerance.

3 - Rounds the value up or down to the nearest multiple of the value specified in Tolerance.

If the bolt Weight equals 0.0 in the Stud Bolts data table, the software calculates the weight
using the Density value from the Material Table and the AutoCAD solid volume of the whole
set of bolts.
If the bolt Weight is greater than 0.0 for flange-to-flange components, then the software assigns
the weight to the bolt set without performing any other calculations. However, when there is a
component between the flanges, such as a bleed ring, the software uses the Density and solid
volume calculation.
Bolt Flanges
Two flange components are required, with optional gaskets and components.
Components in the middle must have a wafer end type on both ends. Two components are
allowed.

1 - Bleed ring
2 - Spectacle blind

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

199

Property Descriptions
Welds
Required
MAINSIZE - Main Size
Specifies the main sizes for the component.
THK - Thickness
Specifies the thickness of a weld.
TYPE - Type
Specifies the type of weld.
WEIGHT - Weight
Specifies the weight for the component.
PENETRATION - Penetration
Specifies the penetration value of the weld.
REINFORCEMENTOUTSIDE - Reinforcement Outside
Specifies the outside reinforcement of the weld.
USER_PART_NUMBER - User Part Number
Enables you to specify unique part numbers for each individual component. To insert the
USER_PART_NUMBER field, right-click the data table, and then select Add User Part
Number Column. You can also accomplish this by double-clicking Custom Data in the
Properties pane and creating the USER_PART_NUMBER field exactly as it appears here.
If you do not need the USER_PART_NUMBER column, click Cancel.
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72). You can access
the custom data fields in CADWorx Plant through the Component Edit dialog box. For more
information, see Component Custom Data Dialog Box and Local Edit in the CADWorx Plant
Users Guide.
Picture Description
Displays a 2D image of the component.
Listed below are the types of components available for selection in the table. Images are
provided when available.
Weld
1. Thickness

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

200

Property Descriptions

Laterals
Specifies the laterals properties. To view the properties:
1. Click the plus (+) sign next to Laterals to expand the category.
2. Click a plus (+) sign next to a lateral component.
3. Click the actual data table.
Some of the components do not have all properties. If a property is not listed for a
component, then that component does not use the property.

Default EndType Data Table Setup


Apply same end type to all ends
Applies the same end type to all ends when this option is set to True. When set to False,
the software uses more than one end type.
Start
Specifies the start end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
End
Specifies the end end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
Branch1
Specifies the branch end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
This property sets the default endtype(s) when a new component referencing the
associated data table is added to a Project Specification in the New Component pane. For
more information, see New and Edit Component Pane (on page 80).

Required
MAINSIZE - Main Size
Specifies the main sizes for the component.
REDSIZE - Reduction Size
Specifies the reduction sizes for the component. The reduction option is only available on
reducing components.
CSEND - Center to Small End
Specifies the small center end.
CLEND - Center to Large End
Specifies the large center end.
CBRH - Center to Branch
Specifies the center branch.
WEIGHT - Weight
Specifies the weight for the component.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

201

Property Descriptions
ETS - Bitwise End Type Placement Control
Specifies the value for the placement control. The software calculates placement control
using the end type number for each port. For more information, see Common Component
Properties (on page 180).
USER_PART_NUMBER - User Part Number
Enables you to specify unique part numbers for each individual component. To insert the
USER_PART_NUMBER field, right-click the data table, and then select Add User Part
Number Column. You can also accomplish this by double-clicking Custom Data in the
Properties pane and creating the USER_PART_NUMBER field exactly as it appears here.
If you do not need the USER_PART_NUMBER column, click Cancel.
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72). You can access
the custom data fields in CADWorx Plant through the Component Edit dialog box. For more
information, see Component Custom Data Dialog Box and Local Edit in the CADWorx Plant
Users Guide.
Picture Description
Displays a 2D image of the component.
Listed below are the types of components available for selection in the table. Images are
provided when available.
Lateral

Lateral Reducing
1. CBRH

1. CBRH

2. MAINSIZE

2. REDSIZE

3. CSEND

3. MAINSIZE

4. CLEND

4. CLEND
5. CSEND

O-Lets
Specifies the o-lets properties. To view the properties:
1. Click the plus (+) sign next to O-Lets to expand the category.
2. Click a plus (+) sign next to an o-let component.
3. Click the actual data table.
Some of the components do not have all properties. If a property is not listed for a
component, then that component does not use the property.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

202

Property Descriptions
Default EndType Data Table Setup
Apply same end type to all ends
Applies the same end type to all ends when this option is set to True. When set to False,
the software uses more than one end type.
End
Specifies the end end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
This property sets the default endtype(s) when a new component referencing the
associated data table is added to a Project Specification in the New Component pane. For
more information, see New and Edit Component Pane (on page 80).

Required
MAINSIZE - Main Size
Specifies the main sizes for the component.
PSA - Pipe Sizes Allowed
Specifies the pipe size allowed for the O-let.
HUBOD - HUB Outside Diameter
Specifies the outside diameter of the O-let.
PROJ - Outside Projection
Specifies the projection from the outer point.
OLETANGLE - Olet Angle
Specifies the angle of the O-let.
PENG - Pipe Engagement
Specifies the pipe engagement of the O-let.
PSB - Pipe Set Back
Specifies the set back of the pipe from the end point.
POD - Pipe Outside Diameter
Specifies the outside diameter of the pipe.
WEIGHT - Weight
Specifies the weight for the component.
ETS - Bitwise End Type Placement Control
Specifies the value for the placement control. The software calculates placement control
using the end type number for each port. For more information, see Common Component
Properties (on page 180).
USER_PART_NUMBER - User Part Number
Enables you to specify unique part numbers for each individual component. To insert the
USER_PART_NUMBER field, right-click the data table, and then select Add User Part
Number Column. You can also accomplish this by double-clicking Custom Data in the
Properties pane and creating the USER_PART_NUMBER field exactly as it appears here.
If you do not need the USER_PART_NUMBER column, click Cancel.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

203

Property Descriptions
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72). You can access
the custom data fields in CADWorx Plant through the Component Edit dialog box. For more
information, see Component Custom Data Dialog Box and Local Edit in the CADWorx Plant
Users Guide.
Picture Description
Displays a 2D image of the component.
Listed below are the types of components available for selection in the table. Images are
provided when available.
Elbow-O-Let

Nip-O-Let
1. HUBOD

1. PROJ

2. PROJ

2. SOCTHR
3. HUBOD
4. PSA

O-Let
Lateral-O-Let

Pipe
Specifies the pipe properties. To view the properties:
1. Click the plus (+) sign next to Pipe to expand the category.
2. Click a plus (+) sign next to a pipe component.
3. Click the actual data table.
Some of the components do not have all properties. If a property is not listed for a
component, then that component does not use the property.

Default EndType Data Table Setup


Apply same end type to all ends
Applies the same end type to all ends when this option is set to True. When set to False,
the software uses more than one end type.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

204

Property Descriptions
Start
Specifies the start end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
End
Specifies the end end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
This property sets the default endtype(s) when a new component referencing the
associated data table is added to a Project Specification in the New Component pane. For
more information, see New and Edit Component Pane (on page 80).

Required
MAINSIZE - Main Size
Specifies the main sizes for the component.
MINLEN - Optional Minimum Pipe Length
Specifies the optional minimum lengths for the component.
MAXLEN - Optional Maximum Pipe Length
Specifies the optional maximum lengths for the component.
THRDCL - Threaded close length
Specifies the length of a threaded close for a nipple.
SOCCL - Socket close length
Specifies the length of a socket close for a nipple.
WEIGHT - Weight
Specifies the weight for the component.
ETS - Bitwise End Type Placement Control
Specifies the value for the placement control. The software calculates placement control
using the end type number for each port. For more information, see Common Component
Properties (on page 180).
USER_PART_NUMBER - User Part Number
Enables you to specify unique part numbers for each individual component. To insert the
USER_PART_NUMBER field, right-click the data table, and then select Add User Part
Number Column. You can also accomplish this by double-clicking Custom Data in the
Properties pane and creating the USER_PART_NUMBER field exactly as it appears here.
If you do not need the USER_PART_NUMBER column, click Cancel.
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72). You can access
the custom data fields in CADWorx Plant through the Component Edit dialog box. For more
information, see Component Custom Data Dialog Box and Local Edit in the CADWorx Plant
Users Guide.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

205

Property Descriptions
Picture Description
Displays a 2D image of the component.
Listed below are the types of components available for selection in the table. Images are
provided when available.
Pipe
1. MAXLEN
2. MINLEN
3. MAINSIZE

Nipple

PipeSupport
Specifies the pipe support properties. To view the properties:
1. Click the plus (+) sign next to PipeSupport to expand the category.
2. Click a plus (+) sign next to pipe support.
3. Click the actual data table.
Some of the components do not have all properties specified. If a property is not
listed for a pipe support, then that support does not use the property. In the list below, some
descriptions contain specific support names because they are only available with those
supports.
Show Optional
Specifies how the variable length can be selected in the Pipe Support Data dialog box. This
property appears under the Component Table list, but is unique to the PipeSupport data
table. For more information on the Pipe Support Data dialog box, see Support Modeler
Palette in the CADWorx Plant Users Guide.

0
Specifies that the components in the Pipe Support Data dialog box use the default
data in the Data Table.

1
Specifies that you can select specific sizes for the components of a pipe support in
the Pipe Support Data dialog box. The sizes listed are based on the size of the
support already selected. If duplicate sizes are available, they are listed here. Click
the ellipsis under Data Table to make this selection.

2
Specifies that you can select all sizes for the components of a pipe support in the
Pipe Support Data dialog box. All sizes for parts available in the data table are
listed when this option is selected. Click the ellipsis under Data Table to make this
selection.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

206

Property Descriptions
Required
MAINSIZE - Main Size
Specifies the main sizes for the component.
MAXPIPEOD - Max Pipe Outside Diameter
Specifies the maximum outside diameter for a pipe resting on a support. This is only
available for the Clevis Hanger V Bottom.
LENGTH1 - Length1
Specifies length one of the pipe support.
LENGTH2 - Length2
Specifies length two of the pipe support.
BOLTOD - Bolt OD
Specifies the outside diameter of the bolt on the Ubolt support.
LEGLENGTH - Leg Length
Specifies the leg length on the Ubolt support.
EXTENSION - Extension
Specifies the extension of the strap.
DROP - Drop
Specifies the drop of the pipe support.
GAP - Gap
Specifies the gap of the pipe support.
THK - Thickness
Specifies the thickness of the pipe support.
WIDTH - Width
Specifies the width of the horizontal pipe clamp.
NUMBEROFBOLT1 - Number Of Bolt1
Specifies the value of bolt one on the pipe clamps.
BOLTDIAMETER1 - Bolt1 Diameter
Specifies the diameter of bolt one on the horizontal pipe clamp.
BOLTLENGTH1 - Bolt1 Length
Specifies the length of bolt one on the horizontal pipe clamp.
NUMBEROFBOLT2 - Number Of Bolt2
Specifies the value of bolt two on the pipe clamps.
BOLTDIAMETER2 - Bolt2 Diameter
Specifies the diameter of bolt one on the horizontal pipe clamp.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

207

Property Descriptions
BOLTLENGTH2 - Bolt2 Length
Specifies the length of bolt one on the horizontal pipe clamp.
BOLTSET - Bolt Set
Specifies the value for the bolt set on the horizontal pipe clamp.
SUBDIRECTORY - Sub Directory
Specifies the location of the custom support folder. Sub Directory is only available in the
Custom category. The subdirectory automatically defaults to the Spec folder located in
[Product Folder]\Plant. You can use folders that you create in the C:\[Product
Folder]\Plant\Spec folder in the SUBDIRECTORY value.
If you need to use a folder location outside of the default Spec folder, then you must
type the entire path of the local or network folder location in the SUBDIRECTORY value. For
example, type Z:\[Name of custom drawing folder\[Name of custom support folder] in the
SUBDIRECTORY value for the local location or \\[Network Name]\[Name of custom drawing
folder]\[Name of custom support folder] for a network location.
DWGNAME - Drawing Name
Specifies the drawing name of the support.
SCALE - Scale
Specifies the scale of the pipe support.
ROTATION - Rotation
Specifies the direction of the support.
CLAMPWEBTHK - Clamp Web Thickness
Specifies the thickness for the clamp web.
CLAMPDEPTH - Clamp Depth
Specifies the depth of the beam clamp.
CLAMPTHK - Clamp Thickness
Specifies the thickness of the beam clamp.
CLAMPWIDTH - Clamp Width
Specifies the width of the beam clamp.
BEAMFLGWIDTH - Beam FLG Width
Specifies the width of the beam flange.
BEAMFLGTHK - Beam FLG Thickness
Specifies the thickness of the beam flange.
BEAMWEBTHK - Beam Web Thickness
Specifies the thickness of the beam web.
LFB - Length From Bottom
Specifies the length from the bottom of the clevis hanger types.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

208

Property Descriptions
LFC - Length From Center
Specifies the length from the center of the clevis and swivel ring hanger types.
UPPERTHK - Upper Thickness
Specifies the upper thickness of the clevis hanger types.
UPPERWIDTH - Upper Width
Specifies the upper width of the clevis hanger types.
LOWERTHK - Lower Thickness
Specifies the lower thickness of the clevis hanger types.
LOWERWIDTH - Lower Width
Specifies the lower width of the clevis hanger types.
UPPERLENGTH - Upper Length
Specifies the upper length of the clevis and swivel ring hanger types.
UPPERHEIGHT - Upper Height
Specifies the upper height of the clevis hanger types.
NUMBEROFBOLT - Number Of Bolt
Specifies the number of bolts on the support.
BOLTDIAMETER - Bolt Diameter
Specifies the diameter of the bolt on the support.
BOLTLENGTH - Bolt Length
Specifies the length of the bolt on the support.
WEBHEIGHT - Web Height
Specifies the height of the web on the pipe shoe support.
WEBTHK - Web Thickness
Specifies the thickness of the web on the pipe shoe support.
FLANGETHK - Flange Thickness
Specifies the thickness of the flange on the pipe shoe support.
FLANGEWIDTH - Flange Width
Specifies the width of the flange on the pipe show support.
DISTANCEWEB Distance Web
Specifies the web distance on the pipe shoe support.
IBHX - Insulation Band Hole X
Specifies the X insulation band hole on the pipe shoe support.
IBHY - Insulation Band Hole Y
Specifies the Y insulation band hole on the pipe shoe support.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

209

Property Descriptions
IBHD - Insulation Band Hole D
Specifies the D insulation band hole on the pipe shoe support.
IBHTOP - Insulation Band Hole Top
Specifies the top insulation band hole on the pipe shoe support.
PLATEBW - End Plate Bottom Width
Specifies the width of the bottom end plate on the pipe shoe support.
PLATETW - End Plate Top Width
Specifies the width of the top end plate on the pipe shoe support.
PLATEOY - End Plate Offset From Bottom
Specifies the offset from the bottom for the end plate on the pipe shoe support.
PLATEOX - End Plate Offset From Side
Specifies the offset from the side for the end plate on the pipe shoe support.
ANGLE - Angle
The angle of the pipe clamp. For 90 degrees create a hanger pipe clamp. For 0 degrees
create a horizontal pipe clamp.
SUPPORTOD - Support OD
Specifies the outside diameter of the pipe support.
WALLTHK - Wall Thickness
Specifies the thickness of the pipe support.
LENGTH - Length
Specifies the length of the pipe support.
DIAMETER - Diameter
Specifies the diameter of the rod and spring hanger supports.
WIDTH - Width
Specifies the width of the pipe support.
WEIGHT - Weight
Specifies the weight of the support.
USER_PART_NUMBER - User Part Number
Enables you to specify unique part numbers for each individual component. To insert the
USER_PART_NUMBER field, right-click the data table, and then select Add User Part
Number Column. You can also accomplish this by double-clicking Custom Data in the
Properties pane and creating the USER_PART_NUMBER field exactly as it appears here.
If you do not need the USER_PART_NUMBER column, click Cancel.
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72). You can access the
custom data fields in CADWorx Plant through the Component Edit dialog box. For more
information, see Component Custom Data Dialog Box and Local Edit in the CADWorx Plant
Users Guide. For more information, see Pipe Support Assembly and Component Properties (on
page 169).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

210

Property Descriptions
Picture Description - Displays a 2D image of the component.
Listed below are the types of components available for selection in the table. Images are
provided when available.
Beam Clamp

Clevis Hanger Flat Top


1. BEAM
FLANGE THK

1. UPPER WIDTH
2. UPPER THK

2. BEAM
FLANGE
WIDTH

3. BOLT
DIAMETER
4. LFB

3. BEAM WEB
THK

5. LOWER THK

4. CLAMP
THK

6. 3 x BOLT
DIAMETER

5.CLAMP
DEPTH

7.LOWER WIDTH

6. CLAMP
WEB THK
7.CLAMP
WIDTH
Clevis Hanger

Clevis Hanger V Bottom


1. UPPER
WIDTH
2. UPPER
HEIGHT
3. UPPER
LENGTH
4. UPPER
THK
5.BOLT
DIAMETER
6. LFC
7. MAIN SIZE
8. LOWER
THK
9. 3 x BOLT
DIAMETER
10. LOWER
WIDTH

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

1. UPPER WIDTH
2. UPPER
HEIGHT
3. UPPER THK
4. UPPER
LENGTH
5. LFB
6. 3 x BOLT
DIAMETER
7. MAIN SIZE
8. MAX OD
9. BOLT
DIAMETER
10. LOWER THK
11. LOWER
WIDTH

211

Property Descriptions
Custom

Pipe Clamp
1. WIDTH
2. THK
3. LENGTH1
4. LENGTH2
5. GAP
6. MAIN SIZE

Pipe

Pipe Shoe
1. LENGTH

1. SUPPORT
OD

2. FLANGE THK

2. LENGTH

3. WEB THK

3. WALL THK

4. FLANGE
WIDTH
5. WEB HEIGHT

Plate

Rod
1. WIDTH

1. DIAMETER

2. LENGTH

2. LENGTH

3. THK

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

212

Property Descriptions
Saddle

Split Ring Hanger


1. THK

1. WIDTH

2. MAIN SIZE

2. GAP

3. DROP

3. MAIN SIZE

4. LENGTH1

4. BOLD
DIAMETER

5. LENGTH2

5. THK

6. WIDTH

Spring Hanger

Strap
1. LENGTH

1. WIDTH

2. DIAMETER

2. EXTENSION
3. THK
4. LENGTH1
5. LENGTH2
6. GAP
7. MAIN SIZE

Swivel Ring Hanger

UBolt
1. WIDTH

1. LEG LENGTH

2. UPPER
LENGTH

2. BOLT OD
3. MAIN SIZE

3. LFC
4. MAIN SIZE
5. THK

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

213

Property Descriptions

Reducers
Specifies the reducer's properties. To view the properties:
1. Click the plus (+) sign next to Reducers to expand the category.
2. Click a plus (+) sign next to a reducer component.
3. Click the actual data table.
Some of the components do not have all properties. If a property is not listed for a
component, then that component does not use the property.

Default EndType Data Table Setup


Apply same end type to all ends
Applies the same end type to all ends when this option is set to True. When set to False,
the software uses more than one end type.
Start
Specifies the start end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
End
Specifies the end end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
This property sets the default endtype(s) when a new component referencing the
associated data table is added to a Project Specification in the New Component pane. For
more information, see New and Edit Component Pane (on page 80).

Required
MAINSIZE - Main Size
Specifies the main sizes for the component.
REDSIZE - Reduction Size
Specifies the reduction sizes for the component. The reduction property is only available on
reducing components.
LEN - Length
Specifies the lengths for the component.
CENOFF - Center Lines Offset
Specifies the offset of the center line.
SESLEN - Small End Straight Length
Specifies the straight length of the small end of the reducer.
LESLEN - Large End Straight Length
Specifies the straight length of the large end of the reducer.
WEIGHT - Weight
Specifies the weight for the component.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

214

Property Descriptions
ETS - Bitwise End Type Placement Control
Specifies the value for the placement control. The software calculates placement control
using the end type number for each port. For more information, see Common Component
Properties (on page 180).
USER_PART_NUMBER - User Part Number
Enables you to specify unique part numbers for each individual component. To insert the
USER_PART_NUMBER field, right-click the data table, and then select Add User Part
Number Column. You can also accomplish this by double-clicking Custom Data in the
Properties pane and creating the USER_PART_NUMBER field exactly as it appears here.
If you do not need the USER_PART_NUMBER column, click Cancel.
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72). You can access
the custom data fields in CADWorx Plant through the Component Edit dialog box. For more
information, see Component Custom Data Dialog Box and Local Edit in the CADWorx Plant
Users Guide.
Picture Description
Displays a 2D image of the component.
Listed below are the types of components available for selection in the table. Images are
provided when available.
Bushing

Concentric / Swage
Concentric
1. LEN

1. MAINSIZE

2. MAINSIZE

2. LESLEN

3. REDSIZE

3. LEN
4. SESLEN
5. REDSIZE

Eccentric / Swage Eccentric


1. MAINSIZE
2. LESLEN
3. LEN
4. SESLEN
5. REDSIZE
6. CENOFF

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

215

Property Descriptions

Sanitary
Specifies the sanitary properties. To view the properties:
1. Click the plus (+) sign next to Sanitary to expand the category.
2. Click a plus (+) sign next to a sanitary component.
3. Click the actual data table.
Some of the components do not have all properties. If a property is not listed for a
component, then that component does not use the property.

Default EndType Data Table Setup


Apply same end type to all ends
Applies the same end type to all ends when this option is set to True. When set to False,
the software uses more than one end type.
Start
Specifies the start end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
End
Specifies the end end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
Branch1
Specifies the branch end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
This property sets the default endtype(s) when a new component referencing the
associated data table is added to a Project Specification in the New Component pane. For
more information, see New and Edit Component Pane (on page 80).

Required
MAINSIZE - Main Size
Specifies the main sizes for the component.
REDSIZE - Reduction Size
Specifies the reduction sizes for the component. The reduction property is only available on
reducing components.
RAD - Radius
Specifies the radius of the uben.
ANG - Angle
Specifies the angle of the uben.
STLEN - Start Straight Length
Specifies the distance from the start port to the start of the curve.
ENLEN - End Straight Length
Specifies the distance from the end port to the start of the curve.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

216

Property Descriptions
PROJ - Side to project branch
Specifies the distance from the side to the projection branch.
BRANPROJ - Branch projection
Specifies the distance from the centerline of the bend to the end of branch projection.
ACTLG - Actuator length
Specifies the length of the actuator.
ACTOD - Actuator outside diameter
Specifies the outside diameter of the actuator.
YOKELG - Yoke length
Specifies the length of the yoke for a multi-port.
CENCEN - Center to center ports
Specifies the distance from the center to the center of ports.
CENPORT - Center to port
Specifies the distance from the center to the port.
CENSTEM - Center to stem
Specifies the distance from the center to the stem.
Body Type - Expand for information on Body 1, Body 2, and Body 3.
BODY1 - Body 1 - Specifies the component drawn for body 1 based off the image below. Values
entered can be from 1 to 9.
BODY2 - Body 2 - Specifies the component drawn for body 2 based off the image below. Values
entered can be from 1 to 9.
BODY3 - Body 3 - Specifies the component drawn for body 3 based off the image below. Values
entered can be from 1 to 9.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

217

Property Descriptions
ANGLE1 - Angle 1
Specifies the angle of the branch from the main line of the valve.
ANGLE2 - Angel 2
Specifies the angle of the branch from the main line of the valve.
ANGLE3 - Angle 3
Specifies the angle of the branch from the main line of the valve.
WEIGHT - Weight
Specifies the weight for the component.
ETS - Bitwise End Type Placement Control
Specifies the value for the placement control. The software calculates placement control
using the end type number for each port. For more information, see Common Component
Properties (on page 180).
USER_PART_NUMBER - User Part Number
Enables you to specify unique part numbers for each individual component. To insert the
USER_PART_NUMBER field, right-click the data table, and then select Add User Part
Number Column. You can also accomplish this by double-clicking Custom Data in the
Properties pane and creating the USER_PART_NUMBER field exactly as it appears here.
If you do not need the USER_PART_NUMBER column, click Cancel.
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72). You can access
the custom data fields in CADWorx Plant through the Component Edit dialog box. For more
information, see Component Custom Data Dialog Box and Local Edit in the CADWorx Plant
Users Guide.
Picture Description
Displays a 2D image of the component.
Listed below are the types of components available for selection in the table. Images are
provided when available.

Spec Blind/Bleed Ring/Exp Joint


Specifies the spectacle blind, bleed ring, and expansion joint properties. To view the properties:
1. Click the plus (+) sign next to Spec Blind/Bleed Ring/Exp Joint to expand the category.
2. Click a plus (+) sign next to a spectacle blind, bleed ring, or expansion joint.
3. Click the actual data table.
Some of the components do not have all properties. If a property is not listed for a
component, then that component does not use the property.

Default EndType Data Table Setup


Apply same end type to all ends
Applies the same end type to all ends when this option is set to True. When set to False,
the software uses more than one end type.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

218

Property Descriptions
Start
Specifies the start end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
End
Specifies the end end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
This property sets the default endtype(s) when a new component referencing the
associated data table is added to a Project Specification in the New Component pane. For
more information, see New and Edit Component Pane (on page 80).

Required
MAINSIZE - Main Size
Specifies the main sizes for the component.
FLGOD - Flange Outside Diameter
Specifies the outside diameter of a flange for a bleed ring, expansion joint, or spectacle
blind.
THK - Thickness
Specifies the thickness of a gasket or a weld.
CCOAL - Center to Center / Overall Length
Specifies the center to center distance or the overall length of the component.
WEIGHT - Weight
Specifies the weight for the component.
ETS - Bitwise End Type Placement Control
Specifies the value for the placement control. The software calculates placement control
using the end type number for each port. For more information, see Common Component
Properties (on page 180).
USER_PART_NUMBER - User Part Number
Enables you to specify unique part numbers for each individual component. To insert the
USER_PART_NUMBER field, right-click the data table, and then select Add User Part
Number Column. You can also accomplish this by double-clicking Custom Data in the
Properties pane and creating the USER_PART_NUMBER field exactly as it appears here.
If you do not need the USER_PART_NUMBER column, click Cancel.
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72). You can access
the custom data fields in CADWorx Plant through the Component Edit dialog box. For more
information, see Component Custom Data Dialog Box and Local Edit in the CADWorx Plant
Users Guide.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

219

Property Descriptions
Picture Description
Displays a 2D image of the component.
Listed below are the types of components available for selection in the table. Images are
provided when available.
Bleed Ring

Expansion Joint
1. FLGOD

1. THK

2. THK

2. FLGOD
3. CCOAL
4. MAINSIZE

Spectacle Blind
1. FLGOD
2. THK
3. CCOAL

Strainers
Specifies the strainers properties. To view the properties:
1. Click the plus (+) sign next to Strainers to expand the category.
2. Click a plus (+) sign next to a strainer component.
3. Click the actual data table.
Some of the components do not have all properties. If a property is not listed for a
component, then that component does not use the property.

Default EndType Data Table Setup


Apply same end type to all ends
Applies the same end type to all ends when this option is set to True. When set to False,
the software uses more than one end type.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

220

Property Descriptions
Start
Specifies the start end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
End
Specifies the end end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
Branch1
Specifies the branch end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
This property sets the default endtype(s) when a new component referencing the
associated data table is added to a Project Specification in the New Component pane. For
more information, see New and Edit Component Pane (on page 80).

Required
MAINSIZE - Main Size
Specifies the main sizes for the component.
LEN - Length
Specifies the lengths for the component.
CENBTM - Center to Branch End
Specifies the distance from the center to the extreme bottom of the component.
WEIGHT - Weight
Specifies the weight for the component.
ETS - Bitwise End Type Placement Control
Specifies the value for the placement control. The software calculates placement control
using the end type number for each port. For more information, see Common Component
Properties (on page 180).
USER_PART_NUMBER - User Part Number
Enables you to specify unique part numbers for each individual component. To insert the
USER_PART_NUMBER field, right-click the data table, and then select Add User Part
Number Column. You can also accomplish this by double-clicking Custom Data in the
Properties pane and creating the USER_PART_NUMBER field exactly as it appears here.
If you do not need the USER_PART_NUMBER column, click Cancel.
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72). You can access
the custom data fields in CADWorx Plant through the Component Edit dialog box. For more
information, see Component Custom Data Dialog Box and Local Edit in the CADWorx Plant
Users Guide.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

221

Property Descriptions
Picture Description
Displays a 2D image of the component.
Listed below are the types of components available for selection in the table. Images are
provided when available.
Strainer
1. CENBTM
2. MAINSIZE

Tees
Specifies the tees properties. To view the properties:
1. Click the plus (+) sign next to Tees to expand the category.
2. Click a plus (+) sign next to a tee component.
3. Click the actual data table.
Some of the components do not have all properties. If a property is not listed for a
component, then that component does not use the property.
To view the properties listed in this topic, click the plus + sign next to Tees. The category opens
and you need to click a plus + sign next to a tee group. Next, click the actual data table. Some of
the components do not have some of the following properties. If a property is not listed when
clicking on a particular component that component does not use that particular property.

Default EndType Data Table Setup


Apply same end type to all ends
Applies the same end type to all ends when this option is set to True. When set to False,
the software uses more than one end type.
Start
Specifies the start end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
End
Specifies the end end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
Branch1
Specifies the branch end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
This property sets the default endtype(s) when a new component referencing the
associated data table is added to a Project Specification in the New Component pane. For
more information, see New and Edit Component Pane (on page 80).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

222

Property Descriptions
Required
MAINSIZE - Main Size
Specifies the main sizes for the component.
REDSIZE - Reduce Size
Specifies the reduction sizes for the component. Only available on reducing components.
CMAIN - Center to End 1
Specifies the distance from the center to the main end.
CEND - Center to End 2
Specifies the distance from the center to the end end.
CBRH - Center to Branch End
Specifies the distance from the center to the branch end.
WEIGHT - Weight - Specifies the weight for the component.
ETS - Bitwise End Type Placement Control
Specifies the value for the placement control. The software calculates placement control
using the end type number for each port. For more information, see Common Component
Properties (on page 180).
USER_PART_NUMBER - User Part Number
Enables you to specify unique part numbers for each individual component. To insert the
USER_PART_NUMBER field, right-click the data table, and then select Add User Part
Number Column. You can also accomplish this by double-clicking Custom Data in the
Properties pane and creating the USER_PART_NUMBER field exactly as it appears here.
If you do not need the USER_PART_NUMBER column, click Cancel.
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72). You can access
the custom data fields in CADWorx Plant through the Component Edit dialog box. For more
information, see Component Custom Data Dialog Box and Local Edit in the CADWorx Plant
Users Guide.
Picture Description
Displays a 2D image of the component.
Listed below are the types of components available for selection in the table. Images are
provided when available.
Tee

Tee Reducing
1. MAINSIZE

1. MAINSIZE

2. CMAIN

2. CMAIN

3. CEND

3. CEND

4. CBRH

4. CBRH
5. REDSIZE

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

223

Property Descriptions

Topworks
Specifies the topworks properties. To view the properties:
1. Click the plus (+) sign next to Topworks to expand the category.
2. Click a plus (+) sign next to a topworks component.
3. Click the actual data table.
Some of the components do not have all properties. If a property is not listed for a
component, then that component does not use the property.

Required
MAINSIZE - Main Size
Specifies the main sizes for the component.
OPOR - Operator Outside Radius
Specifies the radius from the center to the outside of the actuator wheel.
OPTHK - Operator Thickness
Specifies the thickness of the operator wheel.
OPLENGTH - Operator Length
Specifies the length of the operator stem.
HANDLEOR - Handle Bar Outside Radius
Specifies the outside radius of the handle.
HANDLELENGTH - Handle Length
Specifies the length of the handle to operate the valve.
SUBDIRECTORY - Sub Directory
Specifies the location of the custom topwork folder. Sub Directory is only available in the
Custom category. The subdirectory automatically defaults to the Spec folder located in
[Product Folder]\Plant. You can use folders that you create in the C:\[Product
Folder]\Plant\Spec folder in the SUBDIRECTORY value.
If you need to use a folder location outside of the default Spec folder, then you must
type the entire path of the local or network folder location in the SUBDIRECTORY value. For
example, type Z:\[Name of custom drawing folder\[Name of custom topwork folder] in the
SUBDIRECTORY value for the local location or \\[Network Name]\[Name of custom drawing
folder]\[Name of custom topwork folder] for a network location.
DWGNAME - Drawing Name
Specifies the drawing name of the topwork.
ROTATION - Rotation
Specifies the direction of the topwork.
LEFTOR - Left Outside Radius
Specifies the left outside radius.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

224

Property Descriptions
LEFTLENGTH - Left Side Length
Specifies the left side length of the topwork. This property is only on a topwork that has
sides.
RIGHTOR - Right Outside Radius
Specifies the right outside radius of the topwork
RIGHTLENGTH - Right Side Length
Specifies the right length side of the topwork. This property is only on a topwork that has
sides.
NODERADIUS - Node Radius
Specifies the radius of the node. This property is only on a topwork that contains a node.
GEARBT - Gear Bottom to Stem Bottom
Specifies the distance from the top of the stem to the bottom of the stem.
WHEELBT - Gear Top to Gear Bottom
Specifies the distance from the top of the gear box to the top of the stem.
WHEELFT - Stem to Wheel Distance
Specifies the distance of the wheel to the stem.
WHEELOR - Wheel Outside Radius
Specifies the outside radius of the wheel.
WHEELLENGTH - Wheel Length
Specifies the length of the wheel.
SPOKENUMBER - Number of Spokes
Specifies the number of spokes on the wheel.
WEIGHT - Weight
Specifies the weight for the component.
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72). You can access
the custom data fields in CADWorx Plant through the Component Edit dialog box. For more
information, see Component Custom Data Dialog Box and Local Edit in the CADWorx Plant
Users Guide.
Picture Description
Displays a 2D image of the component.
Listed below are the types of components available for selection in the table. Images are
provided when available.
Actuator

Gear1
1. OPOR

1. WHEELFT

2. OPOR/2

2. 2*OPTHK

3. MAINSIZE

3. OPTHK

4. OPLENGTH

4. WHEELOR
5. GEARBT
6. WHEELBT
7. OPLENGTH

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

225

Property Descriptions
Gear2

GearActuator
1. 2*OPOR

1.
2*NODERADIUS

2. OPLENGTH

2. RIGHTLENGTH

3. GEARBT

3. OPTHK

4.
WHEELLENGTH

4. OPLENGTH
5. 2*OPOR
6. LEFTLENGTH

Lever1

Lever2
1. HANDLENGHT

1. HANDLENGHT

2. OPLENGTH

2. 2*HANDOR

3. 2*OPOR

3. 2*OPOR

4. 2*HANDOR

4. OPLENGTH
5. OPTHK

Wheel
1. OPOR/5
2. 2*OPTHK
3. OPLENGTH
4. MAINSIZE
5. OPOR

Unions
Specifies the union's properties. To view the properties:
1. Click the plus (+) sign next to Unions to expand the category.
2. Click a plus (+) sign next to a union component.
3. Click the actual data table.
Some of the components do not have all properties. If a property is not listed for a
component, then that component does not use the property.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

226

Property Descriptions
Default EndType Data Table Setup
Apply same end type to all ends
Applies the same end type to all ends when this option is set to True. When set to False,
the software uses more than one end type.
Start
Specifies the start end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
End
Specifies the end end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
This property sets the default endtype(s) when a new component referencing the
associated data table is added to a Project Specification in the New Component pane. For
more information, see New and Edit Component Pane (on page 80).

Required
MAINSIZE - Main Size
Specifies the main sizes for the component.
LEN - Length
Specifies the lengths for the component.
NUTCRNS - Nut Crown distance
Specifies the distance of the nut crown.
WEIGHT - Weight
Specifies the weight for the component.
ETS - Bitwise End Type Placement Control
Specifies the value for the placement control. The software calculates placement control
using the end type number for each port. For more information, see Common Component
Properties (on page 180).
USER_PART_NUMBER - User Part Number
Enables you to specify unique part numbers for each individual component. To insert the
USER_PART_NUMBER field, right-click the data table, and then select Add User Part
Number Column. You can also accomplish this by double-clicking Custom Data in the
Properties pane and creating the USER_PART_NUMBER field exactly as it appears here.
If you do not need the USER_PART_NUMBER column, click Cancel.
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72). You can access
the custom data fields in CADWorx Plant through the Component Edit dialog box. For more
information, see Component Custom Data Dialog Box and Local Edit in the CADWorx Plant
Users Guide.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

227

Property Descriptions
Picture Description
Displays a 2D image of the component.
Listed below are the types of components available for selection in the table. Images are
provided when available.
Union
1. NUTCRNS
2. LEN
3. MAINSIZE

User Shapes
Specifies the user shapes properties. To view the properties:
1. Click the plus (+) sign next to User Shapes to expand the category.
2. Click a plus (+) sign next to a user shape component.
3. Click the actual data table.
Some of the components do not have all properties. If a property is not listed for a
component, then that component does not use the property.

Required
MAINSIZE - Main Size
Specifies the main sizes for the component.
REDSIZE - Reduction Size
Specifies the reduction sizes for the component.
TYPE - Type
Specifies the type of user shape.
SUBDIRECTORY - Sub Directory
Specifies the location of the user shapes folder. The subdirectory for user shapes does not
require a value. User shapes automatically store in the Spec folder located in [Product
Folder]\Plant if you do not specify a subdirectory. You can use folders that you create in the
C:\[Product Folder]\Plant\Spec folder in the SUBDIRECTORY value.
If you need to use a folder location outside of the default Spec folder, then you must
type the entire path of the local or network folder location in the SUBDIRECTORY value. For
example, type Z:\[Name of custom drawing folder]\[Name of user shape folder] in the
SUBDIRECTORY value for a local location. For a network location type \\[Network
Name]\[Name of custom drawing folder]\[Name of user shape folder]. This path must be the
same as the one you set for the folder under Folder settings in the Define User Shape
dialog box in CADWorx Plant. For more information, see User Shapes in the CADWorx
Plant Users Guide.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

228

Property Descriptions
DWG3DSOLID - Drawing Name for 3D Solid mode
Specifies the drawing name you gave the user shape when you created it.
DWG2DDOUBLE - Drawing Name for 2D Double Line mode
Specifies the drawing name given to the user shape when it was created.
DWG2DSINGLE - Drawing Name for 2D Single Line mode
Specifies the drawing name given to the user shape when it was created.
CONNPOINT - Connection points
Specifies the value of the user shapes connection points.
REFPOINT - Reference points
Specifies the value of the reference connection points for the user shape.
CONNDIRECT - Direction of each connection
Specifies the value of the direction for the connection points of the user shape.
CONNREDUCER - Reduction settings for each connection
Specifies the value for the reducing connections flags.
CONNENDTYPE - End type at each connection
Specifies the value for the connection points endtypes.
PROFILEPOINT - Array profile points
Specifies the user shapes profile points if there are any.
DENSITY - Density
Specifies the density of the user shape.
WEIGHT - Weight
Specifies the weight for the component.
LENGTH - Length
Specifies the length for the component.
USER_PART_NUMBER - User Part Number
Enables you to specify unique part numbers for each individual component. To insert the
USER_PART_NUMBER field, right-click the data table, and then select Add User Part
Number Column. You can also accomplish this by double-clicking Custom Data in the
Properties pane and creating the USER_PART_NUMBER field exactly as it appears here.
If you do not need the USER_PART_NUMBER column, click Cancel.
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72). You can access
the custom data fields in CADWorx Plant through the Component Edit dialog box. For more
information, see Component Custom Data Dialog Box and Local Edit in the CADWorx Plant
Users Guide.
Picture Description
Displays a 2D image of the component.
Listed below are the types of components available for selection in the table. Images are
provided when available.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

229

Property Descriptions

Valves
Specifies the valves properties. To view the properties:
1. Click the plus (+) sign next to Valves to expand the category.
2. Click a plus (+) sign next to a valve component.
3. Click the actual data table.
Some of the components do not have all properties. If a property is not listed for a
component, then that component does not use the property.

Default EndType Data Table Setup


Apply same end type to all ends
Applies the same end type to all ends when this option is set to True. When set to False,
the software uses more than one end type.
Start
Specifies the start end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
End
Specifies the end end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
Branch1
Specifies the branch end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
This property sets the default endtype(s) when a new component referencing the
associated data table is added to a Project Specification in the New Component pane. For
more information, see New and Edit Component Pane (on page 80).

Required
MAINSIZE - Main Size
Specifies the main sizes for the component.
REDSIZE - Reduction Size
Specifies the reduction sizes for the component. The reduction property is only available on
reducing components.
HUBOD - Hub Outside Diameter
Specifies the diameter value for the component.
ODIN - Outside Diameter Inlet
Specifies the outside diameter of the inlet.
SQ - Square Dimension
Specifies the square dimensions of the valve.
LEN - Length
Specifies the lengths for the component.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

230

Property Descriptions
OAL - Overall length
Specifies the overall length of the component.
ENDPORT - End to port outlet
Specifies the distance from the end to the port outlet.
CENFEMALE - Center to Female End
Specifies the distance from the center to the female end.
CPRES - Center to pressure end
Specifies the distance from the center to the pressure end.
ODPRES - Outside Diameter Pressure End
Specifies the outside diameter of the pressure end.
CREL - Center to relief end
Specifies the distance from the center to the relief end.
ODREL - Outside Diameter Relief End
Specifies the outside diameter of the relief end.
CMAIN - Center to End 1
Specifies the distance from the center to the main end.
CEND - Center to End 2
Specifies the distance from the center to the end end.
CBRH - Center to Branch End
Specifies the distance from the center to the branch end.
WEIGHT - Weight
Specifies the weight for the component.
ETS - Bitwise End Type Placement Control
Specifies the value for the placement control. The software calculates placement control
using the end type number for each port. For more information, see Common Component
Properties (on page 180).
USER_PART_NUMBER - User Part Number
Enables you to specify unique part numbers for each individual component. To insert the
USER_PART_NUMBER field, right-click the data table, and then select Add User Part
Number Column. You can also accomplish this by double-clicking Custom Data in the
Properties pane and creating the USER_PART_NUMBER field exactly as it appears here.
If you do not need the USER_PART_NUMBER column, click Cancel.
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72). You can access
the custom data fields in CADWorx Plant through the Component Edit dialog box. For more
information, see Component Custom Data Dialog Box and Local Edit in the CADWorx Plant
Users Guide.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

231

Property Descriptions
Picture Description
Displays a 2D image of the component.
Listed below are the types of components available for selection in the table. Images are
provided when available.
3-Way Valve

4-Way Valve
1. HUBOD

1. HUBOD

2. CMAIN

2. CMAIN

3. CEND

3. CBRH

4. CBRH

Angle Valve

Ball Valve
1. ODPRES

1. MAINSIZE

2. CPRES

2. LENGTH

3. CREL

3. HUBOD

4. ODREL

Butterfly Valve

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

Check Valve
1. HUBOD

1. HUBOD

2. LENGTH

2. LENGTH

232

Property Descriptions
Control Valve

Dual Check Valve


1. HUBOD

1. HUBOD

2. LENGTH

2. LENGTH

Diaphragm Valve

Xbody Gate Valve


1. HUBOD

1. MAINSIZE

2. LENGTH

2.
CENFEMALE
3. OAL
4. HUBOD

Gage Valve

Gate Valve
1.
MAINSIZE

1. HUBOD
2. LENGTH

2.
ENDPORT
3. OAL
4. SQ

Globe Valve

Needle Valve
1.
MAINSIZE

1. HUBOD
2. LENGTH

2. LENGTH

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

233

Property Descriptions
Plug Valve

Relief Valve
1. HUBOD

1. CPRES

2. LENGTH

2. ODPRES
3. ODREL
4. CREL

Rotary Valve
1. HUBOD
2. LENGTH

Wye Shape
Specifies the wye shape properties. To view the properties:
1. Click the plus (+) sign next to Wye Shape to expand the category.
2. Click a plus (+) sign next to a wye shape component.
3. Click the actual data table.
Some of the components do not have all properties. If a property is not listed for a
component, then that component does not use the property.

Default EndType Data Table Setup


Apply same end type to all ends
Applies the same end type to all ends when this option is set to True. When set to False,
the software uses more than one end type.
Start
Specifies the start end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
End
Specifies the end end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
Branch1
Specifies the branch end type associated with that component. This can be changed.
This property sets the default endtype(s) when a new component referencing the
associated data table is added to a Project Specification in the New Component pane. For
more information, see New and Edit Component Pane (on page 80).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

234

Property Descriptions
Required
MAINSIZE - Main Size
Specifies the main sizes for the component.
CMAIN - Center to End 1
Specifies the center main to the end of the wye.
CEND - Center to Branch 1 End
Specifies the center of the first branch to the end of the wye.
CBRH - Center to Branch 2 End
Specifies the center of the second branch to the end of the wye.
WEIGHT - Weight
Specifies the weight for the component.
ETS - Bitwise End Type Placement Control
Specifies the value for the placement control. The software calculates placement control
using the end type number for each port. For more information, see Common Component
Properties (on page 180).
USER_PART_NUMBER - User Part Number
Enables you to specify unique part numbers for each individual component. To insert the
USER_PART_NUMBER field, right-click the data table, and then select Add User Part
Number Column. You can also accomplish this by double-clicking Custom Data in the
Properties pane and creating the USER_PART_NUMBER field exactly as it appears here.
If you do not need the USER_PART_NUMBER column, click Cancel.
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72). You can access
the custom data fields in CADWorx Plant through the Component Edit dialog box. For more
information, see Component Custom Data Dialog Box and Local Edit in the CADWorx Plant
Users Guide.
Picture Description
Displays a 2D image of the component.
Listed below are the types of components available for selection in the table. Images are
provided when available.
Wye
1. CBRH
2. CEND
3. CMAIN
4. MAINSIZE

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

235

Property Descriptions

IndexCode Tables Properties


Table Name
Specifies the name of the table selected. This can be edited.
Version
Specifies the version of the CADWorx Spec Editor. You cannot edit this property.
Created By
Specifies the person who created the data. You can edit this property.
Edited By
Specifies the person who edited the data. You can edit this property.
Description
Specifies the description of the table. This can be edited.

Fields
INDEXCODE - Index Code
Specifies the index code for a specific component. Index codes are associated with the
database code property INDEXCODE. For more information, see DBCode Tables
Properties (on page 236).
DESCRIPTION - Description
The description of the component associated with the index code.
COMPTYPE - Component Type
Specifies the component type associated with the index code.
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72).

DBCode Tables Properties


Table Name
Specifies the name of the table selected. This can be edited.
Version
Specifies the Spec Editor version. This cannot be edited.
IndexCode Table
Specifies the IndexCode Table selected when creating a DBCode table. This cannot be
edited.
Created By
Specifies the person who created the project. This can be edited.
Edited By
Specifies the person who edited the project. This can be edited.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

236

Property Descriptions
Description
Specifies the description of the table. This can be edited.

Fields
INDEXCODE - Index Code
Specifies the index code associated with the selected database code table.
DESCRIPTION - Description
Specifies the description of the component associated with the index code in the
INDEXCODE field.
MAINSIZE - Main size
Specifies the main sizes used for the specific index code and description.
REDSIZE - Reduction Size
Specifies the reduction sizes for the specific index code and description.
PTN - Part Number
Specifies the part number assigned to a specific index code row. When a database code is
imported, the part numbers that display contain the PTN designation, the index code, and an
ascending numeric value.
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72).

End Prep Tables Properties


Table Name
Specifies the name of the table selected. You can edit this property.
Default Part Number
Specifies the default part number assigned to the table. You can edit this property. The
default is 001 and auto-populated by the Specification Editor.
Version
Specifies the version of the CADWorx Spec Editor. You cannot edit this property.
Created By
Specifies the person who created the data. You can edit this property.
Edited By
Specifies the person who edited the data. You can edit this property.
Description
Specifies the description of the table. You can edit this property.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

237

Property Descriptions
Fields
NAME
Specifies the name of the end preparation. The name is an abbreviation of the description.
DESCRIPTION
Specifies the description of the end preparation. The description is the long description of
the name.
PTN
Specifies the part number for the end preparation.
Custom Data
Enables you to input fields using the New Field Dialog Box (on page 72).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

238

APPENDIX B

Update History
Items added and updated with CADWorx Spec Editor 2015 SP1:
Software Enhancements

Enhanced the import of the Smart Plant Reference Data (SPRD) specifications. This
enhancement now includes importing the Ident, Short, and Option codes when the SPRD
specification includes those codes. For more information, see Import Specification From
SPRD File (on page 103).

When SPRD specifications include the unit basis applicable to the specification contents,
then the CADWorx Specification Editor SPRD import automatically sets the conversion units
accordingly. SPRD specification unit basis was not previously available in the SPRD
specification files. Previously, you were required to specify the unit basis for the conversion
manually. The SPRD import now only requires you to specify the unit basis when the SPRD
specification source file does not contain the relevant unit details. For more information, see
Import Specification From SPRD File (on page 103).

User Guide Revisions

Improved instructions for displaying the bolt length and bolt diameter part numbers in
CADWorx. These instructions detail a workflow from the catalog, to the project, and then to
the drawing. This procedure allows you to display the part numbering of the bolt lengths and
the bolt diameters. For more information, see Display the bolt diameter part number in
CADWorx Plant (on page 35), and Display the bolt length part number in CADWorx Plant
(on page 37).

Items added and updated with CADWorx Spec Editor 2015:


Software Enhancements

You can now add bolt length tables and bolt diameter tables to the Size Tables folder by
clicking Bolt Diameter Table or Bolt Length Table in the Add Table panel on the Home
tab, or by using the right-click options Add Bolt Diameter Table and Add Bolt Length
Table. For more information, see Add Table Panel (on page 25), Edit table features (on
page 26), Bolt Diameter Table (on page 32), Add a new bolt diameter table (on page 33),
Bolt Length Table (on page 35), and Add a new bolt length table (on page 36).

You can now select the bolt length and bolt diameter tables in the Specification
Properties. For more information, see Specification Properties (on page 163).

You can now add end prep tables to the Miscellaneous folder with the right-click option
Add End Prep Table or from End Prep Table on the Add Table panel. For more
information, see Add Table Panel (on page 25), End Prep Table (on page 54), Add a new
end prep table (on page 55), Edit end prep table (on page 56), Miscellaneous folder (on
page 72), and End Prep Tables Properties (on page 237).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

239

Update History

You can now select the end prep table in the Specification Properties. For more
information, see Specification Properties (on page 163).

You can now select the Isogen symbol for end types in the New and Edit Component
Pane. For more information, see New and Edit Component Pane (on page 80) and Add
single new component to a spec (on page 89).

You can now use the index code tables in your long, short, tag, and part number description
formats. For more information, see Description Format Dialog Boxes (on page 139) and
Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes (on page 86).

You can now add custom data and property details to your pipe support components in
Support Component of the Properties. For more information, see Pipe Support Assembly
and Component Properties (on page 169).

You can now select Straight Tee/Cross + Reducer in the branch table. Select Straight
Tee/Cross + Reducer to insert crosses and tees based on the size of the branch. For more
information, see New and Edit Component Pane (on page 80).

You can create a pull-down list of items for custom data. For more information, see New
Field Dialog Box (on page 72) and List Items Dialog Box (on page 74).

You can now use spaces and underscores in the description formats. For more information,
see Description Format Dialog Boxes (on page 139).

You can now add Component Class, Temperature Rating, and Pressure Ratings for
Start, End, Branch 1, and Branch 2 end points for Valves. For more information, see New
and Edit Component Pane (on page 80).

You can now use the OD_RED_SIZ_TBL and the DESCRIPTION_CMP_TBL schemas in
the Description Format Dialog Boxes (on page 139).

Improved import of AutoCAD Plant 3D specifications and catalogs. For more information,
see Import AutoCAD Plant 3D Specification Data (on page 98), Import a single specification
using an AutoCAD Plant 3D catalog (on page 100), Import a single specification using a
CADWorx catalog (on page 101), and Import multiple specifications using a CADWorx
catalog (on page 102).

You can now cancel the Add User Part Number Column message box.

Improved the load time of the description format dialog boxes.

User Guide Revisions

Added the bolt length and bolt diameter properties to the properties descriptions. For more
information, see Specification Properties (on page 163), Bolt Diameter Table Properties (on
page 171), and Bolt Length Table Properties (on page 172).

Items added and updated with CADWorx Spec Editor 2014 SP1:
Software Enhancements

You can now decide if your model receives custom data information using the Attach Field
to Components check box in the New Field dialog box. For more information, see New
Field Dialog Box (on page 72).

Spec Editor now retains the window size.

O-Let groups are split, so that the long description for each O-Let now reads correctly.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

240

Update History

You can now use size table custom data in the long description.

Updated the Component tree view icon in the description format dialog boxes.

LEN_CMP_TBL uses the calculated length of the bolt in the description formats.

Items added and updated with CADWorx Spec Editor 2014:


Software Enhancements

You can now import legacy pipe supports from an assembly file or a data file for use in
CADWorx. For more information, see Import Pipe Support Legacy From Assembly File (on
page 61) and Import Pipe Support Legacy From Data File (on page 62).

You can now import and export formats in the Long Description Format, Short
Description Format, Tag Format, and Part Number Format dialog boxes. For more
information, see Description Format Dialog Boxes (on page 139).

You can now enter the Short Description and Tag in the Properties pane for each
component. For more information, see Common Component Properties (on page 180).

You can now add and view the category PipeSupport. Added the PipeSupport category
property descriptions to the Property Descriptions (on page 162). For more information, see
PipeSupport (on page 206).

Added the Pipe Support Assembly pane to the project file. You can add new pipe support
assemblies and add new pipe support components. For more information, see Pipe Support
Library (on page 128), Add Pipe Support Library (on page 105), Add Pipe Support Assembly
(on page 129), and Add a new support assembly (on page 132).

You can now import Smart Plant Reference Data specifications using the Import
Specification From SPRD File option. For more information, see Import Specification From
SPRD File (on page 103).

You can now add a DBCode table in Catalog or import from a file. DBCodes can be
specified when starting a new project, adding a new specification, and adding the DBCode
Table to an existing project. You can change the DBCode table properties in all locations
dealing with DBCodes. For more information, see DBCode Table (on page 52), Import
DBCode Table From File (on page 53), Add DBCode Table (on page 53), DBCode Tables
folder (on page 71), New Project (on page 18), Add Specification (on page 77), Add a new
specification (on page 79), Edit Project Specs features (on page 94), Project Properties (on
page 162), Specification Properties (on page 163), and DBCode Tables Properties (on page
236). All of these topics have been updated or added to the manual.

You can now create an IndexCode table for a Catalog. For more information, see
IndexCode Table (on page 51).

You can now double-click to add formats to the format setup dialog boxes. Part Number
Format has been added to the New and Edit Component pane. For more information, see
Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes (on page 86) and Description
Format Dialog Boxes (on page 139).

You can now define layers using the Layer Manager. For more information, see Layer
Manager Dialog Box (on page 142).

You can now set the end types to match up by using the Matching End Type Table. For
more information, see Matching End Type Table Dialog Box (on page 143).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

241

Update History

You can now add custom data throughout the Specification Editor to projects, specifications,
tables, and more using either the Custom Data option or the right-click Add Custom Data
To All Tables option. For more information, see Edit data table features (on page 50) or any
topic with the property Custom Data. All properties are listed in Property Descriptions (on
page 162).

You can now copy components in the components list in a project. For more information,
see Copy (on page 24).

When you import the DAT file using Import By Spec, the DBCode Table and the
IndexCode Table attached to the file display in the Catalog Data. For more information,
see Import By Spec (on page 57).

You can now view and change component types using the Component Types view. For
more information, see Display Panel (on page 70) and Component Types (on page 75).

You can now select Mitered Elbow in Type when creating a data table for Elbows. For
more information, see Elbows (on page 187).

Users Guide

Added all new properties with descriptions to the Property Descriptions (on page 162).

Items added and updated with CADWorx Spec Editor 2013 R2:
Software Enhancements

You can now import AutoCAD Plant 3D catalogs using the Import AutoCAD Plant 3D
Catalog Data option. For more information, see Import AutoCAD Plant 3D Catalog Data (on
page 29).

You can now import AutoCAD Plant 3D specifications to a project using the Import
AutoCAD Plant 3D Specification Data option. For more information, see Import AutoCAD
Plant 3D Specification Data (on page 98).

You can now review catalog data when updating a project from a catalog with the Review
Update option. You can also use the Review Table Links option on the Catalog panel to
review and update. For more information, see Catalog Panel (on page 108), Update From
Catalog (on page 108), Review Update (on page 109), Review Table Links (on page 109),
and Review Table Links Dialog Box (on page 109).

You can now review the catalog data between a catalog and its base catalog by selecting
the Review Table Links option in the right-click menu. For more information, see Edit table
features (on page 26) and Review Table Links Dialog Box (on page 109).

You can now setup the short description and tag formats for projects. For more information,
see New Project (on page 18), Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes (on
page 86), Add single new component to a spec (on page 89), New and Edit Component
Pane (on page 80), Add Multi Component Pane (on page 91), Add multiple new
components to a spec (on page 93), Project Properties (on page 162), and Specification
Properties (on page 163). All of these topics have been updated or added to the manual.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

242

Update History
Items added and updated with CADWorx Spec Editor 2013 R1:
Software Enhancements

You can now import AutoPLANT specification and data using the Import AutoPLANT Data
option. For more information, see Import AutoPLANT Catalog Data (on page 28).

You can now export data to an Excel or text document with the Export to Text Excel. For
more information, see Export Data Panel (on page 69) and Export Table To Text Excel (on
page 69).

You now can find and replace text in a project with the Find and Replace option. For more
information, see Editing Panel (on page 124) and Find and Replace (on page 125).

You can now right-click in the Main List View and import legacy catalogs from a spec or data
file, export to text or Excel, or Import AutoPLANT Data. For more information, see Edit
table features (on page 26).

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

243

Glossary
abstract part
A part that is only defined by a partial specification and that cannot be materially provided by the
organization that defines the specification.
actuator
A device used to operate a valve using electric, pneumatic, or hydraulic pressure.
AISC (American Institute of Steel Construction)
An organization responsible for defining American steel construction standards.
AISI
American Iron and Steel Institute
anchor bolts
Bolts used to connect structural members to concrete footings.
angle
The circular measurement taken from the intersection of two pipes at a turn or branch.
arc element
A structural member of constant radius used to model curved elements.
arrangement (accommodation)
Those components of a system arranged in three-dimensional space with accurate dimensional
representation for installation. Various types include electrical, HVAC, machinery, outfitting, and
piping.
arrangement (HVAC)
Components and ductwork of a ventilation system arranged in three-dimensional space with
accurate dimensional representation.
arrangement (outfitting)
Outfitting structure arranged in three-dimensional space with accurate dimensional
representation.
assembly
Unit composed of a collection of parts or other assemblies. Assembly creation consumes the
individual part names and provides the unit a unique identification in the fabrication process.
attribute
A single type of non-graphics information that is stored about an object such as diameter or end
preparation.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

244

Glossary
axis
An imaginary line used to define the orientation of a system or object normally defined in terms
of an x-, y-, and z-axis. Some 3-D graphic objects have an associated axis used to define the
center or axis for rotations.
bar
A steel rod used to reinforce concrete.
basic design
Engineering definition of the model and its systems.
bay
The distance between two trusses.
BCSA (British Constructional Steelwork Association)
An organization responsible for defining British steel construction standards.
beam
A structural member type typically placed with the member axis in a nominal horizontal
orientation.
bearing plate
A steel plate used to distribute a load over a larger area. Usually used at the base of a column.
bent
A vertical framework usually consisting of a truss or beam supported at the ends on columns.
bill of material (BOM)
Hierarchical decomposition of a product into constituent assemblies and parts. Specific types of
BOMs exist (for example, an EBOM is a bill of material from the point of view of an engineering
department; an MBOM is a bill of material from the point of view of manufacturing).
brace
A diagonal member used to stiffen a framework.
cans
A reinforcing connection piece placed at member intersections.
cantilever
A beam, girder, or truss that overhangs one or both supports.
catalog
Repository of information about components and materials used in construction. When you use
catalog parts in the model, the software places an occurrence of the catalog part in the project.
This occurrence is a copy of the actual catalog part.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

245

Glossary
change history
Process of recording information such as who, when, and why for any given modification.
change management
Software features or manual procedures for managing the consequence of change. For
example, software can support a change management feature to report drawings that need
updating as a result of a change in a 3-D model.
change propagation
Ability of the software to intelligently modify dependent design information to reflect change in a
higher order object.
channel
A structural shape referring to a three-sided member type with each of the sides joined at a right
angle.
chord
The principal member of a truss. Can be on either the top or bottom of the truss.
circular tube
A structural shape referring to a hollow cylindrical member type or pipe.
CISC (Canadian Institute of Steel Construction)
An organization responsible for defining Canadian steel construction standards.
class
Grouping of individual objects that share some very significant, common characteristics.
clip angle
A small angle-shaped piece of steel used for fastening members together.
codelist
A set of acceptable values for a particular property that can be referred to by an index number or
selected in a combo box. For example, the codelist for the material specification allows you to
select from a set of standard entries, such as ASTM A183-F316 Stainless Steel.
column
A vertical structural member usually attached to a footing and extending to the roof of a building.
commodity code
A user-defined code that provides an index to parts in a catalog.
commodity item
A standard component found in a manufacturer catalog (an off-the-shelf component).
component
Physical part that a feature generates.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

246

Glossary
concurrent access
Ability of the software to allow multiple users to simultaneously access and modify the design of
a model.
coordinate
The location of a point along the X-, Y-, or Z-axis.
coordinate system
A geometric relation used to denote the location of points in the model. The most common
coordinate system is the rectangular coordinate system, whereby points are located by
traversing the X-, Y-, and Z-axes of the model. Normally, coordinate systems have their origin
defined as 0,0,0.
cope
To cut out the top or bottom flanges and possibly the web so that one member frames into
another.
cross section
The shape of a member when viewed along the member line.
cutback
An axial offset that typically represents the distance from a member centerline to its face.
Cutbacks are used to account for the difference between how a structure is modeled and
constructed in terms of lengths of members and quantities of materials.
cutting plane
A plane that cuts through an object.
damage records
Data relating to the damage and repair of structure or components that occurred during or after
construction of a plant.
data interchange
Capability to output the design, or portions of the design, in a standard format for use or
movement to another computer software system.
database
Repository for the product model data. The database contains information to describe individual
objects in the data model and the relationships between objects as appropriate.
database backup
Process of recording a backup copy of the complete database or the incremental changes after
the date that the last complete copy was created.
database break and recovery
Utilities used to restore a database after files are corrupted.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

247

Glossary
database copy
Functionality to copy large collections of model objects from one design project to another
design project.
database management
Functionality related to managing a product model database.
degree
The highest polynomial factor in the curve or surface mathematical definition. A line is a degree
1 curve, while a cubic B-spline is a degree 3 curve.
degree of freedom
An allowable direction of movement, either translation or rotation. There are six possible
degrees of freedom (DOFs): translation X, Y, and Z, and rotation RX, RY, and RZ.
design alternative
Difference in a design represented by a separate version. A design alternative can be a new
design prepared as a proposed change, or one of several elective options that the builder or
customer selects. Each design alternative has an identification assigned so you can uniquely
refer to the design alternatives.
design approval log
Record of review and approval of parts of the design.
design documents
Drawings, sketches, material lists, procedures, and so forth that are generated during the design
phase.
design object
Any object with properties that you can select. A design object can be related to one or more
contracts of different types, but related only to one contract of a given type.
design progress check
Analysis of the content of the design to some metric unit that gives an idea of the degree of
completion.
design review
Functionality to support rapid viewing of the design and markup of features with comments.
design service
Any general system services related to the design function.
design standard
Feature or object used in plant design that has been determined to the normal or approved way
of accomplishing a design requirement. In the context of computer software, the term refers to
computer functionality to support standards, not the standard itself.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

248

Glossary
detail schedule
Lowest level of schedule used to manage and track work progress.
diagonals
A member used for stiffening and wind bracing.
distributed systems
Systems consisting of sequential parts with a distributive characteristic (for example, pipes
distribute fluids, HVAC distributes air, cabling distributes power, and structure distributes loads).
distribution systems
Term synonymous and used interchangeably with the term distributed systems.
documentation
Drawings and other records that you must produce to document, obtain approval, or build the
design.
drawing tool
Tool that helps in the process of creating, modifying, or manipulating objects. Examples are
PinPoint and SmartSketch.
driftpin
A tapered steel pin used to align bolt or rivet holes when assembling steel.
easting
A term that describes an east coordinate location in a coordinate system.
edge
A topological object that represents a trimmed curve bounded by a start and end vertex.
edge distance
The distance from the center of a bolt or rivet to the edge of a plate or flange.
equipment
Pieces that a foundation supports. Examples are engines, generators, pumps, fans, consoles,
large valves, large strainers, and winches. Usually, you can find these pieces on a machinery
arrangement plan. Equipment is most often associated with a system.
equipment catalog
Catalog of equipment geometry and limited properties that the software uses to identify and
visualize equipment and its placement in the model. The catalog is not the source for the total
specification and ordering data for the object.
erection clearance
The amount of space left between members to ease assembly.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

249

Glossary
fabricate
To cut, punch, and sub-assemble members in the shop.
face
A topological object that represents a trimmed surface bounded by a loop of edges.
face plate
An edge reinforcement type that places a plate or profile at the selected plate edge.
face-to-face
The overall length of a component from the inlet face to the outlet face.
fasteners
Bolts and rivets used to connect structural members.
element
Primitive geometric shape such as a line, circle, or arc.
feature
A logical collection of parts driven by the piping specification. There are four basic features:
straight, turn, branch, and inline component.
fence
Boundary or barrier that separates or closes off an area. To surround or close like a fence.
field adjustment
Material added to the neat design geometry of piping or structural parts to allow for fit up in the
case that extra material is required due to uncontrolled variance in the manufacturing and
construction process.
flange
The projecting portion of a beam, channel, or column.
flavor
A different variation of a symbol. Each variation has different occurrence property values.
flexure
A term used for describing bending behavior.
focus of rotation
A point or line about which an object or view turns.
footing
An enlargement at the base of a column, or at the bottom of a wall, that distributes the load over
a greater portion of ground and thereby prevents settling.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

250

Glossary
frame connection
A way of establishing connectivity between member parts to represent physical relationships
such as work point offsets, and logical relationships such as end releases. A placement
positioning mechanism to represent physical relationships between member systems that
establishes and maintains connectivity.
framing plan
A structural drawing plan view, drawn to scale, providing an overhead view of the structural
components of a building. Columns, beams, and girders, roof members, floor members, and wall
members all require separate framing plans.
full penetration weld
A type of weld in which the weld material extends through the complete thickness of the
components being joined.
function points
Part of the requirements documentation, function points are the smallest granularity of a
requirement statement that describe specific detailed actions that the software performs.
functional block diagram
Schematic representation of a system (piping, electrical, ventilation) showing system parts and
their relationship. You use symbols to represent equipment and components. A connecting
network of lines illustrates their relationship. Taken together, the symbols and the network
illustrate the function of the system.
furnishings
Parts such as movable articles and fittings that normally are not associated with a system (for
example, a chair).
generic specific
Object that is parametrically defined or defined to suit a family of specific parts (for example,
International Standards parametrics). For example, a 100 - 200 gpm pump in the catalog can
provide a general shape to appear in the model until a specific object has been identified. See
also specific and specific object.
girder
A horizontal support member similar to a beam. Some people maintain that girders span from
column to column, and beams span from girder to girder. Other people maintain that beams
span column to column and girders span from beam to beam.
girt
A beam, usually bolted to columns, to support the side covering or to serve as a window lintel.
grade
The material grade of the structural member.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

251

Glossary
GUIDs
Acronym that stands for Globally Unique Identifiers. The software automatically creates the
GUIDs sheet in the Excel workbooks when you create the Catalog database and schema. The
purpose of storing GUIDs within Excel workbooks is to help you keep track of what has been
loaded into the database. Storing GUIDs also helps to avoid the situation in which a
replacement Catalog database causes existing models to become invalid.
gusset plate
A plate used to connect various members, such as in a truss.
hook element
An analytical element or boundary condition used to simulate one-way tension-only behavior. A
hook element is a backwards gap with the ability to resist tension only when the hook is closed.
It resists neither tension nor compression when it is open. Typical uses of hook elements in
modeling include structural bracing, cables, tension, bolts, and the separation of two connected
regions.
HVAC
Acronym for heating, ventilation and cooling. This system is the distribution system design for
heating or cooling.
HVAC analysis
Analysis routines that address heating and cooling loads required for the compartments and that
size or evaluate ventilation ducts and blower requirements.
initial design
Early stage of design work, generally before contract, used to estimate construction costs and
provide a rough concept of the intended plant. Contains information relating to a plant created
during its initial (concept) design period.
initial structural plan
Principal structural plan for the plant; also called a construction profile.
inline
A term used to refer to those piping components that can be inserted in a pipe feature.
instantiation
Occurrence of a catalog object at a specific geometric location in the model.
interference checking
A process that identifies possible collisions or insufficient clearance between objects in the
model.
I-Section
A structural shape referring to any member type in the form of an I.
job order
Industrial authorization for accomplishing work; synonymous with a work order.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

252

Glossary
joist
A horizontal structural members that support the floor or roof of a building.
kinematics analysis
Analysis of mechanical motion.
knee brace
A corner brace used to prevent angular movement.
leg length analysis
Preferred term is welding length analysis.
library
Resource of reference information that you can access in developing a plant design.
life cycle database
Information developed to assist in the maintenance and modernization of delivered plants.
link
Way to store information about another file in your document. You can update a link so that
changes in the file appear in your document.
lintel
A horizontal member used to carry a wall over an opening.
load (structure)
A force vector applied to a member.
logical member
An object in the model used to represent the design topology.
machinery
Major pieces of equipment installed in a plant.
macro
A sequence of actions or commands that can be named and stored. When you run the macro,
the software performs the actions or runs the commands. You can create the macros in Visual
Basic or other OLE-aware programming applications. Some of the other OLE-aware
programming applications are Visual Basic for Applications, Visual C++, and so forth.
maintenance envelope
A rectangular box around the part for clearance during maintenance operations.
maintenance parts
Required material for depot or on-board repair or overhaul of equipment, as determined by
engineering study. Generally at a level below the purchased construction object of the plant.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

253

Glossary
maintenance records
Records of breakdown, repair, and overhaul of equipment.
material analysis
Analysis of a completed design work for extracting detailed material requirements; also called
material lists.
material list
An option category that controls the format and content of the bill of materials.
material properties
Properties of the material useful in the analysis process.
member name
A user-definable alphanumeric code used to uniquely identify individual members in the model.
member part
A model object derived from the logical model that represents the manufactured physical
member parts.
member system
A logical collection of member parts that can be moved as a single entity.
move from point
Starting point for an action. For example, when you move an equipment object, the Move From
point determines the point of origin for the move.
move to point
Ending point for an action. For example, when you move an equipment object, the Move To
point determines where you want the move to stop.
natural surface
A surface without a boundary curve.
node

One of the set of discrete points in a flow graph.

A terminal of any branch of a network or a terminal common to two or more branches of a


network.

An end point of any branch or a network or graph, or a junction common to two or more
branches.

northing
A term that describes a north coordinate location in a coordinate system.
nozzle
A piping connection point to a piece of equipment.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

254

Glossary
nozzle standout
The shortest allowable distance between the connection point of a nozzle and the start point of a
turn on the leg connected to the nozzle.
NPD (Nominal Piping Diameter)
The diameter of a pipe.
object
A type of data other than the native graphic format of the application.
orientation vector
A vector used to define the local y-x plane of a physical member when combined with the local
x-axis defined by the start and end nodes.
origin
In coordinate geometry, the point where the X-, Y-, and Z-axes intersect.
origin point
The point at which the coordinate system is placed, providing a full Cartesian coordinate system
with positive and negative quadrants. Points are placed at coordinates relative to the origin
point, represented by the X, Y, and Z values.
orthogonal
The characteristic of an element consisting completely of elements positioned at 90-degree
angles. A square is an orthogonal element.
orthographic
A depiction of an object created by projecting its features onto a plane along lines perpendicular
to the plane.
orthotropic material
A material that has two material directions that are orthogonal to one another. An example of an
orthotropic material is wood.
P&ID
Diagram that shows the topology, functional components, and special requirements of a piping
system; generally represents the engineering design of the system.
package
Set of closely related classes. (UML)
panel
The space between adjacent floor supports, or purlins, in a roof.
parameter
A property whose value determines the characteristics or behavior of something.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

255

Glossary
part class
A group of similar objects. You can define part classes in the Excel workbooks. A part class can
have multiple parts. For example, a heat exchanger part class can contain heat exchangers with
different dimensions.
part number
Unique identifier of a part.
parts
The physical components that comprise a feature and are generally selected by the software.
For example, the flanges, gaskets, and the gate valve itself are examples of the parts
comprising the gate valve feature.
PDS (Plant Design System)
A comprehensive, intelligent, computer-aided design and engineering application for the
process, power, and marine industries. PDS consists of integrated 2-D and 3-D modules that
correspond to engineering tasks in the design workflow.
physical member
A concept that helps to eliminate modeling errors by providing a straightforward method for
defining structure geometry by placing members in a model in much the same way that they
would be framed in the field. During analysis pre-processing, physical members are split into
finite elements (segments) while still maintaining the collective status of the physical member
during model revisions. The software assigns member releases at each end of the true physical
member, while preventing release assignments from being made to interior nodes of the finite
elements.
pitch
The ratio of rise to run for roofs. Pitch is also the center distance between bolts or rivets, parallel
to the axis of the member.
plate
A flat, rectangular steel shape.
port
A connection point to a pipe or a component such as a valve.
post tensioning
A method of pre-stressing concrete, by stressing the steel strands after the concrete has been
poured and allowed to harden.
precast concrete
Concrete members that are poured in forms at a plant or factory and allowed to harden. Two
types of precast products exist: pre-stressed products and reinforced products.
pre-stressed concrete
Concrete products that are stressed by passing high-strength steel strands through the form and
applying stress to the strands either before or after the concrete is poured.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

256

Glossary
pretensioning
Stressing the steel strands in a pre-stressed member before the concrete is poured into the
form.
primary member
A main structural support member.
principle of superposition
The principle that states that the stresses, strains, and displacements due to different forces can
be combined. This principle is only valid for linear analysis.
product structure
Hierarchical breakdown or decomposition of a product into constituent parts, volumes, or units.
(For example, a bill of material is one possible type of product structure.)
production planning
Functionality associated with the work breakdown and sequence of the construction of a plant.
purlin
Horizontal structural member extending between trusses, used as beams for supporting the
roof.
rafters
Beams or truss members that support the purlins.
rebar
A term for steel reinforcing bars that are used to reinforce concrete.
rectangular bar
A structural shape referring to a four-sided solid bar.
rectangular tube
A structural shape referring to a four-sided hollow member type.
reference data
The data that is necessary to design plants or ships using the software. Reference data includes
graphical information, such as symbols. It also contains tabular information, such as physical
dimensions and piping specifications.
reflect
A parameter that affects the placement orientation of member cross sections. At your option, the
sections can be placed with their geometry reflected or mirrored about the local section y-axis.
reinforced concrete plan
A framing plan that identifies all beams and slabs by letter and number. The slab, beam, and
bend schedules give all details for preparation and placement (number, size, spacing, bending,
and location) of the reinforcing steel.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

257

Glossary
resource estimation
Rough estimate of material, manpower, and facility utilization for the design and construction of
the plant.
retaining wall
A structural wall, either gravity or cantilever, used to hold back dirt or other materials.
route
1) A line connecting a series of points in space and constituting a proposed or traveled route. 2)
The set of links and junctions joined in series to establish a connection.
rule-based joint
A feature that enables you to offset the work point of two members that intersect at a node. The
rules vary depending on the structural type, member orientation, and construction practices.
Ruled joints are typically used when a connection detail calls for the physical member ends to
be noncoincident with the centerline of an intersection member.
sag ties
Tie rods between purlins in the plane of a roof, used to carry the component of the roof load
parallel to the roof. Tie rods are used to support girts.
SAISC (South African Institute of Steel Construction)
An organization responsible for defining South African steel construction standards.
schema
A database that creates the structure of another database. For example, a schema specifies the
queries, tables, fields, and data types in a database.
secondary member
A member that is not a significant load-bearing member.
section
A structural member whose parameters are defined in a table.
section name
An alphanumeric code used to refer to a particular member in a table; for example W18X35.
section orientation
The position of physical member cress section relative to the physical member local coordinate
system.
section table
A library of standard structural shapes containing the necessary parametric properties of each
section size, such as depth, width, and inertias.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

258

Glossary
shear stiffness
A physical member property that indicates whether to include shear stiffness in the analytical
element stiffness matrix of a member.
shear walls
A wall designed to resist lateral loading from winds, underground disturbances, or blasts.
shell structure
External portion of the surface of the plant.
site
The top level in the Project Management hierarchy. A Site configuration may contain several
Catalogs, each shared by multiple Plants.
skewed member
A structural member that is not at right angles to its connecting members.
slab
A flat concrete area usually reinforced with wire mesh and rebar.
sleeve
A part that connects two pipes or two ducts, for example. A sleeve can be used to prevent water
from leaking through a hole.
span
A group of contiguous physical members that are not intersected by a brace- or column-type
physical member.
specifications
Contracted requirements for the plant.
splice (structure)
To fasten together two physical members, usually columns end-to-end, to form a single
continuing length.
steel reinforced concrete
An association of concrete and steel where the concrete is there to stand the compression
forces and the steel the traction forces. The resulting structure can withstand traction and
flexion.
stiffener
An angle, plate, or channel fastened to a member to prevent buckling.
stress
Forces acting on structural members due to various types of loads. These forces can be shear,
tension, compression, or torsion.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

259

Glossary
stringer
A longitudinal member used to support loads directly.
structure analysis
Analysis routines that provide stress and deflection data for structural designs. Loading
conditions can be both static and dynamic. Finite element analysis is the most common type of
structure analysis.
strut
A compression member in a framework.
stud
A bolt, threaded on both ends, used to connect components.
suspended floor
A concrete floor system built above and off the ground.
system
A conceptual design grouping that organizes parts in hierarchical relationships. A system
represents a functional view of the model and includes information such as system name, type,
properties, and design specifications for the objects assigned to the system.
tag number
User-specific, unique number assigned to an object (for example, CV-101 for a control valve,
HE-2002 for a heat exchanger).
target point
The origin for coordinate measurements displayed by PinPoint. You can position the target point
anywhere on the drawing sheet or view.
tilt-up walls
Concrete walls that are poured in forms on the ground and then tilted up into place by cranes or
hoists.
transition
A cross-sectional type that results in a tapered length of member and involves a gradual change
in section size. See also uniform.
truss
A rigid framed structure consisting of straight members joined to form a pattern of
interconnecting triangles for carrying loads.
uniform
A cross-section type that results in a uniform length of member and involves an abrupt change
in section size. See also transition.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

260

Glossary
unit/module modeler
Facility of the system to structure collections of equipment and components into a single
identifiable object.
user attributes
A customized property in the reference data. The Custom Interfaces sheets in the Excel
workbooks define these properties. You can list the customized properties on the individual part
class sheets.
vertex
A topological object that represents a point in the three-dimensional model.
web
The center section separating the flanges of an I-section, tee, or channel.
weight and CG analysis
Routines that compute the weight of commodity materials as configured in a given design (for
example, plate and pipe) and determine total weight and center of gravity (CG) for a collection of
material and equipment, as well as the complete plant.
welding
Weld requirements for joining materials. Welding length analysis is the calculation of required
weld dimensions; also called leg length analysis.
wizard
Software routine attached to an application that provides guidance and expert help to you to
complete one of the functionalities of the application.
work order
Plant authorization for completing work; synonymous with a job order.
working plane
The available 2-D plane of movement for endpoint selection.
workspace
Area that represents the portion of the model data needed to perform the intended task and
includes the user modeling settings.
Workspace Explorer
Tree or list representation of objects in your workspace.
X-section
Cross section; a graphically placed cross section representing the member section size.
yield strength
The stress beyond which a material sustains permanent deformation.

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

261

Index
A
About 22
abstract part 244
actuator 244
Add a new bolt diameter table 33
Add a new bolt length table 36
Add a new data table 47
Add a new end prep table 55
Add a new endtype table 45
Add a new material table 39
Add a new schedule table 41
Add a new size table 31
Add a new specification 79
Add a new support assembly 132
Add a new thickness table 43
Add DBCode Table 53
Add Group Pipe Support Assembly 129
Add Index Code Table 51
Add MAINSIZE 45
Add Multi Component Pane 91
Add multiple new components to a spec
93
Add New Diameter 34
Add New Length 37
Add New MAINSIZE 45
Add New Size 32
Add new topworks table 49
Add new user shape 48
Add Pipe Support Assembly 129
Add Pipe Support Library 105
Add Schedule 41
Add single new component to a spec 89
Add Specification 77
Add Standard Diameter 34
Add Standard EndPrep 56
Add Standard Length 37
Add Standard Size 32
Add Table Panel 25
AISC (American Institute of Steel
Construction) 244
AISI 244
anchor bolts 244
angle 244
arc element 244
arrangement (accommodation) 244
arrangement (HVAC) 244
arrangement (outfitting) 244
assembly 244

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

attribute 244
axis 245

B
bar 245
Base Catalog Data 72
basic design 245
bay 245
BCSA (British Constructional Steelwork
Association) 245
beam 245
bearing plate 245
bent 245
bill of material (BOM) 245
Bolt Diameter Table 32
Bolt Diameter Table Properties 171
Bolt Length Table 35
Bolt Length Table Properties 172
brace 245

C
cans 245
cantilever 245
Caps 182
catalog 245
Catalog Data 65, 70
Catalog Panel 108
Catalog Properties 170
Category Table 46
Cell Name Reference - Component
Properties 116
Cell Name Reference - Specification
Properties 113
change history 246
change management 246
change propagation 246
channel 246
chord 246
circular tube 246
CISC (Canadian Institute of Steel
Construction) 246
class 246
clip angle 246
Clipboard Panel 23
codelist 246
column 246
commodity code 246

262

Index
commodity item 246
Common Component Properties 180
component 246
Component Tables 75
Component Types 75
concurrent access 247
coordinate 247
coordinate system 247
cope 247
Copy 24
Couplings 183
Create a new properties field 74
cross section 247
Crosses 185
Cut 25
cutback 247
cutting plane 247

D
damage records 247
data interchange 247
Data Table 46
Data Tables folder 71
Data Tables Properties 179
database 247
database backup 247
database break and recovery 247
database copy 248
database management 248
DBCode Table 52
DBCode Tables folder 71
DBCode Tables Properties 236
degree 248
degree of freedom 248
Description Format Dialog Boxes 139
design alternative 248
design approval log 248
design documents 248
design object 248
design progress check 248
design review 248
design service 248
design standard 248
detail schedule 249
diagonals 249
Display Panel 70, 127, 156
Display the bolt diameter part number in
CADWorx Plant 35
Display the bolt length part number in
CADWorx Plant 37
Display the material assigned to the
component in CADWorx Plant 153

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

distributed systems 249


distribution systems 249
documentation 249
drawing tool 249
driftpin 249

E
easting 249
edge 249
edge distance 249
Edit a field 75
Edit a support assembly 132
Edit a support component 138
Edit bolt diameter table 34
Edit bolt length table 37
Edit data table features 50
Edit end prep table 56
Edit endtype table 45
Edit material table 40
Edit Pipe Support Component Pane 133
Edit Project Specs features 94
Edit schedule table 41
Edit size table 32
Edit Table Features 26
Edit thickness table 43
Editing Panel 124
Elbows 187
End Prep Table 54
End Prep Tables Properties 237
End Type Table 43
EndType Tables 75
EndType Tables folder 71
EndType Tables Properties 176
equipment 249
equipment catalog 249
erection clearance 249
Exit Spec Editor 22
Export a material assignment setup 153
Export a single specification to Excel 122
Export Data Panel 69
Export multiple specifications or an entire
project to Excel 122
Export Table To Text Excel 69
Export to Excel 112
Export to Text 122
Export/Import Data Panel 112

F
fabricate 250
face 250
face plate 250

263

Index
face-to-face 250
fasteners 250
feature 250
fence 250
field adjustment 250
File 16
Find and Replace 125
flange 250
Flanges 190
flavor 250
flexure 250
focus of rotation 250
footing 250
frame connection 251
framing plan 251
full penetration weld 251
function points 251
functional block diagram 251
furnishings 251

G
Gaskets/Bolts/Welds 194
generic specific 251
girder 251
girt 251
grade 251
GUIDs 252
gusset plate 252

H
Help 15
Home Catalog Tab 23
Home Project Tab 77
hook element 252
HVAC 252
HVAC analysis 252

I
Import a material assignment setup 153
Import a single specification using a
CADWorx catalog 101
Import a single specification using an
AutoCAD Plant 3D catalog 100
Import AutoCAD Plant 3D Catalog Data 29
Import AutoCAD Plant 3D Specification
Data 98
Import AutoPLANT Catalog Data 28
Import AutoPLANT Specification Data 95
Import By Spec 57
Import data from Excel to a specification
124

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

Import DBCode Table From File 53


Import From Data File 58
Import Legacy Pipe Support Library 107
Import Legacy Specification 111
Import multiple specifications using a
CADWorx catalog 102
Import Pipe Support Legacy From
Assembly File 61
Import Pipe Support Legacy From Data File
62
Import Specification From SPRD File 103
Import Update From Excel 123
IndexCode Table 51
IndexCode Tables folder 71
IndexCode Tables Properties 236
initial design 252
initial structural plan 252
inline 252
Insert Multiple Rows 54
Insert Row 39
instantiation 252
interference checking 252
Intergraph CADWorx Catalog and
Specification Editor 7
I-Section 252

J
job order 252
joist 253

K
Keywords 11
kinematics analysis 253
knee brace 253

L
Laterals 201
Layer Manager Dialog Box 142
leg length analysis 253
Legacy Catalog Data Panel 56
Legacy Specification Panel 111
library 253
life cycle database 253
link 253
lintel 253
List Items Dialog Box 74
load (structure) 253
logical member 253
Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number Format
Dialog Boxes 86

264

Index

M
machinery 253
macro 253
maintenance envelope 253
maintenance parts 253
maintenance records 254
Matching End Type Table Dialog Box 143
material analysis 254
Material Assignment Setup 144
material list 254
material properties 254
Material Table 38
Material Tables folder 71
Material Tables Properties 173
member name 254
member part 254
member system 254
Miscellaneous folder 72
move from point 254
move to point 254

N
natural surface 254
New and Edit Component Pane 80
New Catalog 17
New Field Dialog Box 72
New Pipe Support Libraries 20
New Project 18
node 254
northing 254
nozzle 254
nozzle standout 255
NPD (Nominal Piping Diameter) 255

O
object 255
O-Lets 202
Open 21
orientation vector 255
origin 255
origin point 255
orthogonal 255
orthographic 255
orthotropic material 255
Other Editing Features 25

P
P&ID 255
package 255
panel 255

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

parameter 255
part class 256
part number 256
parts 256
Paste 23
PDS (Plant Design System) 256
physical member 256
Pipe 204
Pipe Support Assembly and Component
Properties 169
Pipe Support Description Format Dialog
Boxes 157
Pipe Support Libraries Properties 166
Pipe Support Library 128
Pipe Support Library File Home Tab 155
Pipe Support Library File View Tab 156
Pipe Support Library Properties 167
Pipe Support Long, Short, Tag, and Part
Number Format Dialog Boxes 159
Pipe Support Panel 105
PipeSupport 206
Pitch 256
PLANT 3D Size Table Detail Dialog Box
100
plate 256
port 256
post tensioning 256
precast concrete 256
pre-stressed concrete 256
pretensioning 257
primary member 257
principle of superposition 257
product structure 257
production planning 257
Project Catalog Data 127
Project Data 66
Project Properties 162
Project Specs 127
Properties 72, 138, 156
Property Descriptions 162
purlin 257

Q
Quick Access Toolbar 14

R
rafters 257
rebar 257
Recent Files 22
rectangular bar 257
rectangular tube 257

265

Index
Reducers 214
reference data 257
reflect 257
reinforced concrete plan 257
Remove Row 25
resource estimation 258
retaining wall 258
Review Table Links 109
Review Table Links Dialog Box 109
Review Update 109
route 258
rule-based joint 258

S
sag ties 258
SAISC (South African Institute of Steel
Construction) 258
Sanitary 216
Save 21
Save As 21
Save As Pipe Support Libraries 22
Schedule Assignment Setup 154
Schedule Table 40
Schedule Tables folder 71
Schedule Tables Properties 174
schema 258
secondary member 258
section 258
section name 258
section orientation 258
section table 258
Set material assignment for a specific
component 151
Set material assignment for a specific
component with a specific end type 152
Set material assignment for all components
149
Set material assignment for all components
based on size 150
shear stiffness 259
shear walls 259
shell structure 259
site 259
Size Table 30
Size Tables folder 70
Size Tables Properties 171
skewed member 259
slab 259
sleeve 259
span 259
Spec Blind/Bleed Ring/Exp Joint 218
Specification Panel 77

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

Specification Properties 163


specifications 259
splice (structure) 259
Status Bar 15
steel reinforced concrete 259
stiffener 259
Strainers 220
stress 259
stringer 260
structure analysis 260
strut 260
stud 260
Support Data 68
suspended floor 260
system 260

T
tag number 260
target point 260
Tees 222
Thickness Table 42
Thickness Tables folder 71
Thickness Tables Properties 175
tilt-up walls 260
Topworks 224
Transfer Data Panel 65
transition 260
truss 260

U
Undo 25
uniform 260
Unions 226
unit/module modeler 261
Update From Catalog 108
Update History 239
Upgrade Previous Version Project and
Catalog Files 17
user attributes 261
User Shapes 228

V
Valves 230
vertex 261
View Catalog Tab 70
View Project Tab 127

W
web 261
weight and CG analysis 261

266

Index
welding 261
What's New in Spec Editor 10
wizard 261
work order 261
working plane 261
workspace 261
Workspace Explorer 261
Wye Shape 234

X
X-section 261

Y
yield strength 261

CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide

267

Anda mungkin juga menyukai